-NRLF
^B 257 ObM
if
.B
w:
fv
!i'
^
*;
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in
2007 with funding from
IVIicrosoft
Corporation
http://www.archive.org/details/beginnersfrenchOOfranrich
BEGINNERS' FREKFCH
BY
VICTOR
E.
FRANgOIS,
Ph.D.
OFFICIER D'ACADEMIE
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR OF FRENCH IN THE COLLEGE
OF THE CITY OF
NEW YORK
NEW YORK CINCINNATI CHICAGO
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY
:.
•:•
Copyright,
1903,
by
Victor E. Francois
Entered at Stationers' Hall, London
FRANCOIS, BEGINNER'S FRENCH
W.
p.
22
To MY Dear Friend
AND Former Colleague in the University of Michigan
DR.
ERNST MENSEL
Professor of
German
THIS VOLUME
IN
IS
in
Smith College
DEDICATED
REMEMBRANCE OF THE MANY PLEASANT
HOURS WE HAVE SPENT TOGETHER DISCUSSING
BOOKS AND METHODS
68'7'902
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGB
Introduction
7
Pronunciation
13
.19
Definite article.
Plural of nouns
Definite article (continued). Translation of it when a subject
Negation. Formation of questions. Present indicative of etre
Agreement, feminine and plural of adjectives. Formation of questions (continued)
Possessive and demonstrative
Comparatives and superlatives.
adjectives
Of or from the. Irregular plurals
Reading Lesson. Sorite
Some or any. Present indicative of avoir .
.
Indefinite article.
Cardinal and ordinal numbers
Reading Lesson. Divisions du temps
Present indicative of the first conjugation
.
To or at the. Imperfect indicative of the first conjugation
Reading Lesson. Impossible ii'est pas franfais
.
Present indicative of the second conjugation
Imperfect indicative of the second conjugation. Formation of adverbs
Reading Lesson. Du pareil au mime
Present and imperfect indicative of the third conjugation
Some or any (continued). Verbs ending in -ger and -cer
.
•
.
.
Reading Lesson. Un Calembour
Some or any (continued). Irregular feminine of adjectives. Present
and imperfect indicative of recevoir
Place of adjectives. Agreement of adjectives qualifying two or more
.
.
21
.
23
.26
30
35
39
39
44
......
.....-5^
49
50
55
5^
.
.
.
.
.
66
...'75
.
.
62
67
70
.
75
8°
88
93
nouns
Reading Lesson.
.
Trois excellents Medecins
•
Peculiarities of some verbs of the first conjugation
Future and conditional of regular verbs. Impersonal verb
•
•
.
.
Demonstrative pronouns
97
108
Interrogative adjectives; interrogative and relative pronouns. Com.112
pound tenses
.118
Agreement of past participles
Possessive pronouns.
121
Une Meprise
Reading Lesson.
Demonstrative and relative pronouns (continued). Compound tenses
•
•
•
•
.
.
(continued)
Indefinite adjectives and pronouns
Place of personal pronouns
Preterit.
Place of personal pronouns (continued). Formation of tenses. Cueillir
Reading Lesson. Une joyeuse Harangue
S
^^i
^25
I3^
1
37
Mi
TAHLK OF CONTKNTS
O
PACK
Imperative.
Place of personal pronouns (continued).
Passive voice.
Couvrir^faire, pleuvoir
Disjunctive pronouns. Hair^ partir,falloi>
Time of the day. Aller, mettre
Voir
Reading Lesson. La petite ATendiantt
.
.
Envoyer
.
.
,
.
152
156
160
163
Prendre
165
.168
Active voice instead of passive. Plaire
Simple tenses of the reflexive voice. Sortir
Compound
tenses of the reflexive voice.
Venir, sentir, s'asseoir
Reading Lesson. Enignies
Plural of compound nouns. Resoudre^ dire, valoir
Prepositions before the infinitive.
Craindre
Imperative of the reflexive voice.
Tenir, boire, pouvoir
.
.
.
.
Reading Lesson.
.
.
La petite Hirondelle
Atteindre, introditire
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Dormir, eteindre, poun>oir
Reading Lesson. Une Suppression
172
178
.183
.184
............
......
.........
.
Ouvrir, lire
142
.146
189
194
198
201
203
207
spirituelle.
Repartie royaU
211
Reciprocal verbs
.212
Reading Lesson. Acrosticke
.216
.216
Place of adverbs. Senir, vetir
Reading Lesson. La Tombe et la Rose
.221
Rules of the subjunctive mood. £crire, votiloir
.222
228
Use of fie. Mourir, rire, vivre
Reading Lesson. Un Courtisan pris au pies^e
232
Instruire, paraitre, (aire, decouvrir, conveuir
233
Imperfect of the subjunctive. Sequence of tenses. Acquerir, croire,
.
.
.
savoir, cofinaitre
Reading Lesson.
.
.
Bons Mots de
.
.
Diof;ene.
.
L"*
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
•
.
Animal
le
Reponse de Socrate
Poems
^Z7
plus nuisible.
243
....
Le Colimafon, by Arnault
La Feuille dessechee, by Arnault
Le Petit Pierre, by Boucher de Perthes
Beau Soir, by Paul Bourget
Etoiles Filantes, by Fran9ois Coppee
Con sells a un Enfant, by Victor Hugo
Partant pour la Syrie, by La Reine Hortense
Trois Fils d'Or, by Leconte de Lisle
.
.
.
Chanson de Barberine, by Alfred de Musset
Full conjugation of avoir and etre
Table of endings of regular verbs
Alphabetical table of irregular verbs
Vocabulary, i. French-English
2. English-French
244
24S
245
246
247
247
2^8
249
250
25 254
255
256-2 ::9
•
.
261
o
28^
INTRODUCTION
The old method of teaching modern
languages was trainThe new methods aim to train the ear,
tongue and the eye.
The author has tried to bring
ing only the eye.
the
together a set of exercises giving to each of these organs
a fair field of activity.
Up-to-date teachers are anxious to use French in their
classes as soon as possible, but very
if
few elementary books,
any, help them to carry out their cherished ambition.
It is the aim of the present volume to enable such masters,
however inexperienced they may be, to make use of the conversational method from the very start.
A glance through the book will suffice to understand its
arrangement. It is simple and methodical.
Rules.
The book contains all grammar rules that first
and second-year high school students or first-year college
Every lesson
students are expected to be familiar with.
the
examples
coming first
general
rules,
begins with a few
write
the rules in
decided
to
It
was
for obvious reasons.
learner.
the
However,
as
of
English for the convenience
teacher
reviewing,
the
especially
when
early as possible and
is advised to translate them into easy French and to require
his pupils to recite them in the same form.
—
May
it
also be suggested here that teachers of languages
should make a more general use of the Socratic or inductive method ? Instead of giving detailed grammatical explanations to which nobody listens,
7
let
the teacher write on
beginner's FRENCH
8
the board a few well chosen examples, underlining words
or parts of words illustrating the rule to be worked out, and
let
him have
the students themselves find
the solution of a problem.
It is
it
out as
an easy matter
if
if it
were
the teacher
prompts them by well directed questions.
this
Such a fine opportunity should not be missed. First,
method accustoms the pupils to think, to argue logically
and to express themselves intelligibly in their mother's
tongue, results which are the first we should aim at even
in the teaching of foreign languages.
Secondly, it makes
interesting and attractive a subject which is otherwise dull
and repulsive, for it never fails to create a lively spirit of
emulation in the class room, which is most beneficial.
Thirdly, the student remembers better and for a longer time
a rule which he himself has found out or helped to work out.
The arguing about the rules should be done in French as
soon as the progress of the class allows
Vocabulary.
it.
— Common words, words of every-day
and the stock
life,
were especially sought
very slowly. The words are given in the following order
after,
in the special vocabularies
adjectives,
:
increased
masculine nouns, feminine nouns,
pronouns, verbal forms, adverbs, prepositions,
conjunctions and interjections.
There
end of the book.
This part
French Texts.
lary at the
It
is
—
is
is
a general vocabu-
the pivot of the lesson.
generally consists of four, five, or six easy sentences,
A great effort has
plainly illustrating the preceding rules.
been made to have sentences connected in meaning. The
task
was very hard
at the beginning.
verbs except avoir and etre in the
The
There are no irregular
first
twenty-five exercises.
place of personal pronouns, except en, could not be ex-
plained earlier than in the twenty-fifth lesson, because nouns
were needed for the application of the
rules.
From
that
exercise on, the use of personal pronouns as objects should
BEGINNERS FRENCH
be required
in the
texts the linking
9
answers as often as possible.
mark has been
In
all
the
used, following the set of
Paul Passy (see Linking of Words, p. 17).
as well as the Vocabulary, should be
read aloud carefully several times by the teacher on the day
he assigns the lesson. As many students as possible should
rules of Dr.
The French Text,
repeat
it
after him.
It
should be studied hy heart and every
sentence pronounced aloud again and again.
Transposition.
the rules and
—
It offers the learner
knows the French
who understands
text by heart, a golden
opportunity to display his progress in pronunciation and to
master promptly and intelligently the various verbal forms
and constructions.
The books being closed, the teacher
reads a sentence of the French text at a time and then asks
it after him with the required
Care should be taken not to name that particular
a particular pupil to repeat
changes.
Keep
pupil before reading the sentence to be changed.
class
on the qui
monotony
vive.
A
very profitable
in this part of the
work
is
way
the
to relieve the
to ask a student to
read the sentences to the class, the teacher having only to
point out those
The
who must
repeat them.
preparation of the transposition
work has been made
easy by examples given after every direction.
out saying that the class
changes which are indicated.
own judgment.
age and
It
goes with-
not expected to prepare
is
The
all
the
teacher should use his
The work to be assigned depends on the
members of the class, the length of
ability of the
the recitation and the time the students are supposed to
devote outside to this special study.
Questions.
— When the
class uses a
book not
especially
prepared for conversational work, lazy or indifferent pupils
may answer " I do not understand you. I cannot answer."
:
In such cases the teacher
excuse
is
is
generally helpless.
possible with this system.
No
such
Every question has
its
BEGINNERS FRENCH
lO
answer
do
in the preceding
French
question of every set
first
is
is
text,
given.
and the answer
So,
all
to the
the pupil has to
to imitate the example.
At
first
glance the reader
may
think that these numerous
questions, calling for almost identical answers,
come tiresome and monotonous.
It
might be so
would bein a very
small private class but not in a large section.
Teachers and students know how hard it is for an
English-speaking person to form correct questions in French.
Yet
this
important side of the work
every text book.
is
sacrificed in almost
After years of study, students are able to
answer questions, but cannot ask any in a correct way.
From the very beginning, when two or three minutes can
be spared, select one of the French texts which has already
been studied, ask a student to stand up and form questions
based on it. Call upon other members of the class to answer
them fully. This is a very good way of reviewing. The
students are obliged to do their best in pronouncing to make
themselves understood, and it gives them confidence in
themselves.
Grammar
Drill.
— This part of the work affords
the
learner a chance to apply the rules he has just mastered, and,
if it is
written in English, to
both languages.
Translation.
deal of trouble
if
make a
fruitful
comparison of
— Teachers could save themselves a great
they would follow the plan the author pre-
sented in a letter published last year in "
Modern Language
Notes" (see June, 1902).
At the beginning, instead of giving out
for the next recita-
Grammar
and the Translation of the lesson
he has just explained, let the teacher be satisfied with the
French part of the exercise until he reaches, say, the tenth
or twelfth lesson. Then, on the day he assigns the eleventh
tion the
Drill
lesson, for instance, let
him give
out, as reviewing
work.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
II
Grammar
the
Drill and the Translation of the first lesson.
simply a shifting of the usual work, care being taken
It is
that the students be always ten or twelve
What
ahead.
work
the
will be
of the
first
the results?
French exercises
First,
it
will
lighten
two weeks and allow more time
devoted to pronunciation.
Then,
to be
in the first ten exercises,
the pupil has seen the rules of the first lesson applied so
many
become so familiar with them and the
he will consider as very easy and
enjoyable a task which would have seemed to him hard and
disagreeable if he had been asked to do it on the day the
first lesson was explained.
He will, of course, make very
few mistakes, his confidence will increase daily, the standard of the class will be raised and a great deal of time saved.
Reading Lessons.
They have been added to bring
variety and to play the part of a preparatory reader. The
words will be found in the general vocabulary.
Another way to use the book is to set aside for review
work the Transposition and Questions and go ahead with
This plan could be followed by
the rest of the exercises.
times, he has
words of that
lesson, that
—
teachers
that
most
aim
who
in
are anxious to begin reading very early.
mind, two lessons
may
With
be assigned at a time in
cases.
New
Rules.
— References
to the set of licenses
(tole-
adopted by the Minister of Public Instruction of
France in his decree of February 26, 1901, will be found at
rances)
the proper place in the rules or in notes at the bottom of the
pages.
—
Verbs.
Tables of regular and irregular verbs will be
found at the end of the book, before the vocabulary.
PRONUNCIATION
Graphic Signs
Accents.
—
e,
e,
a, u, a, e,
i,
6,
ii.
There are three accents in French the acute ( ' ) the
grave (") and the circumflex ("). The acute is found
only over the vowel e (e). The grave is especially used
over the vowel e (e), sometimes also over a or u. The
,
:
circumflex
may
Apostrophe.
—
be used over any vowel.
1',
s',
m'.
The apostrophe (') indicates that a final vowel has been
word beginning with a vowel or an h mute.
elided before a
That vowel
is
generally e;
or personal pronoun) and
Hyphen.
The
— Asseyez-vous.
i
it
of
may
si
A-t-il
also be a of la (article
before
il
and
ils.
?
decree of February 26, 1901, promulgated by the
Minister of Public Instruction of France, does
away with
However, it was kept after an imperative followed by a personal pronoun object and in questions where
the so-called euphonic t is inserted between the verb and il,
the hyphen.
elle,
*
or on.
It goes
without saying that no foreigner can master the French pro-
nunciation from rules without outside help.
The few
here are to be used by pupils as mere references.
13
general rules given
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
14
— Fa§ade,
Cedilla.
The
that
fagon, degu.
under c preceding
and should be pronounced
cedilla is put
soft
it is
Diaeresis.
— Naif,
a,
o or
Esali.
placed over the last of two vowels to
It is
forms a
bv
svllable
u to indicate
like s in sin.
show
that
it
itself.
Simple Vowels
Approximate corresponding
Examples.
la,
va,
ma,
ta, sa,
sounds in English.
Value.
papa,
a short
ame,
a long
=
intermediate sound bfetween
a in lad and a in father.
baba.
tas, pas, fable, ine,
a in father.
rr
flamme.
le, ce,
me,
te, se, je, ne, te.
dame,
acte,
fable.
elle,
table,
6t6, h\6, priiiri, nez, et,
d^,
pied, les, des,
mes,
tes,
acc^,
chef,
fer,
fete,
« in b«t.
e short =:
e almost silent
e,
e,
6,
e
=^
fol-
ces,
lowed by a
sel,
consonant.
in sol^.
The
quality of that sound is
the same as that of e in
th^re, ranging from a in s^le
to e in
bete,
s^ll.
tete, etre.
midi,
gite,
fini,
mardi
abime,
comme,
lie,
col,
amie.
colonne,
i
short
ilong
=
=
short
=
long
=
/ in
mach/ne but
/ in
mach/ne.
shorter.
in c^rn, shortened.
mode.
nos, vos, dos, cote.
o in no.
No
du, vu, bra, rae, debut.
:=
similar sound in English
German
«.
;
Pronounce
the examples with the lips
in position for whistling.
see
ray^, pays, paysage.
1
short above.
The
to the
first / belongs
preceding syllable and the
second to the following
'
BEGINNERS FRENCH
15
Compound Vowels
Approximate corresponding
Examples.
balai,
laquais,
aimerais, lait,
mai, aimerai.
sounds in English.
Value.
aimais,
fait, ai-
above)
e
**'
au eau
au, aux, travaux,
eau, bean, veau.
and
ai (see e
(see o long
above)
reine, peine, veine.
ei (see e
above)
peu,
eu long and close
e in f^rn
peur, leur, fleur, valeur,
eu OBU short and open
= e in iexn
ceux, feu,
veux, aveu, bleu,
deiix,
moi, voix, bois.
ou, tout, nous, vous, chou,
cou.
01
=
ou
=
o).
but more open
than for eu long,
sceur, coBUr.
toi,
(= German
intermediate between iva
of wax and wa of wa%.
00 in
\ioo\..
Nasal Sounds
A
nasal unless the
is
m
vowel followed by n or
n or
m
ending a word or a syllable
by another
in its turn followed
is
n or m or h mute.
Pronounce the following examples through the nose, with
the mouth widely open, care being also taken to cut the
sound short and not let the n be heard.
an, tant,
an
chambre, rampe,
iJm
enfant, vent,
empire, membre;
enJ^i
t
em
!>^
=
nasal a.
<
Pronounce an
and follow
I
\
in watt
above
directions.
in
vin,
'
im
imperial,
vain,
faim,
aim
teint,
ein
tympan.
ym
ain
bon, ton,
on
nom, ombre.
om
un, brun,
un
parfum, humble.
um
coiUj point, loin, soin.
oin
= -nasal
>
=
=
nasal
nasal
\
=w
4-
Pronounce
an
in
angry and follow
above directions.
i
•1
I
nasal
Pronounce on
and follow
in \on^
above
directions.
Pronounce u of t«rn
and follow above
directions.
/
which
see.
£nf, ending of the 3d person plural of verbs, is always
silent.
In words ending in />« and forms of
2. Bi^«,
ri<?«, viens.
e»tr, tenir and their compounds, en has the sound of nasal / which see.
^
:
I.
lis Siiment.
—
BEGINNER
i6
FRENCH
S
Consonants
The consonants not given
in the following list
same or almost the same sound
have the
as in English.
Approximate corresponding
Examples.
camp,
sounds in English.
Position.
car, col, cure.
C
before
«, ^,
p before a, o,
ceci, fafade,
u
u
c in rorretrt.
c in cell.
before
bicyclette.
C
gare, golfe, gue,i aigu.
g before
g before
geant, gite, gymnase.
e,
i,y
a, o,
e, i,
u
g
y
agneau, regner, mignon.
now
in words of Germanic
aspirate. Now, it merely indicates
that no elision can take place before it and that
the last consonant of the preceding word cannot
(^be linked with the vowel following h.
i
homme,
is
//
origin, h
silent.-
Formerly
was
I
I
jour, jarabe, jeter.
=
J
11
preceded by
fusil, gentil.
il
final*
qui, qualite, que.
qu
rage, porta, parle.
r
fille,
in u«/on.
«/'
f
hardi, haut,
bote.
in ^o.
s in pleasure.
famine,
aille.
,-3_
i
=
=
—
s in
y
y
pleasure.
in t'ou.
in jj'ou.
k.
r
pronounced
is
more
strongly than in English.
parler, premier, off icier.
cousin,
baiser, poison,
oser.
.
s
thym.
a
exercice,
examen.
like s in pleaj-e.
=
=
ex initial and followed by a vowel
=
or h mute
a in kte.
//
has often the hissing
sound of s.
t.
usually ks.
I
X
deuxieme.
X
=
=
2
The u after ^ is not sounded
Some persons slightly sound
3
Double
//,
=
i.e.
e
th
soixante.
1
/
=
ti+^
X
reflexion.
=
between two
partial,
theatre, the,
^
vowels
essenminutieux, patiel,
tience.
nation,
er final
preceded by
egz
ss.
z.
unless it is final.
it, especially on the stage.
are sounded as a single / in a few words
/,
*
There
tranqu///e and their compounds.
are few exceptions i/, exi/, vi/, civi/.
^
The
is
v/7/e, m/V/e,
r
:
pronounced
hiver, hier, fier (proud).
in
monosyllabic words and in a few other words
:
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
The consonants c, f, 1,
The others, when
sounded.
r,
when
final,
1/
are
final,
are generally
generally
silent.
See
Vocabulary for exceptions.
Linking of Words
Lessen fants.
Ils^ont.
If two words standing together are closely connected in
meaning, the first one ending with a consonant, the second
beginning with a vowel or h mute, they are pronounced as
if they were forming a single word.
This mark ^ will indicate in the texts the words to be
linked.
The following passage
translated from " Les Sons
Fran^ais," par Paul Passy, Docteur es
du
Maitre de conferences a rficole des Hautes fitudes (Paris, Firmin Didot),
contains very sensible views.
lettres,
The
linking of words varies a great deal according to the
and the people. In the literary language it occurs more
frequently than in the familiar style.
But it is especially
style
schoolmasters and,
trying to
**
still
speak well,"
more, not very well educated people
who
link at every opportunity.
In the spoken language, only words closely connected by
the
meaning should be
(a)
Article followed
linked.
Here are
the principal cases
by an adjective or a noun lesj^hommes.
:
les^autres personnes.
{h) Adjective followed by a noun:
petits^enfants,
le
grand^ours, deux
mon^ami.
adjective followed by an adjective or a noun:
deux^animaux.
{d) Adverb followed by an adjective or an adverb tres^utile,
{c)
Numeral
:
trop^idiot.
1 s
2
and
X,
When
when
linked,
linked, are pronounced like
d
is
sounded like
/,
c
and
z.
g like
k»
)
.
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
l8
A
(e)
personal pronoun (or en) followed by a verb
noiis^arrivons,
tend,
:
il^en-
on^ecoute, j'en^ai.
Verb followed by a personal pronoun or by en: vas-y,
(/)
prends-en, a-t^l.
(g) Preposition followed by
its
object: sans^abri, en^ecou-
tant.
(h)
(j)
The conjunction quand and
Quand^il viendra.
The various forms of the verbs
the
etre
following
and
word:
avoir, especially
used as auxiliaries, and.the following words
:
il^est^ici,
il^etait^arrive, ils^ont^appris.
Division of
1
Gou ver ne ment,
A
Words
in ca
pa bi
into Syllables
li
te.
medial French syllable must begin,
if
possible, with
a consonant.
2.
3.
hon neur, man ger.
When two consonants stand
The
two consonants if
(Apply Rule 2 if you
division takes place before the
the second
4.
together, they generally
belong to different syllables.
ta ble, ar bre, a gneau, crai gnons.
is 1
or r and before
^.
have 11 or rr.
ex em plai re.
X always belongs to the preceding
syllable.
Tonic Accent
Amerique.
All syllables of a French word, except those ending in
e mute, must be pronounced distinctly with a slight raising of the voice (tonic accent) on the last sonorous one.
1.
gouverneur.
2.
Le professeur
A
est
debout dans
la salle,
statement being pronounced as
word, the tonic accent
syllable.
is
if
transferred to
it
were a long
its last
sonorous
.
FIRST LESSON
Rules
I.
Le Hvre, the hook;
1
The French language having no
la table, the table.
neuter gender, French
nouns are either mascuHne or feminine.
2.
The
is
translated by le before a masculine
noun
sin-
gular and by la before a feminine noun singular.
2.
Le
livre, the
hook ;
les livres, the hooks.
La
table, the
tahle; les tables, the tables.
1.
The
is
2.
The
plural of French
by adding
translated by les before any plural noun.
s to
3.
le livre,
le
Monsieur or M.,
Madame
the paper.
room.
dans,
ou, where.
box.
la poche, the pocket.
sont, are
est, is.
(3rd person plural).
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
in.
sur, on, upon.
the table.
la boite, the
or M"^^,
sir,
Mr.
Madam, Mrs.
Mademoiselle or M}^^, Miss.
crayon, the pencil.
la salle, the class
la table,
formed, as in English,
is
Vocabulary
the hook.
le papier,
nouns
the singular.
Text
La table est dans la salle.
Le livre est sur la table.
Le papier est dans la boite,
Le crayon est dans la poche.
BEGINNER
20
FRENCH
S
Transposition
5.
Replace the singular by the
Ex. I. Les tables sont dans
plural.
les salles.
:
Questions
6.
1.
Ou
Answer: Monsieur/
est la table?
la table est
dans
la salle.
2.
Oti est
le livre?
4.
Ou
Ou
est le
5.
Ou
sont les tables?
3.
est le papier?
les salles.
,
^
crayon?
A.: Monsieur,
7.
Ou
Ou
8.
Oti sont les crayons?
6.
The
sont les papiers?
Grammar
paper, the papers
;
;
8.
I.
The
pencil
3.
Drill
the pocket, the pockets
the class room, the class
boxes; the pencil, the pencils; the
pocket.
sont dans
sont les livres?
7.
the books
les tables
^
is
The box
;
;
the book,
the box, the
table, the tables.
Translation
in the box.
is
rooms
on the
2.
table.
The papers are
4. The books
in the
are in
6. Sir, the paper
5. Where is the paper?
on the table. 7. Where is the book? 8. Madam, the
book is in the pocket. 9. Where are the pencils? 10. Sir,
the class rooms.
is
the pencils are in the boxes.
*
Or Madamgf Mademoiselle,
as the case
may
be.
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
21
SECOND LESSON
Rules
^
9. L'eleve, the pupil; Tecole, the school; Thabitant, the
inhabitant.
The
is
translated by
before any singular noun, begin-
1'
ning with a vowel or an h mute.
Ou
10.
Where
Ou
est I'encrier?
is
EUe
est la table ?
Where is the table?
when a subject, is
It is
est
on the
dans
table.
la salle.
It is in the class
translated
It,
a masculine
sur la table.
II est
the inkstand?
noun and by
elle
when
by
il
room.
when
it
stands for
stands for a feminine
it
noun.
Ou
11
the books?
Ou
sont les livres
They are on
?
lis sont sur la table.
Where
are
the table.
EUes sont dans la boite. Where
They are in the box.
They, standing for a noun which is masculine in French,
sont les plumes?
are the pens?
standing for one which
is
translated by
ils;
is
translated by
elles.
le
banc, the bench.
12.
I'encrier
is
Vocabulary
I'ecole (f.), the school.
(m.), the inkstand.
il
(m. and f.), the pupil.
plume, the pen.
est,
he
l'eleve
elle est,
la
ils
is
she
or
is
it is.
or
it is.
sont, they are.
elles sont, they are.
13.
1.
feminine,
Text
Les plumes sont dans
les^encriers.
2.
Les^encriers sont sur les tables.
3.
Les^eleves sont sur les bancs.
4.
Les
salles sont
dans les^ecoles.
it
.
.
22
beginner's FRENCH)
Transposition
14.
Replace the plural by the singular.
Ex.:
La plume
I.
dans Tencrier.
est
Questions
15.
Ou
1.
sont les plumes?
A.: Monsieur,
sont dans
elles
les encriers.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Ou
Ou
Ou
Ou
sont les encriers?
Ou
Ou
Ou
Ou
Ou
est la
A.: M.,
ils
sont.
.
sont les eleves ?
sont les bancs?
sont les salles?
plume?
A.: M.,
A.: M.,
est I'encrier?
dans
elle est
il
est.
I'encrier.
.
est I'eleve?
est le
banc?
est la salle?
Grammar
16.
Drill
Replace the dashes by the proper form of the definite
article.
— plume, — plumes; —
—
—
—
—
— eleves —
—
— encrier — poches, — poche — bancs,
—
—
— banc — crayons, — crayon —
ecoles
ecole,
1.
tables
table,
;
eleve,
;
encriers,
2.
;
;
;
;
17.
I.
Where
is
the inkstand?
cil ?
6.
It is
the pen?
4.
^
The
It is
9.
salle.
salles,
Translation^
It is in
2.
the box.
on the paper.
on the bench.
in the class room.
livres.
livre,
;
7.
Where
Where
is
5.
is
is
the table
the class
room?
student should be requested to supply Monsieur,
Mademoiselle before every answer through the whole book.
Where
3.
Where
?
is
the pen8.
It is
10. It is
Madame,
or
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
23
Where are the papers? 12. They are in
Where are the boxes ? 14. They are on the
tables.
16. He is in the school.
15. Where is the pupil?
18. They are on the bench.
17. Where are the pupils?
in the school.
the pocket.
11.
13.
THIRD LESSON
Rules
ne sont pas sur
18. lis
II
la table.
n'est pas sur la table.
They are not on
It is not
on the
the table.
table.
Not is translated by ne
pas.
The verb is placed
between ne and pas. Ne becomes n' when the verb begins
with a vowel or an h mute.
.
19. Est
When
il
dans
Ou
When
Is he (is it) in the class
la salle?
it is
est le
is
room?
a per-
placed after the verb, as in English.
Where
maitre?
is
the master?
word
noun or pronoun)
the subject may follow the verb.
(For
a question contains only an interrogative
how, when,
izvhere,
.
the subject of an interrogative sentence
sonal pronoun,
20.
.
and the verb,
etc.), the subject (a
another construction, see 31.)
21. Present of the indicative of 6tre {to be).
AFFIRMATIVE
je suis, /
tu^ es,
il
suis je?
you are
he
est,
INTERROGATIVE
am
elle est,
is
she
is
nous sommes, zve are
vous etes, you are
ils
sont, they are
elles sont,
^
they are
Tu, jyou,
is
by
/«.
I?
NEGATIVE
je ne suis pas, /
es tu?
tu n'es pas
estjl
il
?
am
not.
n'est pas
pas
est elle?
elle n'est
sommes nous?
sont^ils?
nous ne sommes pas
vous n'etes pas
ils ne sont pas
sont elles?
elles
etes
used only
In the English exercises,
am
in
vous?
ne sont pas
speaking to relatives and intimate friends.
you marked with an asterisk
is
to
be translated
.
.
.
beginner's FRENCH
24
22. Vocabulary
le
pare, the park.
la chaise, the cliair,
le
maitre, the master, the teacher,
ou, or.
la
maitresse, the mistress.
oui, yes.
rantichambre, the anteroom.
non, no.
who?
qui?
Text
23.
1.
Je suis le maitre.^
2.
Vous^etes les^eleves.
3.
Je suis sur la chaise.
4.
Vous^etes sur les bancs.
Je ne suis pas dans I'antichambre,
5.
dans
6.
je
suis
la salle.
Vous n etes pas dans
le
pare,
vous^etes
dans lecole.
24.
1.
Replace the singular by the plural (except
and Tecole
sommes
2.
Ex.:
3.
Transposition
les
.
Ex.:
le
i.
pare
Nous
Vous
first
etes le.
person by the second and vice versa.
.
Replace the affirmative form by the negative and vice
Ex.
versa.
:
Je ne suis pas
i.
25.
1.
versa.
.
Replace the
I.
and vice
in sentence 6)
Suis je
le
maitre?
le.
.
.
Questions
A.: Oui. monsieur, vous etes
maitre.
vous
les eleves?
2.
fites
3.
Suis je sur la chaise?
J
Or
A.: Oui, M., nous sommes.
la maitresse, as the case
may
be.
.
le
.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
^5
bancs?
4.
£tes vous sur
5.
Suis je dans Tantichambre ou dans
6.
£tes vous dans
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
;
les
le
la salle?
pare ou dans I'ecole?
Qui est le maitre?" A.: Monsieur, vous etes le maitre.
Qui sont les eleves? A.: M., nous sommes.
Qui est sur la chaise?
Qui est sur le banc?
(a) Qui n'est pas dans rantichambre ?
(b) Qui est dans la salle?
(a) Qui n'est pas dans le pare?
(b) Qui est dans I'ecole?
.
(Negative answers followed by affirmative.)
13.
£tes vous
A.: Non, M., je ne suis pas
maitre?
le
le
maitre, je suis I'eleve.
14.
Suis je I'eleve?
15.
£tes vous sur la chaise?
banc?
16.
Suis je sur
17.
Suis je dans I'antichambre ?
18.
£tes vous dans
le
le
26.
1.
The
Grammar
Drill
chairs, the chair; the parks, the park; the class
rooms, the class room
2.
pare?
The
;
the pupils, the pupil.
masters, the master
the benches, the bench
;
;
the anterooms, the anteroom
the schools, the school
;
the mistresses,
the mistress.
3.
He
4.
We
5.
Is
6.
Are you*?
7.
You
are not.
is,
she
are,
is,
you*
am, they (m.)
I
are, they
he? are they (m.)
are
is
not,
?
are
she? are
she
is
(f.)
are.
are,
you
are.
you?
we?
not,
are they
they
(m.)
(f.) ?
are
not,
we
BEGINNERS FRENCH
26
Translation
27.
Who
I.
is
the teacher.
the teaclier?
4.
the anteroom.
Who
is
am
2. I
in the
the pupil.
anteroom?
5.
3.
You
You
are
are not in
Where am I? 7. You are on the chair,
8. Where are we?
9. You are on the
school.
10. Where are the pupils?
11. They
6.
in the class room.
bench, in the
are not in the class rooms.
Where
13.
he
is
is
the master
not in the school.
They
12.
14. Is
?
He
16.
is
he
are in the anterooms.
in the school?
15.
No,
in the park.
FOURTH LESSON
Rules
Le pare
The park is large.
The parks are large.
La ville est grande. The city is large.
Les villes sont grandes. The cities are large.
French adjectives agree in gender and number with
noun which they qualify.
28.
est
grand.
Les pares sont grands.
the
Le pare est grand. The park is large.
La ville est grande. The city is large.
The feminine of a French adjective is formed by adding
29.
e to the
masculine singular.
Exceptions
:
i.
Le mur est jaune. The wall is yellow.
La porte est jaune. The door is yellow.
Adjectives ending in
-e
in the
masculine singular are
alike in both genders.
2.
Quel pare?
What park?
What
Quelle couleur?
The feminine
line singular is
ing
e.
of adjectives ending in
formed by doubling the
color?
-el in
final
1
the mascu-
before add-
BEGINNER
V
FRENCH
S
The parks are large.
The cities are large.
of a French adjective is formed by adding
30. Les pares sont grands.
Les
villes
The
sont grandes.
plural
to the singular.
Le mur est gris. The zvall is gray.
Les murs sont gris. The walls are gray.
Exception.
Masculine adjectives ending
unchanged
La
est
ville est elle
Oil
pare est
le
When
in -s in the singular
il grand ?
Is the park large f
grande ? Is the city large f
il
?
Where
is
the park f
the subject of an interrogative sentence
or any other pronoun but a personal pronoun,
verb in French and
is
also repeated after
corresponding personal pronoun.
32.
le
mur, the
the
I'a venue
la rue,
la
la
city.
(f.), the
avenue.
grandes,
form of a
gaies
what?
(interrogative
adjective).
large
larges
pl.
large,
s.
f.
merry.
quelles
s.
f.
cheerful,
gaie
quelle
couleur, the color.
grande,
in the
gais
quels
the door.
grands, m.
pl.
tall.
large
wide.
larges
triste
joli
tristes
jolis
sad, gloomy.
pretty.
jolie
triste
jolies
tristes
etroit
jaune
etroits
jaunes
y
a noun
(See 20.)
quel
maison, the house.
grand, m.
is
precedes the
gai
the street.
la porte,
it
it
Vocabulary
wall.
I'habitant (m,), the inhabitant.
la ville,
remain
in the plural.
Le pare
31.
s
(Cf. 2. 2.)
narrow.
etroite
jaune
etroites
jaunes
vcllow.
.
.
BEGINNER
28
.
FRENCH
S
assis
assis
what^ Tsubject)
qu'est ce qui?
seated.
assise
comment, how,
assises
tres, very.
and.
gris
et,
gris
mais, but.
gray.
de, of.
grise
grises
Text
33.
2.
Nous sommes^assis dans le pare.
La ville est grande et le pare est
3.
L'avenue
1.
est tres large et
joH.
rue est tres^
la
etroite.
Les maisons sont
4.
mais les^habitants
tristes,
sont gais.
Les murs sont
5.
gris et les portes sont jaunes.
Transposition
34.
1.
Replace the singular by the plural (except le pare
sentence
Ex.
2.
I
:
I
le
pare.
2.
.
Nous ne sommes pas
assis
dans
.
.
.
.
2.
Qui
villes ...
.
.
est assis
dans
assis
.
. .
?
2.
La
ville
est
.
35.
1.
Les
the interrogative form.
Ex. I Sommes nous
grande et le pare
?
assis
in
versa.
the negative form.
Use
:
elle
and vice
Je suis assis dans
.
Use
Ex.
3.
:
i )
dans
Questions
le
pare?
A.: M., nous sommes
.
(a) Qu'est ce qui^ est grand?
A.: M., la
(b) Qu'est ce qui est joli?
^
Qu^est ce qui
is
masculine.
ville est.
.
:
.
.
:
29
3-
(^)
Q^i'est ce qui est tres large?
(b) Qu'est ce qui est tres etroit?
4.
(j)
A.: M.,
Qu'est ce qui est triste?
sont
.
.
les
maisons
.
(b) Qui est gai?
5.
(a)
Qu'est ce qui est gris?
(b) Qu'est ce qui est jaune?
6.
7.
Oil etes vous assis
(a)
(b)
8.
(a)
(b)
9.
(a)
(b)
10.
(a)
(b)
Comment
Comment
Comment
Comment
Comment
Comment
De quelle
De quelle
?
^.; M., nous sommes.
A.: M.,
la ville est elle?
pare est
le
il?
.
elle est.
.
•
I'avenue est elle?
rue est elle?
la
les
maisons sont elles?
les
habitants sont ils?
couleur
les
murs sont
couleur
les
portes sont elles?
Grammar
36.
ils?
Drill
Write
(a)
The feminine
joli, gai,
(b)
singular of the following adjectives:
quel, assis, triste.
The masculine
plural of:, jaune, grand, gris, etroit,
large.
(c)
The feminine
plural of: triste, gris, large, grand,
assis, jaune, gai, etroit, joli, quel.
Conjugate the present indicative of
(o)
etre gai in the affirmative form.
Ex.: Je suis gai
or gaie.^
Ex.: Suis
(b) etre triste in the interrogative form.
je
triste ?
(c)
etre assis in the negative form.
Ex.
:
Je ne suis pas
assis or assise.^
i
According as the pupil
is
a boy or a
girl.
BEGINNER
30
37.
I.
is
We
seated
The
4.
are very sad.
7.
Where
room.
12. It
3.
Who
5.
They
The
6.
she?
10.
is
very large.
pupils are seated on the benches.
2.
mistress
It is
is
not in the class room.
She is seated on the chair in the anteThe anteroom is gloomy but the class rooms are
is
9.
pretty.
FRENCH
Translation
are in the school.
?
S
8.
Where
narrow.
are
13.
we? 11. You are in the park.
The avenues are not very pretty.
Are the streets cheerful? 15. No, they are not cheerful.
They are narrow and very gloomy. 17. How is the inhabitant? 18. Is he cheerful or gloomy ? 19. He is gloomy.
20. Is the house narrow?
21. No, it is not narrow, it is
wide. 22. Are the walls wide? 23. No, they are not wide,
14.
16.
they are very narrow.
FIFTH LESSON
Rules
38.
La
salle
est
plus grande que
(moins grande que,
aussi grande que) I'antichambre.
The
class
room
is
larger than (less large than, a^ large
as) the anteroom.
The comparative of
a French adjective
is
formed by put-
ting pins (comparative of superiority), moins (comparative
of inferiority), anssi (comparative of equality) before
it.
Exception Le maitre est bon. The master is good. La
The mistress is good.
Le maitre est meillenr que la maitresse. The master is
:
maitresse est bonne.
better than the mistress.
The comparative of bon is meillenr.
Note. The feminine of bon is irregular bonne.
:
1
BEGINNERS FRENCH
39.
La
plus grande
The larger or
salle.
3
the largest class
room.
Le
To form
1.
The smaller or tlie smallest pupil.
The better or the best schools,
plus petit eleve.
Les meilleures
ecoles.
the superlative of a French adjective, put
the definite article
before the comparative.
le, la, les
The French have only one form
2.
to express the larger,
the largest.
40. Possessive adjectives.
SINGULAR
PLURAL
Masculine
Feminine
Both Genders
my
mon
ma
mes
your
ton
ta
tes
his, her, its
son
sa
ses
our
your
notre
nos
votre
vos
their
leur
leurs
Notes,
Son
i.
Sa plume.
livre.
His, her,
His, her,
its
its
book.
pen.
Son and sa agree in number and gender with the
lowing noun, not with the possessor as in English.
2.
Mon
ecole.
My
Ton antichambre.
fol-
school.
Your anteroom.
Son amie. His, her, its friend {fern.).
Mon, ton, son replace ma, ta, sa before any feminine adjective or noun beginning with a vowel or an 11 mute.
41. Demonstrative adjectives.
Ce
livre.
This or that book.
Cet encrier.
This or that inkstand.
Cette table.
This or that
table.
.
BEGINNER
32
FRENCH
S
Ces
livres.
This or that school.
These or those books.
Ces
tables.
These or those
Cette ecole.
tables.
Masculine
Before a consonant.
this
or
/
hat
ce
cat
these or those
Vocabulary
the brother.
bon
bons
monsieur, the gentleman.
les messieurs, the gentlemen.
le
le
cousin,
^/t^
cette
ces
42.
le frere,
Feminine
Before a vowel or an A mute.
bonne
bonnes
cousin.
^
«"'"'•
I'enfant (m. or f.), the child.
la soeur,
la
meilleur
the sister.
dame, the
•
meilleurs
lady.
.
I'actrice,
meilleures
the actress.
petit
.que, more. ..than.
moins...que, less... than.
plus.
petits
little.
petite
small
si
43.
1.
3.
4.
.
aussi.. .que, as... as.
petitea
2.
better.
meilleure
I'amie, the friend (fern.).
.
.
.
que, so
.
.as.
Text
Son frere est plus grand que ce monsieur.
Sa sceur est plus petite que cette dame.
Son cousin est meilleur que ceCenfant.
Son^amie est moins jolie que cette actrice
44.
Transposition
I. Replace son and sa by the other possessive adjectives.
Ex.: I. Son (mon, ton, notre, votre, leur) frere est plus
grand que ce monsieur.
:
BEGINNER
2.
Use
S
FRENCH
33
the plural everywhere and replace ses by the other
possessive adjectives.
Ex.:
Ses (mes,
I.
tes, nos, vos,
freres sont plus
leurs)
grands que ces messieurs.
Use the interrogative form.
I
Son f rere est il plus grand que
3.
Ex.
:
.
45.
ce monsieur ?
Questions
Qui est plus grand que ce monsieur ? ^.: M., son
grand que ce monsieur.
Qui est plus petite que cette dame?
Qui est meilleur que cet enfant?
Qui est moins jolie que cette actrice?
1.
f rere
est plus
2.
3.
4.
Use mon
Qui
5.
A.: M.*
mon
Qui
Qui
Qui
6.
7.
8.
instead of son in the answers.
est le plus
grand, votre frere ou ce monsieur?
frere est le plus grand.
est la plus petite, cette
est le meilleur, votre
moins
est la
jolie, cette actrice
Negative answers with
Ce monsieur
9.
11.
12.
il
est
ou votre amie?
il
(so) and use leur instead of son.
aussi
A.:
n'est pas si
46.
I.
si
votre soeur?
grand que leur frere?
grand que leur frere.
Cette dame est elle aussi petite que leur soeur?
Cet enfant est il aussi bon que leur cousin?
Leur amie est elle aussi joHe que cette actrice?
Non, M.,
10.
dame ou
cousin ou cet enfant?
Write
in
Grammar
Drill
French the masculine and feminine forms
singular and plural of the following adjectives, comparatives
and superlatives
(a) cheerful,
more
cheerful.
cheerful, the
more
cheerful, the
most
BEGINNERS FRENCH
34
(b) small, smaller, the smaller, the smallest.
pretty, prettier, the prettier, the prettiest.
(c)
(d) gloomy, more gloomy, the more gloomy, the most
gloomy.
(e) good, better, the better, the best.
My
2.
(your*, his, her,
My
3.
My
4.
;
(his,
my
its,
my
pencils.
their)
its,
your*,
(their, her, your, his, our,
(your, his, their,
(fern.)
our, your, their) pencil;
its,
(our, his, your*, her, your,
pen
its)
;
my
your*, our) pens.
our,
their,
your*, her, your)
its,
(vour, his, our, her, your*,
its,
their)
friend
friends
(fem.).
5.
This book, these books
:
that pupil, those pupils
;
this
school, these schools; that table, these tables.
Translation
47.
I.
3.
our streets
7.
park large?
Is that
2.
It
Are those avenues narrow?
5.
.
It is larger
Is
They are
your school small
than this house.
8.
larger than your city.
is
4.
?
6.
How
No,
narrow as
as
it is
not small.
are the class rooms
?
They are not wide. 10. They are as narrow as my anteroom. II. Are these pupils good? 12. They are better than
9.
your brother.
sad.
15.
13.
Is their
actresses?
very pretty.
17.
16.
14.
How
No, he
is
are those
Are they pretty ? 18. They are very tall and
19. They are taller than this gentleman and
prettier than these ladies.
is
master cheerful?
His pupils are not good.
as sad as his sister.
(fem.) or her sister?
22.
23.
How is this child? 21. He
Who is the prettier, my friend
20.
Your
friend (fem.)
24. Yes, but her sister is the taller
is
the prettier.
and the merrier.
)
;
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
35
SIXTH LESSON
Rules
48.
(i)
Du
maitre,
du heros
;
(2) de la maitresse, de la
harpe;
(3) de I'eleve, de I'ecole, de I'habitant
(4) des
maitres, des heros, des maitresses, des harpes, des eleves,
;
des ecoles, des habitants.
Of
the or
from
the master, the
hero, the mistress, the harp, the pupil, the school, the in-
habitant; of the or
from
the masters, the heroes, the mis-
tresses, the harps, the pupils, the schools, the inhabitants.
Of
the or
from
the
is
translated
by
(i) du before a masculine noun singular beginning with a
consonant or an h formerly aspirate;
(2) de la before a feminine noun singular beginning with a
consonant or an h formerly aspirate;
(3) de
1'
before any singular noun beginning with a vowel
or an h mute
des before any plural noun.
(4)
Le fils, les fils.
Nouns ending in s,
49.
The
son, the sons.
x, z are alike in
both numbers.
(Cf.
exception to 30*
50.
Le
The blackboard,
tableau, les tableaux.
the black-
boards.
Le neveu, les neveux. The nephew, the nephews.
Nouns ending in au and eu take x in the plural
of
51 • L'amiral,
ill
instead
s.
les
amiraux.
Nouns ending
in al replace
52. Est ce que
le
the class
The admiral, the admirals.
by ux in the plural.
1
maitre est dans
la salle?
Is the master
room?
Another way of forming a question is to put
before any statement.
{is it [a fact] that?)
est ce
que
BEGINNER
36
Le maitre n'est
room?
53-
FRENCH
S
pas dans
il
la salle
Is not the master
?
in the class
M.,
Si,
Yes
is
il
dans
est
translated
Yes,
la salle.
by
si
when
sir,
he
is in
the class room.
the question has a negative
form.
Present indicative of etre {to he).
54^
INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE
am
ne suis je pas?
ne sommes nous pas?
I not?
n'es tu pas ?
n'est
il
n'etes
pas?
n'est elle
pas?
vous pas ?
ne sont
ils
ne sont
elles
pas?
pas?
or
est ce
est ce
je ne suis pas?
que tu n'es pas ?
que
est ce qu'il n'est
est ce
est ce
pas ?
que nous ne sommes pas ?
que vous n'etes pas ?
est ce qu'ils
est ce qu'elle n'est pas ?
ne sont pas
est ce qu'elles
?
ne sont pas
?
55. Vocabulary
rinstituteur, the sehoolmaster.
Tentree
(f.), the entrance.
the class room.
le
tableau, the blackboard.
la classe,
le
bureau, the desk.
le
neveu, the nephew.
meme. .que
les memes. .que
'the same.
la meme. .que
les memes. .que-'
le fils,
le
le
.
.
the son.
marquis, the marquis.
marechal, the horseshoer.
I'edifice
(m.), the building.
meuble, the piece of furniture.
loin de, far from.
le
pres de, near.
I'institutrice, the
schoolmistress.
56.
I.
du
Lecole de
pare.
.as.
.
debout (adverb), standing.
en face de, opposite.
I'amiral, the admiral.
le
.
.
la
ville
si,
yes (see 53).
Text
est^en face de I'entree
.
.
BEGINNER
Le bureau de
2.
S
.
FRENCH
I'instituteur
37
est
de
loin
la
porte de rantichambre.
Le neveu de lamiral
3.
debout pres du
est
tableau de la classe.
Le
4.
que
du marechal
fils
sur le
est
meme
banc
cousin du marquis.
le
57. Transposition
1. Replace the singular by the plural.
Ex. I Les ecoles des villes sont en face des entrees des
:
.
pares.
2.
Use two
Ex.:
interrogative forms.
(a)
I.
L'ecole de la ville est elle en face de.
.
.
en face de.
.
(b) Est ce que Tecole de la ville est en face de.
3.
Use
Ex.
:
L'ecole de la ville n'est pas en face de.
A. : M.,
1.
Oil est l'ecole de
Oil
le
bureau de Tinstituteur
neveu de I'amiral est il assis?
du marechal?
3.
Oil
le
4.
Ou
est le fils
5.
Quel
6.
7.
8.
la ville ?
.
elle est
est il?
edifice est en face de I'entree
en face de.
la ville est
du pare?
A.: M.,
.
Quel meuble est loin de la porte de I'antichambre ?
Qui est assis pres du tableau de la classe?
Qui est sur le meme banc que le cousin du marquis?
Answers with
9.
?
?
Questions
2.
de
.
the negative form.
I.
58.
l'ecole
.
si
(yes).
L'ecole de la ville n'est elle pas en face de I'entree
du pare?
A.:
Si,
M.,
elle est
en face de I'entree du pare.
;
;
.
;
. ;
. .
;;
; ;
Beginner's french
^S>
Est cc que
10.
bureau de Tinstituteur
le
porte de rantichambrc
de
la
de
la classe
Le neveu de
11.
n'est pas loin
?
I'amiral ivest
pas assis pres du tableau
il
?
12. Est ce que le fils du marechal
banc que le cousin du marquis?
Grammar
59.
n'est pas sur le
meme
Drill
Replace the dashes by the plural form of the preceding
word and the dots by the proper form du, de la, de 1' or des.
:
Le meuble,
1
la ville, les
le
;
meuble,
...
;
les
fils,
les
...
les
le
I'edifice, les
;
I'actrice, les
le
;
Where
4.
;
...
of the class
;
...
...
Translation
2.
We
3.
are seated on the
Where
is
near the entrance of the school.
schoolmaster standing or seated?
site the pupils.
...
...
are you seated?
It is
...
...
benches of the same class room.
room?
—
—
marquis, ...
...
;
60.
I.
—
—
—
—
—
neveu,
—
dame,
marechal,
—
—
enfant,
...
;
les
I'enfant, les
—
... bureau, ...
...
;
les
...
... actrice,
;
les
le
4.
ecole,
... edifice, ...
;
les
3.
...
fils,
...
;
—
meubles, du meuble, des meubles.
;
I'ecole, les
;
... tableau, ...
—
—
bureau,
-^
—
—
Le marquis,
—
—
neveu,
—
La dame,
—
marechal,
—
Le
2.
—
... amiral, ...
;
—
meuble, ...
... ville, ...
tableau, les
le
:
—
—
—
;
I'amiral, les
Ex.
—
les
7.
room?
6.
He
5.
Is this
standing oppo-
far from the door
No, thev are near the desk of the
Are the blackboards
8.
is
your class
BEGINNER
schoolmaster.
9.
On what
S
FRENCH
piece of furniture are the books
of the horseshoer's nephews^?
Are
11.
bench as your brothers?
school.
I
13.
15.
10.
They
are on the table
same
No, they are not in the same
seated on the same bench as the children
of the anteroom.
am
of the marquis.
39
14.
the admiral's sons^ on the
12.
Are not the schools of
the city large?
Yes, they are very large and very cheerful.
building
is
street far
opposite the houses of the admirals?
from the park of the city?
18.
No,
16.
What
17. Is their
it
is
opposite
the entrance of the park.
61.
Reading Lesson*
SORITE
L'Europe est la plus belle partie du monde.
La France est le plus beau pays d'Europe.
Paris est
Ma
Ma
Ma
la
rue est
plus belle ville de France.
la
plus belle de Paris.
maison est la plus belle de la rue.
chambre est la plus belle de la maison.
Je suis le plus bel homme de ma chambre.
Done je suis le plus bel homme du monde.
SEVENTH LESSON
Rules
62. Tin livre, a (one) book.
Tine table, a (one) tabic.
and one are translated by un
The
l)efore a masculine noun and by une before a feminine.
indefinite article a or
63. L'eleve a des livres.
^
^
^
Say
Say
nephews
a)i
The pupil has (some) books.
of the horseshoer.
:
the
:
the sons of the admiral.
See the general vocabulary for the translation of the reading lessons.
BEGINNER
40
The
partitive article
S
FRENCH
some or any, expressed or under-
stood in English before a noun, must be expressed in French
and
translated by des before a plural noun.
is
(Cf. 48. 4.)
The pupil has no {not
64. L'eleve n'a pas de livre.
a,
not
any) hook.
No, not
a,
not any are translated by ne (verb) pas de
before any noun, singular or plural, used as a direct object.
De becomes
The pupil has only one book.
65. L'eleve n'a qn'un livre.
Mon
frere n*a que des
Only
Que
is
II
fils.
My
brother has only sons.
translated by ne (verb) que.
= qu'
66.
h mute.
before a vowel or an
d'
before a vowel or an
h mute.
he? Elle a, she has.
On a, one has. A-t-on? has one?
the third person singular of any tense ends in a
a,
he has.
A-t-il? has
A-t-elle? has she?
When
vowel and
is
followed by
il,
elle,
on, the letter t
must be
inserted between hyphens.
What
67. Qu'a-t-il?
has he?
Qu'est ce qu'il a?
1.
What?
interrogative pronoun, direct object,
is
trans-
by que or qn'est ce que.
lated
2.
Qu'est ce que must be used
when
the subject of the
question precedes the verb.
68. Present of the indicative of avoir {to have).
AFFIRMATIVE
j'ai,
/ have
il
or
have I?
elle
a
a-t-il
je n'ai pas, /
have not
tu n'as pas
as tu?
tu as
NEGATIVE
INTERROGATIVE
ai je?
or a-t-elle?
il
or
elle n'a
pas
nous avons
avons nous ?
nous n'avons pas
vous avez
avez vous?
vous n'avez pas
ont
ils
ils
or
elles
ont
ils
or elles?
or elles n'ont pas
.
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
Another interrogative form
est ce
que
est ce
que tu as
j'ai ?
4I
is:
have If
est ce
?
est ce
est ce qu'il or elle a ?
que nous avons?
que vous avez ?
est ce qu'ils
69.
le
eiles
ont ?
rideau, the curtain.
the shade {blind).
le store,
le
drapeau, the flag.
preau, the playground.
le
fourneau, the stove.
la carte, the
le
couteau, the knife.
le
or
Vocabulary
the village.
le village,
.
la cloche,
the
la fenetre,
le cahier, the
hell.
map.
the window.
notebook.
Text
70.
L'ecole du village a un drapeau, un preau
une cloche.
2. La salle de l'ecole a un tableau, une carte
1.
et
un fourneau.
et
3.
un
fenetre de lantichambre a un rideau et
store.
4.
un
La
Le neveu du marechal
cahier,
un couteau, une plume
71.
1.
Use
a dans son bureau
et
un crayon.
Transposition
the plural everywhere and repeat the subject and
the verb before every direct object.
Ex.
2.
I
:
ont des
.
Les ecoles des villages ont des drapeaux
.
.
Use
.
et elles
ont des
.
;
elles
.
the negative form and repeat the subject and the
verb before every direct object.
Ex.:
I.
L'ecole du village n'a pas de drapeau; elle n'a
pas de preau et
elle n'a
pas de
,
.
.
BEGINNER
42
3.
Use
Ex.
et
:
I.
FRENCF
S
the restrictive form (=r only).
L'ecole du village n'a qu'un drapeau, qu'un preau
qu'une eloche.
72.
1.
(a) L'ecole du village a-t-elle un drapeau?
(b)
(c)
(a)
(b)
(c)
3.
(a)
a
elle
(b) A-t-elle
4.
A.: Oui,
un drapeau.
A-t-elle un preau?
A-t-elle une cloche?
Est ce que la salle de l'ecole a un tableau?
Est ce qu'elle a une carte?
Est ce qu'elle a un fourneau?
La fenetre de I'antichambre a-t-elle un rideau?
M.,
2.
Questions
un
store?
(a) Est ce que le neveu
du marechal a un cahier dans
son bureau?
(b) Est ce qu'il a un couteau?
(c)
Est ce
qu'il a
une plume?
(d) Est ce qu'il a un crayon?
5.
Ou'est ce qui a un drapeau, un preau et une cloche?
A.: M., Tecole du village a un ...
6.
Qu'est ce qui a un tableau, une carte
7.
Ou'est ce qui a un rideau
8.
plume
9.
10.
et
Qui a dans son bureau un
et un crayon?
Qu'a
l'ecole
du village?
Qu'est ce que
la salle
un
cahier,
A.: M.,
de
l'ecole
et
un fourneau
?
store?
elle
un couteau, une*
a
un
.
.
a?
11. Qu'a la fenetre de I'antichambre?
12.
Ou'est ce que
bureau ?
le
neveu du marechal a dans son
BEGINNERS FRENCH
43
Restrictive answers.
Est ce que Tecole du village a des drapeaux, des
13.
preaux
et
La
14.
A.: Non, M.,
des cloches?
et
qu'un ...
qu'une
salle
.
.
elle n'a qii'un
drapeau,
.
de Tecole
a-t-elle des tableaux, des cartes et
des fourneaux?
Est ce que
15.
et
la
fenetre de rantichambre a des rideaux
des stores?
Le neveu du marechal
16.
73.
a-t-il
plumes
cahiers, des couteaux, des
et
Grammar
dans son bureau des
des crayons?
Drill
Replace the dashes by un or une as the case
the first
row of
dots by the proper translation of
may
be,
some or
any and the second by the plural of the preceding noun.
1.
— drapeau,
— rideau,
— neveu,
—
— couteau,
Ex.
Un rideau, des rideaux.
—
—
—
— plume,
—
— amie,
—
— bureau,
—
— preau,
— antichambre,
—
—
— crayon,
— tableau,
—
;
;
fils,
;
:
2.
ecole,
.
;
;
carte,
;
;
cahier,
;
salle,
;
;
;
boite,
;
5.
;
ville,
;
4.
;
;
cloche,
3.
i
fenetre,
;
porte,
;
have, we
Has he? have you? have you*?
have, they (m.) have.
I
(Two
translations of
every question.)
6. They
has not.
(f.)
have
not,
I
have not, you have not, she
BEGINNERS FRENCH
44
Translation
74.
I. The school of the city has (some) class rooms and
(some) anterooms. 2. The class rooms of the schools have
some windows and one door. 3. The anteroom of the school
has no blackboards. 4. It has only chairs and one table.
They are
6.
5. Where are the maps and the blackboards?
7. Have the schools of the
They have only bells they have
on the walls of the class rooms.
village flags
no
ID.
flags.
and
bells ?
;
The windows
9.
They have no
schoolmaster?
the park.
8.
of our class rooms have shades.
curtains.
12.
They
13.
Where
of
his
is
the master?
room.
the
stove
16.
What
18.
Have you (any) desks?
desks?
Where
11.
class
15.
has he in his pocket?
20.
We
are the pupils of this
are in the playground in front of
14.
He
Who
He
What
17.
is
is
seated near
pupil?
this
has only a knife.
have you
19.
have notebooks, pens and pencils.
your
in
EIGHTH LESSON
Rules
75' Cardinal numbers.
un, une
i
douze
12
deux
2
treize
13
trois
3
quatorze
14
quatre
4
quinze
15
cinq
5
seize
16
six (siss)
6
17
sept (sett)
huit (ziret, short)
7
8
dix sept (diss)
dix huit ( " )
neuf
9
dix neuf
(
"
18
I?
)
26
vingt (z'in)
un (vinte-un)
dix (diss)
10
vingt et
onze
II
vingt deux (pron.
t)
.
.
21
.
.
22
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
45
23
soixante dix huit
78
vingt quatre(
)
•
•
24
soixante dix neuf
vingt cinq
(
)
•
•
25
quatre vingts {vin) ....
79
80
vingt six
(
)
•
•
26
quatre vingt un
81
vingt sept
(
)
•
•
quatre vingt deux
82
vingt huit
(
)
•
27
28
quatre vingt dix
90
vingt neuf
(
)
•
29
quatre vingt onze .....
91
30
quatre vingt douze
92
(pron.
vingt trois
O-.
•
•
trente
un
31
quatre vingt treize
trente deux, etc
32
quatre vingt quatorze
quarante
40
quatre vingt quinz-e
41
quatre vingt seize
quarante deux, etc
42
quatre vingt dix sept
cinquante
50
quatre vingt dix huit
.
.
.
.
trente et
quarante
un
et
un
51
quatre vingt dix neuf
52
cent
soixante
60
cent
un
soixante deux
61
cent cinquante
62
soixante dix
70
deux cents
deux cent trente
soixante et onze
71
trois cents
soixante douze
y2
mille
soixante treize
et
soixante et
un
73
douze cent
74
soixante quinze
75
y6
deux mille
deux mille cent
un million
soixante dix sept
Notes:
i.
Cinq
...
97
98
99
100
loi
soixante quatorze
soixante seize
93
94
.
95
96
cinquante deux
cinquante
.
trois
1 50
200
230
300
1000
1203
2000
2100
1,000,000
yy
livres; cinq, cinq^enfants.
Five hooks;
five, five children.
Six
villes
The
final
neuf, dix
is
;
six, six^ecoles.
Six
cities; six, six schools.
consonant of the numbers cinq,
not sounded
when they
six, sept, huit,
are followed by a noun
or adjective beginning with a consonant or an
aspirate
2.
and
is
pronounced
The conjunction
et
is
h formerly
in all other cases.
used only
in 21, 31, 41, 51, 61, 71.
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
46
76. Ordinal numbers.
premier, premiere
.
1st
dix septieme
17th
deuxieme or second,
2nd
dix huitieme
i8th
troisieme
3rd
dix neuvieme
19th
quatrieme
4th
vingtieme
20th
cinquieme
5th
vingt et unieme
21st
sixieme
6th
vingt deuxieme
22nd
septieme
huitieme
.
neiivieme
7th
trentieme
30th
8th
quarantieme
40th
9th
cinquantieme
50th
soixantieme
60th
dixieme
loth
onzieme
douzieme
nth
soixante dixieme
70th
2th
quatre vingtieme
Both
1
treizieme
13th
quatre vingt dixieme.
quatorzieme
14th
centieme
quinzieme
15th
seizieme
1
To form any
6th
.
.
90th
looth
loooth
millieme
milhonieme
i
,(X)0,oooth
ordinal number, add -ieme to the correspond-
ing cardinal (except premier; fem. irregular: premiere).
Notes:
i.
However, notice the
slight
changes or addi-
tions in quatrieme, cinquieme. neuvieme, trentieme, etc.
Unieme, deuxieme are respectively used to translate
and second in 21st, 22nd, 31st, 32nd, 41st, 42nd, etc.
We do not elide the vowel of le
3. Le or la onzieme.
2.
first
or la before onzieme.
77.
Vocabulary
le
jour, the day.
rheure
le
mois, the month.
la
le siecle,
the century.
(f.), the hour,
semaine, the week.
ranne^(f.), the year.
le
temps, the time.
la division,
la
seconde, the second.
il
la
minute, the minute.
elle
la parti e,
the part.
ils
the division.
forme, he or
it
ferme, she or
forms.
it
forms.
or elles forment, they form.
BEGINNER
78.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
67.
47
Divisions du Temps.
60 secondes forment une minute.
60 minutes forment une heure.
24 heures forment un jour.
7 jours forment une semaine.
30 jours forment un mois.
365 jours forment une annee.
loo^annees forment un siecle.
79.
1.
FRENCH
S
Transposition
Double every number.
Ex.:
120 secondes forment
i.
2 minutes.
2.
Triple every number.
Ex.:
180 secondes forment
i.
3 minutes.
3.
Quadruple
every
Ex.:
number.
forment 4 minutes.
4. Decuple every number.
Ex.:
i.
240
secondes
600 secondes forment
i.
10 minutes.
5.
Deduct one from the
and use the negative form.
number of every sentence
first
Ex.
:
i.
59 secondes ne forment
pas une^ minute.
6.
Use
the ordinal numbers.
Ex.
i.
:
Une
seconde est
la
soixantieme partie d'une minute.
80.
1.
60 secondes forment
Questions
elles
une minute?
A.: Oui, M.,
forment une minute.
2. Est ce que 60 minutes forment une heure?
elles
3.
4.
^
24 heures forment elles un jour?
Est ce que 7 jours forment une semaine?
Mft one
(See 64.)
is
translated
by ne
(verb) pas une
;
not a by ne (verb) pas de.
.
.
beginner's FRENCH
48
7.
30 jours forment ils un mois?
Est ce que 365 jours forment une annee?
100 annees forment elles un siecle?
8.
Qu'est ce qui forme une minute?
5.
6.
des
.
A.: M., 60 secon-
.
9.
Qu'est ce qui forme une heure ?
10.
Qu'est ce qui forme un jour?
11.
Qu'est ce qui forme une semaine?
12.
Qu'est ce qui forme un mois?
13.
Qu'est ce qui forme une annee?
14.
Qu'est ce qui forme un siecle?
15.
Quelle
est
soixantieme
la
A.: M,, une seconde est
la.
partie
d'une
minute?
.
16.
Quelle est la soixantieme partie d'une heure?
17.
Quelle est
la
18.
Quelle est
la
septieme partie d'une semaine?
19.
Quelle est
la
trentieme partie d'un mois?
20. Quelle
est
la
vingt quatrieme partie d'un jour?
trois
cent soixante cinquieme partie
d'une annee?
21. Quelle est la centieme partie d'un siecle?
81.
Grammar
the odd numbers from
4.
Give
Give
Give
Give
5.
58, 814, 1204, 1492, 1643, 1789. 1824, 1870, 1903.
1.
2.
3.
Use no
I.
3.
We
i
to 21.
numbers from 2 to 30.
the multiples of 3 up to 99.
the multiples of 4 up to 120.
the even
82.
2.
Drill
Translation
figures in writing out this exercise.
have 4 generals and 2 admirals
in
this
city.
This general has 3 sons and this admiral has 5 nephews.
The city has 7 schools, 6 parks, 8 avenues, 92 streets and
;
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
49
blackboards, 5
Our school has 45 windows, 16 doors
Your class room has 12 benches, 3
maps and 2 desks. 6. The schoolmistress has
in her desk
pencils, 2 inkstands, 7 books, 10 pens
60,000 inhabitants.
4.
and 2 playgrounds.
4
notebooks.
7.
5.
The
and 14
divisions of time^ are the second, the
minute, the hour, the day, the week, the month, the year
and the century. 8. 180 minutes form 3 hours. 9. 91 days
form 13 weeks. 10. 52 weeks form one year. 11. 312 weeks
form 6 years. 12. 120 hours form 5 days. 13. 210 days
form 7 months. 14. 1460 days form 4 years. 15. 1000
years form 10 centuries.
16. 20 is the fifth part of 100.
17.
30
the sixth part of 180.
is
of 477.
19.
42
is
18.
53
is
the ninth part
the eleventh part of 462.
83.
Reading Lesson
DU TEMPS
DIVISIONS
L'annee a douze mois.
Les noms des douze mois de
I'annee sont: Janvier, fevrier, mars, avril, mai, juin, juillet,
aout, septembre, octobre,
Janvier est le
novembre
decembre.
et
premier mois de l'annee; fevrier est
deuxieme mars est le troisieme avril est
mai est le cinquieme; juin est le sixieme;
; .
;
septieme; aoiit est
octobre est
est le
le
le
huitieme; septembre est
dixieme; novembre est
douzieme,
le
le
juillet
le
onzieme
le
quatrieme
le
est
le
neuvieme;
et
decembre
dernier.
juillet, aoiit, octobre et decembre ont
autres mois, excepte fevrier, ont
Les
trente et un jours.
vingt
huit jours dans les annees
trente jours.
Fevrier a
Janvier, mars, mai,
ordinaires et vingt neuf dans les annees bissextiles.
Le premier Janvier est
un decembre est le
trente et
est le
le
premier jour de l'annee;
dernier.
Le vingt deux
le
fevrier
jour de I'anniversaire de naissance de Washington.
Le quatre
juillet est la
date de la fete nationale des fitats
1
Supply
the.
?
BEGINNER
50
Le quatorze
Unis.
FRENCH
S
juillet est la
date de Tanniversaire de la
prise de la Bastille.
L'annee a quatre saisons.
de Tannee sont:
le
Les noms des quatre saisons
printemps, lete, rautomne et I'hiver.
Le printemps est la plus agreable des quatre saisons.
La semaine a sept jours. Les noms des sept jours
de
la
semaine sont: lundi, mardi, mercredi, jeudi, vendredi, samedi
Lundi et mardi sont les deux premiers jours
et dimanche.
de
la
Samedi
semaine.
et
dimanche sont
les
NINTH LESSON
deux demiers.
*
Rules
Review
§§ i8, 40, 48, 49, 50, 51.
84. Sonner, to ring.
The
tions.
Dessiner, to draw.
regular French verbs are divided into three conjuga-
The
infinitive present of the first
one ends in
-er.
85. Present indicative of sonner (to ring).
nous sonnons, we ring
je Sonne, / ring, I do ring,
I
am
ringing
tu sonnes, you ring
il
or
elle
vous sonnez, you ring
sonne, he or she rings
The endings
f
singular
-j
I
I.
or elles sonnent, they ring
of the indicative present of verbs of the
conjugation are:
86.
ils
f
_e
-es
-e
plural
S
L
first
-ons
-ez
-ent
Present indicative of sonner (interrogative form).
(
sonne je?
\
est ce
que
)do I ring?
je
sonne?
\am
sonnons nous?
I ringing?
sonnes tu?
sonnez vous?
sonne-t-il?
sonnent
sonne-t-elle
sonnent elles?
ils?
BEGINNER
1.
The
S
FRENCH
51
no corresponding form
Ring
I?
instead
of Do I ring? Ring
We say
instead of Do you ring? etc.
auxiliary verb to do has
in French.
yoiif
mute of the first person
when followed by je.
Such forms as sonne-je?
dessine-je? are avoided in con-
Therefore always use the form
versation.
person singular of any tense.
first
singular must be
Final e
2.
accented (e)
est ce
que
Either form
in the
may
be
used in the other persons.
87. Present indicative of sonner
je
ne sonne pas, / do not ring,
am
/
tu
il
elle
88.
A
vous ne sonnez pas
ne sonne pas
Le
few nouns ending
89.
I.
De
1.
Whom?
?
Of whom
quoi parlez vous?
is
Whom
by -ux
do you
in the plural.
criticise?
De
are you talking?
Of what
are
you talking?
translated by qui.
by quoi.
90.
r^difice (m.), the building.
le
chapeau, the hat.
le
pardessus, the overcoat.
I'animal (m.), the animal.
bateau, the boat.
I'avis
-il
the works.
interrogative pronoun, object of any preposi-
tion, is translated
le travail,
The work,
interrogative pronoun, direct object or object
of any preposition,
What?
or elles ne sonnent pas
in -ail replace
Qui critiquez vous?
2.
2.
ils
travail, les travaux.
qui parlez vous
le
nous ne sonnons pas
not ringing
ne sonnes pas
or
(negative form),
the work.
(m.), the advice.
la tour, the tower.
(See 67.)
Vocabularyla
classe,
the
class,
room.
sonner, to ring.
deposer, to lay down.
dessiner, to draw.
examiner,
to
examine.
critiquer, to criticise.
ecouter, to listen.
the
class
?
BEGINNER
52
91.
FRENCH
S
Text
Les cloches sonnent dans les tours des^ecoles.
Vous deposez vos chapeaux et vos pardessus
1.
2.
sur les tables des^antichambres.
Nous dessinons des^animaux
3.
et des
dans nos cahiers ou des cartes sur
bateaux
tableaux
les
des classes.
Le maitre examine
4.
critique
et
les
travaux
des^eleves.
Nous^ecoutons ses^avis.
5.
Transposition
92.
1.
Ex.:
Replace the plural by the singular and vice versa.
I.
La
cloche sonne...
2.
Tu
deposes ton...
Je
3.
un
2. Conjugate sentences 2, 3, 4 and 5 in the present inEx. I Je depose mon
Tu deposes ton
dicative.
Ex.
i. (a) Est ce que
interrogative
forms.
Use
two
3.
les cloches sonnent dans.
?
(b) Les cloches sonnent elles
dessine
.
.
.
:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
:
.
dans
.
.
.
.
Questions
93.
1.
Qu'est ce qui sonne dans
les cloches
2.
sonnent.
.
les
tours des ecoles? A.: M.,
.
Qui depose son chapeau
et
son pardessus sur
la table
de Tantichambre ?
3.
(a)
Qui dessine des animaux
cahier
et
des bateaux dans son
?
(b) Qui est ce qui dessine des cartes sur
des classes?
4.
(a)
Qui examine
les
travaux des eleves?
(b) Qui est ce qui critique leurs travaux?
5.
Qui ecoute
les avis
du maitre?
les
tableaux
:;
.
;;
;.
;
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
Ou
6.
dans
.
sonnent elles?
les cloches
53
A.: M.,
sonnent
elles
.
7.
Que deposons nous
8.
(a)
9.
(b)
Que
(a)
Qu'est ce que
(b)
Que
les tables
des antichambres
11.
Dans
tours de quels edifices les cloches sonnent
les
A.: M.,
maitre examine?
le
critique-t-il?
Qu'ecoutez vous?
sonnent dans.
elles
.
.
Sur quoi deposons nous nos chapeaux
12.
dessus
?
dessinez vous sur les tableaux des classes?
10.
elles?
sur
Qu'est ce que vous dessinez dans vos cahiers?
et
nos par-
?
Dans quoi dessinez vous des animaux
(a)
13.
bateaux
14.
(b)
Sur quoi dessinez vous des cartes?
(a)
De
De
(b)
De
15.
qui
et
dea
?
maitre examine-t-il les travaux?
le
qui critique-t-il les travaux?
qui ecoutez vous les avis?
Grammar
94.
Drill
Replace the dashes by the plural form of the preceding
noun and the dots by the proper forms du, de la, de 1', des.
:
1.
Le chapeau,
la classe,
le
les
—
—
—
—
—
les
cahier, les
I'avis,
les
,
la carte, les
I.
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Le chapeau,
chapeau, ...
—
—
—
—
—
animal,
classe,
...
cahier,
...
.
—
...
carte,
...
.
.
avis,
.
,
I'animal, les
Ex.:
—
,
...
.
.
.
chapeaux, du chapeau, des cha-
les
peaux.
2.
Le
bateau, les
la tour, les
—
,
—
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
bateau,
tour, ...
—
...
—
;
.;
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
54
—
—
—
pardessus,
—
le travail, les
Tenfant, les
le
la
:
ring,
cising,
I
am
,
.
I listen,
Who
enfant,
.
,
.
...
.
.
cloche,
we
listen,
.
...
...
.
.
.
they do not listen
;
you
we examine? do
down, she does not lay down; you*
lay
ring,
she ringing? they are not
is
criticising,
95.
I.
—
—
pardessus,
—
—
travail,
.
not examining, do
is
down? we
you do not
.
.
.
les
are examining, he
they lay
.
.
cloche, les
Translate
3.
,
,
do you
criti-
criticise?
Translation
rings the bell of the school?
2.
Do you
ring the
No, the nephew of the schoolmaster is ringing.
5. We are in the class room
4. In what class room are you?
opposite the park. 6. Does your teacher lay down his hat on
bell?
3.
the chair?
Where
7.
No, he lays down his hat on the table. 8.
9. They are on the chairs
are the pupils' overcoats ?
of the anteroom.
are
we drawing?
10.
12.
What are you drawing?
am drawing an animal on
I
board of the class room and
boats in their notebooks.
14.
16.
17.
my
13.
11.
What
the black-
brothers are drawing (some)
Who
is
examining the works?
The master examines our notebooks. 15. Do you listen?
The pupils do not listen to^ the advice^ of the master.
They are criticising his work.
1
Omit.
2
Use the pluraL
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
55
TENTH LESSON
Rules
96.
A
Le
Les
bal, the hall.
few nouns ending
adding
s
to
97. (i)
maitres,
Au
form
their plural regularly,
by
(See $!•)
singular.
tl)e
bals, the halls.
in -al
maitre, (2) a la dame, (3) a I'enfant, (4)
aux dames, aux enfants
;
to the (at the)
aux
master, lady,
child; to the (at the) masters, ladies, children.
To
the and at the are translated by ( i ) au before a masnoun singular beginning with a consonant or an h
formerly aspirate, by (2) a la before a feminine noun singular beginning with a consonant or an h formerly aspirate,
by (3) ^1' before any singular noun beginning with a
vowel or an h mute, and by (4) aux before any plural noun.
culine
98.
was speaking,
Je parlais, /
I used to speak
tu parlais, you zvere speaking
il
parlait,
he was speaking
elle parlait,
she
was speaking
zve were speaking
you were speaking
ils parlaient, they were speaking
elles parlaient, they were speaking
nous parlions,
vous
parliez,
The endings
of the indicative imperfect of the
jugation are:
singular
r
_ais
\
-ais
first
[
plural
I -ait
-j
L
99. Vocabulary
le bal,
the hall.
rinvite, the guest.
rambassadeur, the ambassador
I'etranger, the stranger.
I'hote, the host.
le
general, the general.
con-
-ions
-iez
-aient
.
BEGINNER
56
le son,
le
the sound.
I'hotesse, the hostess.
violon, the violin.
assister a, to be present at.
rinstrument (m.),the instrument.
la
FRENCH
S
princesse. the princess
parler, to speak, to talk.
presenter, to introduce.
Tambassadrice, the ambassadress.
danser, to dance,
autre, other.
100.
Text
1.
Nous^assistons au bal de rambassadeur.
2.
Vous presentez letranger
Thote
a
et
a
a
la
I'hotesse.
3.
^ ambassadrice
parle
au general
et
princesse.
4.
Les^autres^ invites
dansent
aux
sons
des
violons.
IoI
1.
Ex.
:
2.
Ex.:
3.
Transposition
Conjugate every sentence in the indicative present.
J'assiste au bal de Tambassadeur. Tu assistes.
I.
.
,
Replace the singular by the plural and vice versa.
I.
J'assiste
aux
bals des ambassadeurs.
Replace the present by the imperfect.
assistions
4.
.
Ex.:
i.
Nous
au bal de Tambassadeur.
Use
the negative form.
Ex.:
i.
Nous
n'assistons pas
au bal de I'ambassadeur.
102.
1.
Qui
assiste
Questions
au bal de I'ambassadeur?
A.:
M. nous
assistons au bal de Tambassadeur.
4.
Qui presente I'etranger a I'hote et a Thotesse?
Qui parle au general et a la princesse?
Qui danse aux sons des violons?
5.
A
2.
3.
quoi assistez vous?
A.: M., nous assistons au
BEGINNER
7.
A
A
8.
Aux
6.
S
FRENCH
57
qui est ce que je presente I'etranger?
qui rambassadrice parle-t-elle
sons de quel instrument
,
?
dansent
les invites
ils?
(Use the imperfect.)
9. Assistiez
vous au bal de Tambassadeur ?
nous assistions au
.
.
Est ce que
10.
I'hotesse
presentais
je
a Thote et a
I'etranger
?
L'ambassadrice parlait
11.
A.: Oui, M.,
.
au general
elle
et a la prin-
cesse ?
Est ce que
12.
Grammar
103.
1.
The
ball,
dansaient aux sons des violons
les invites
the balls
;
?
Drill
of the ball, of the balls
to the ball,
;
to the balls.
2.
The
princesses
3.
princess, the princesses
;
The
;
of the princess, of the
to the princess, to the princesses.
guest, the guests
;
of the guest, of the guests
;
to
the guest, to the guests.
4.
The
host, the hosts; of the host, of the hosts; to the
host, to the hosts.
5.
The sound,
^
the sounds; of the sound, of the sounds;
to the sound, to the sounds.
6.
The
strangers
7.
;
The
stranger, the strangers
;
of the stranger, of the
to the stranger, to the strangers.
lady, the ladies
;
of the lady, of the ladies
;
to the
lady, to the ladies.
8.
to
I
am
speak
;
dancing,
we
I
was dancing; he
introduce,
we were
is
speaking, he used
introducing
;
they
are
drawing, they used to draw.
9. You are present, you were present;* are you speaking?
were you speaking? are we criticising? were we criticising?
does she dance? was she dancing?
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
58
(a)
is
I.
Where
the host
?
Translation
104.
«
4.
are you
He
2.
?
We are
at the ball.
3.
Where
introducing the strangers to the other
is
5. Where are the princesses and the ambassador?
The ambassador is standing near the door. 7. To whom
8. He speaks to the hostess.
does he speak?
9. The
guests.
6.
princesses are seated near the general.
they speaking?
11.
They
she present at the ball?
12.
Is
14.
Do you
dance?
15.
10.
To whom
are
are speaking to the ambassadress.
We
13.
Yes, she
is
dancing.
do not dance to the sounds of
the violin.
(b) I. My brothers were present at the class.
2. We
were drawing. 3. The master was speaking to the pupils.
4. He was criticising their works.
5. We were listening to^
his advice.
105.
Reading Lesson
IMPOSSIBLE n'eST PAS FRANgAIS
Napoleon premier donne un jour a un jeune lieutenant
un ordre
difficile
a executer.
L'of ficier hesite et
murmure
:
« Sire, Texecution de cet
ordre est impossible.))
«
n'est
Impossible
!
crie
Napoleon
f urieux,
impossible
!
ce
mot
pas fran9ais.))
ELEVENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§
18, 28, 40, 63.
Remplir,
106. Rougir, to blush.
The
tion
to fulfill.
infinitive present of the verbs of the
ends in
-ir.
1
Omit
second conjuga-
f
f
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
59
107. Indicative present of rougir.
je rougis, / blush, I
am
nous rougissons
blushing,
/ do blush
vous rougissez
tu rougis
il
rougit
elle
ils
rougit
rougissent
elles
The endings of
rougissent
the indicative present of the second con-
jugation are:
r _is
singular
j
|-
plural
-is
]
-issons
-issez
-issent
I -it
108. Indicative present of rougir (interrogative form)
est ce
que
am
je rougis?
do I blush
rougissons nous
I blushing
rougis tu?
rougissez vous
rougit
il
?
rougissent ils?
rougit
elle ?
rougissent elles
person singular, use the form
1.
In the
2.
In the other persons, use either forms.
109.
I.
first
Who?
interrogative
may
r
?
est ce que.
be translated by qui or
qui est ce qui.
2.
Whom?
interrogative
may
be translated by qui or
qui est ce que.
no. Vocabulary
I'ami, the friend.
le
diligent, -e, industrious.
choix, the choice.
obeir
les parents, the parents, the rela-
a, to
subir, to
obey.
undergo, receive.
tives.
rougir (de), to blush {for).
la
punition, the punishment.
rejouir, to rejoice.
la
conduite, the behavior.
choisir, to choose.
bien, well.
beginner's FRENCH
6o
III.
Text
1.
Mon
2.
II
n'obeit pas a ses maitres.
T,,
II
subit des punitions.
frere n est pas diligent.
Nous choisissons bien nos^amis.
Vous ne rougissez pas de votre choix
4.
5.
de
et
votre conduite.
Nous
6.
rejouissons nos parents.
112.
Transposition
(Choix and conduite must remain singular and parents
plural throughout.)
Conjugate every sentence
1.
Ex.
:
I
2.
Ex.:
I.
3.
versa.
the indicative present.
.
Mes
.
.
freres ne sont pas diligents.
Replace the negative form by the affirmative and vice
Ex.:
Mon
i.
frere est diligent.
113.
1.
in
Je ne suis pas diligent or diligente. Tu n'es pas
Replace the singular by the plural and vice versa.
.
Votre frere
n'est
il
Questions
pas dihgent?
A.: Noh, M.,
il
n'est
pas ...
pas a ses maitres?
2.
N'obeit
il
3.
Subit
des punitions?
4.
Est ce que vous choisissez bien vos amis?
5.
(a)
il
Ne
rougissons nous pas de notre choix?
(b) Est ce que nous ne rougissons pas de notre conduite ?
6.
Rejouissez vous vos parents?
7.
Qui
n'est pas diligent?
beginner's FRENCH
6l
n'obeit pas a ses maitres?
10.
Qui
Qui
Qui
11.
(a)
(b)
Qui ne rougit pas de son choix?
Qui est ce qui ne rougit pas de sa conduite?
Qui
rejouit ses parents?
8.
9.
12.
est ce qui subit des punitions?
choisit bien ses
13.
Votre frere
14.
A
15.
Qu'est ce
16.
Qui
est
qui n'obeit
17.
De
18.
Qui
il
I
diligent?
pas?
il
qu'il subit?
choisissez vous bien?
quoi ne rougissons nous pas?
que vous rejouissez?
est ce
114.
1.
amis?
Grammar DriH
choose, they choose, she chooses; you* rejoice,
we
you obey, I obey, he obeys.
2. They undergo, you undergo, he undergoes
we do not
blush, she does not blush, they do not blush.
do you choose? do they choose?
3. Am I choosing?
does she obey? are we obeying? do you* obey?
rejoice, they rejoice;
;
115.
I.
3.
5.
My
They
They
Translation
brothers are industrious.
are at^ school.
4.
Do
listen well to^ their advice.^
They
Where
2.
are they?
they obey^ their teachers?
6.
They do
not blush
and their teachers.
8. Are these pupils your friends?
9. You do not choose
well.
10. I do not blush for my choice.
11. Do you receive
punishments? 12. The teacher is sad we are not very industrious. 13. We do not obey. 14. We do not listen. 15. And
you receive punishments. 16. We blush for our behavior.
for their work. 7.
rejoice our parents
:
1
Supply
//^<?,
2
Supply
a.
^
Omit.
Use the
plural.
beginner's FRENCH
62
TWELFTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ I9> 20, 28, 29.1,
116. Ce livre ci, this book.
Cet enfant
ci, this child.
Cette salle
ci,
this class
Ces eleves
ci,
these pupils.
When
it is
31, 4i» 52, 98.
Ce
livre la, that book.
Cet enfant
room.
necessary to
la,
that child.
Cette salle
Ces eleves
mark
la,
la,
that class room.
those pupils.
a sharp distinction between
the adjectives this and that, these and those, put ci after the
noun preceded by
by that or those.
this or these,
and
la after the
one preceded
117. Imperfect of punir (to punish).
was punishing,
je punissais, /
nous punissions
/ used to punish
vous punissiez
tu punissais
il
punissait
ils
punissaient
elle punissait
elles
The endings of
the indicative imperfect of the second
conjugation are:
punissaient
r
f -issais
singular
\
r
f
plural
-issais
I -issait
118.
Grand (m.), great; grande
\
L
(f.), great;
-issions
issiez
-issaient
grandement,
greatly.
f.), qmck ; rapidement, quickly; plus
more quickly; le plus rapidement, the most
Rapide (m. and
rapidement,
quickly.
Je parle rapidement, / speak quickly.
I.
French adverbs are formed by adding -ment
feminine form of the adjective.
to the
Their comparative and
.
'
beginner's FRENCH
formed
superlative are
63
(See
those of the adjectives.
like
38, 39.)
2.
Adverbs are placed immediately
119.
Le
after the verb.
livre est sur la table, n'est ce
pas?
Is the book on the table f
est sur la table.
Oui, M.,
Yes,
sir, it is
il
on
the table.
1.
is it
A
third
way
to
form a question
2.
Yes, after such a question,
to put n'est ce pas?
oui, not
(See
si.
53'.)
cherir, to cherish, to like.
devoir, the duty.
remplir, to
the girl.
la fille,
is
Vocabulary
120.
le
is
not so? after any statement.
fulfill.
jouir de, to enjoy.
la reputation, the reputation,
jeune, young.
reussir, to succeed.
meilleur,
grandir, to grozv.
-e, better.
mieux (adverb),
punir, to punish.
better.
rapidement, quickly.
Text
121.
Je punissais ces^eleves ci et
ces^eleves la.
1.
2.
Cette jeune
devoirs que cette jeune
3.
Ce maitre
ci
remplissait
la
fille
fille
jouissait
cherissais
je
mieux
ses
ci.
dune
meilleure repu-
que ce maitre la.
Ces^enfants la grandissaient plus rapidement
tation
4.
que ces^enfants ci.
maitresses
5. Ces
ces maitresses
reussissaient
Transposition
Conjugate every sentence
punissais ces.
.
mieux que
la.
122,
I.
ci
.et tu.
in the imperfect.
Ex.
:
I.
Tu
.
.
beginner's FRENCH
64
2.
Ex.
:
3.
Conjugate every sentence
I.
Je punis ces eleves
the
in
ci et je.
.
indicative present.
.
Replace the singular by the plural (except " une meil-
leure reputation ") and vice versa.
4.
Use
the interrogative form n'est ce pas.
punissais ces eleves
ci,
n'est ce
123.
1.
(a)
Qui
2.
Qui
Qui
(b) Qui
.
Je
i.
Questions
punissait ces eleves ci?
ces
Ex.:
pas?
^..-
M., je punissais
.
(b)
est ce qui cherissait ces eleves la?
(a)
remplissait bien ses devoirs?
est ce qui remplissait
mieux
ses devoirs
que
cette jeune fille ci?
3.
(a)
Qui
est ce qui jouissait
d'une bonne reputation?
(b) Qui jouissait d'une meilleure reputation que ce
maitre la?
4.
Qui gnandissait rapidement?
(b) Qui est ce qui grandissait plus rapidement que
(a)
ces
enfants ci?
5.
Qui
(b) Qui
(a)
est ce qui reussissait?
est ce qui reussissait
mieux que
ces maitresses
la?
6.
(a)
Qui punissiez vous?
A.: M., je punissais ces.
.
(b) Qui est ce que vous cherissiez?
7.
(a)
Qu'est ce que cette jeune
(b)
Qu'est
ce
que
mieux que
cette
jeune
fille
fille
la
la
remplissait?
remplissait
cette jeune fille ci?
De quoi ce maitre ci jouissait il?
9. Comment ces enfants la grandissaient ils?
10. Comment est ce que ces maitresses ci reussissaient ?
8.
Use in the answers the indicative present and the negative
and the affirmative forms.
beginner's FRENCH
A.: Non, M., je ne
(o) Punissez vous ces eleves la?
11.
punis pas ces eleves
la,
6$
'
je punis ces eleves
ci.
(b) Est ce que vous cherissez ces eleves ci?
jeune
12. Cette
cette
jeune
Ce maitre
13.
fille
remplit
ci
n'est ce
fille la,
la jouit
mieux
ses devoirs
que
pas?
il
d'une meilleure reputation que
ce maitre ci?
Ces enfants
14.
enfants
grandissent plus rapidement que ces
ci
n'est ce pas
la,
?
Est ce que ces maitresses
15.
mieux que
la reussissent
ces
maitresses ci?
Grammar
124.
Use
ci
or
1^,
as the case
1.
This
2.
That stranger,
may
Drill
be, after every
noun.
flag, that flag, these flags, those flags.
this
stranger, those strangers, these
strangers.
4.
These
Those
5.
This ambassador, that ambassador, those ambassadors,
3.
balls,
those balls, this
ball, that ball.
bells,
these bells, that
bell, this bell.
these ambassadors.
6.
That
actress,
these
actresses,
those
actresses,
this
actress.
7. I was growing; you were not growing; were they
growing ?
8. We used to fulfill was she fulfilling? You* were not
;
fulfilling.
9.
You were
not succeeding
;
I
used to succeed were they
;
succeeding ?
125.
I.
My
parents used to blush for
not industrious.
4.
I
Translation
3.
You were
was growing very
my
reputation.
2.
I
was
not fulfilling your duties.
rapidly.
5.
I
did
not like
my
beginner's FRENCH
66
master.
6.
was not succeeding.
I
blush for your behavior!
reputation?
9.
utation than those masters.
pupils.
II.
*j.
And you
did
not
Who
used to enjoy a good
These teachers used to enjoy a better rep8.
10.
They were only
They used
to punish their
fulfilling their duty.
12.
Were
you receiving punishment? 13. Were you obeying^ your
parents and your masters?
14. We were not blushing for
our work. 15. Yoti were succeeding better than your brother.
16. This gentleman used to choose his friends better than that
gentleman. 17. He used to enjoy a very good reputation and
was succeeding very
well.
126.
Reading Lesson
DU PAREIL AU MEME
Napoleon trois, empereur des Franc^ais, cause un jour avec
femme, I'imperatrice Eugenie.
Comme elle parle un peu etourdiment, son mari demande
par maniere de plaisanterie
« Quelle est la difference entre un miroir et vous meme ? »
L'imperatrice cherche en vain une reponse a cette quessa
:
tion.
«
Eh
bien, continue
Napoleon,
la
difference est que
miroir reflechit et que vous ne reflechissez
«
A
le
pas.))
votre tour, riposte vivement Eugenie, quelle est la
un miroir et vous meme?))
L'empereur reste muet de surprise.
difference entre
;(Eh bien,
mon
1
ami. c'est que
le
miroir est plus poli.»
Supply a before every object.
:
BEGINNER''S
FRENCH
67
THIRTEENTH LESSON
Rules
127. Perdre, to lose.
The
Descendre, to go down.
infinitive present of the verbs of the third
tion ends in
conjuga-
-re.
128. Indicative present of perdre.
je perds,
,/
lose, I
am
losing,
nous perdons
/ do lose
tu perds
il
or
elle
vous perdez
perd
ils
INTERROGATIVE FORM
est ce
que
perds tu
je
or elles perdent
NEGATIVE FORM
perds?
je ne perds pas
tu ne perds pas, etc.
? etc.
The endings of
the indicative present of the third con-
jugation are
j-
singular
.s
j-
plural
-s
^
-{
I -
I
_ons
-ez
-ent
129. Imperfect of perdre.
je perdais, /
to lose,
was
losing, I
used
vous perdiez
tu perdais
il
or
elle
nous perdions
I did lose
perdait
The endings
ils
or elles perdaient
of the indicative imperfect of the third con-
jugation are the same as those of the imperfect of the
first
conjugation (see 98).
130. Diligent, industrious.
French adverbs ending
jectives ending in -ent.
in
Diligemment, industriously.
-emment are derived from ad-
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
68
Vocabulary
131.
le repas, the
le
le voisin,
le
meal.
perdre, to lose.
attendre, to wait for.
pensionnaire, the boarder.
the neighbor.
entendre, to hear.
temps, the time.
tendre, to extend^ to hold out.
salle a manger, the dining
room.
la main, the hand.
descendre, to go dozen, to
la
la sonnette, the
{small)
enfin, at last.
bell.
132.
Text
impatiemment
Nous^attendons
1.
come
down.
impatiemment, impatiently.
Theure
du
repas.
2.
Vous perdez votre temps.
3.
Enfin
entendent
pensionnaires
les
la
son-
nette.
4.
5.
Vous descendez a la salle a manger.
Je tends la main a mes voisins.
133.
1.
Ex.:
2.
Transposition
(Main must remain singular throughout.)
Conjugate every sentence in the indicative present.
I.
J'attends.
.
Tu
.
attends.
.
.
Replace the present by the imperfect.
Ex.:
i.
Nous
attendions ...
3.
Use
the three interrogative forms.
dons nous.
attendons.
.
.
.
.,
?
n'est ce
Qui attend impatiemment
Qui
est ce qui
.? (c)
Nous
Questions
I'heure
nous attendons ...
2.
.
pas?
134.
1.
Ex. :i. (a) Atten-
(b) Est ce que nous attendons.
perd son temps?
du repas?
A.: M.,
.
beginner's FRENCH
Qui entend enfin la sonnette?
Qui est ce qui descend a la salle a manger?
Qui tend la main a ses voisins ?
3.
4.
5.
Qu'attendez vous impatiemment?
6.
dons.
69
^.; M., nous atten-
.
7.
Qu'est ce que nous perdons?
8.
Qu'est ce que
9.
Oil descendons nous?
A
10.
les
pensionnaires entendent enfin?
qui tendez vous la main
?
(Use the imperfect and the negative form
in the
answers.)
Est ce que vous attendiez impatiemment Theu're du
repas? A.: Non, M., nous n'attendions pas.
11.
.
.
12..
Perdions nous notre temps?
13.
Les pensionnaires entendaient ils enfin la sonnette?
Est ce que nous descendions a la salle a manger?
Vous tendiez la main a vos amis, n'est ce pas?
14.
15.
135.
Grammar
Drill
am waiting, we wait, they do wait.
She does not go down, you do not go down, we do
not go down.
3. Do you* hear? are they hearing? do we hear?
I do not extend.
4. We extend does he extend ?
5. Are you losing? we are not losing; they lose.
6. I was going down, they were going down, you were
1.
I
2.
;
going down.
7.
You
8.
We
used to
lose,
they used to
lose, I
used to
lose.
were not hearing, she was not hearing, you* were
not hearing.
9.
Were
they extending? were you extending? was she
extending ?
10.
They used
waiting.
to wait,
were you waiting? we were not
BEGINNERS FRENCH
JO
Translation
136.
I.
Who
is
waiting?
Who
2.
waiting for^ the meal time? 2
ing impatiently for^
bell?
9.
6.
We
rings.
It
hear at
last.
loses his time?
3.
Who
is
These gentlemen are waitthe meal time.^
5. Do you hear the
8. Don't you hear?
7. Is it ringing?
10. We do not lose our time.
11. The
4.
examining the dining room. 12. To whom does
she hold out her^ hand? 13. She holds out her^ hand to her
friends. 14. She does not lose her time.
15. She introduces
hostess
is
the strangers to the other boarders.
down
quickly?
dining room.
their^
17.
18.
Our
16.
Who
is
going
down quickly to the
19. They do not extend
They do not lose their
neighbors go
They hear
the
bell.
hands* to their neighbors.
20.
time.
FOURTEENTH LESSON
Rules
Review
§ 63.
137. (i)
des olives
Some
;
Du
some
papier, (2) de la viande, (3) de Teau, (4)
i^any) paper, meat, water, olives.
or any, expressed or understood before a noun,
must be expressed
in
French and
is
translated
by (i) du
before a masculine noun singular beginning with a con-
sonant or an h formerly aspirate, by
(2)
de la before a
feminine noun singular beginning with a consonant or an h
formerly aspirate, by (3) de 1* before any singular noun
beginning with a vowel or an h mute, and by (4) des before
any plural noun.
1
Omit.
'
heure.
^ the.
^
Use the
singular.
BEGINNER
138. Indicative present of
je
mange, / eat
tu
manges
il
or
elle
S
FRENCH
manger
71
(to eat).
nous mangeons
vous mangez
,
mange
ils
or elles
mangent
Imperfect,
was
je mangeais, /
nous mangions
vous mangiez
eating
tu mangeais
il
or
elle
mangeait
ils
or elles mangeaient
In verbs ending in -ger, supply a silent e after the g to
keep
it
soft (p. 16)
Compare
in
whenever the endings begin with a or
English
to singe,
0.
singeing; to tinge, tingeing
139. Indicative present of placer (to place, to put).
nous plaqons
vous placez
je place, / place
tu places
il
or elle place
ils
or
elles
placent
Imperfect,
je plagais, I zvas placing
nous placions
tu plagais
vous placiez
il
or
elle plagait
ils
In verbs ending in
keep
it
soft
Compare
in
(=
English noticeable, serviceable, faqade,
140.
le
poisson, the fish.
le fruit,
or elles plaqaient
put a cedilla (,) under the c to
s) whenever the endings begin with a or 0.
-cer,
the fruit.
Vocabulary
le vin,
legume, the vegetable.
le
le
pain, the bread.
le the,
le
fromage, the cheese.
le sel,
le
the salt.
poivre, the pepper.
le radis,
le
the cracker.
the radish.
garden, the waiter.
the wine.
le lait, the milk.
le
le biscuit,
etc.
verre, the glass.
the tea.
le chocolat,
the chocolate.
le cafe, the coffee.
la servante, the
maid.
la
viande, the meat.
la
creme, the cream.
la
moutarde, the mustard.
.
.
BEGINNER
I'huile (f.), the
I'olive
S
FRENCH
placer, to place, to put.
oil.
demander,
(f.), the olive.
to
ask for.
la biere, the beer.
verser, to pour.
I'eau (f.), the water.
quelquefois, sometimes.
la tasse, the cup.
etc.
chaque (m. & f.), each, every.
manger, to eat.
141.
1.
A
(et cetera, et ainsi
and
de suite)
so forth.
Text
chaque repas,
je manp;eais du poisson, de
des legumes, du fromage et des fruits.
servante pla9ait sur la table du pain, de
la viande,
2.
la
La
creme, des^olives, des biscuits,
3.
Vous
demandiez
etc.
quelquefois
du
sel,
du
poivre, de la moutarde, de Thuile, des radis, etc.
4. Les gar9ons versaient du vin, de la biere,
de Teau ou du lait dans les verres des messieurs,
et du the, du cafe ou du chocolat dans les tasses
des dames.
Transposition
142.
1. Conjugate every sentence in the indicative imperfect
and repeat the subject and the verb before every direct obEx.: I. A chaque repas, tu mangeais du poisson, tu
ject.
mangeais de la viande, tu
.
.
Conjugate every sentence in the present of the indicative and repeat the subject and the verb before every direct
Ex.: i. A chaque repas, je mange du poisson, je
object.
2.
mange de
3.
Use
viande, je.
la
.
the three interrogative forms.
geais je du.
.
.a
chaque repas?
du...a chaque repas?
repas, n'est ce pas
?
(c)
Ex.:
i.
(a)
Man-
(b) Est ce que je mangeais
Je mangeais du...a chaque
BEGINNER
repas
3.
?
Qui mangeait des legumes a chaque repas?
(d) Qui est ce qui mangeait du fromage a chaque
(c)
(e)
2.
73
(a) Qui mangeait du poisson a chaque repas ? ^.; M.,
je mangeais du poisson a chaque repas.
(b) Qui est ce qui mangeait de la viande a chaque
repas
•
FRENCH
Questions
143.
1.
S
?
Qui mangeait des
Qui
(b) Qui
(c) Qui
(d) Qui
(a)
fruits a
chaque repas?
du pain sur la table?
creme sur la table?
est ce qui plagait
pla(;ait
de
la
est ce qui plaqait des olives sur la table?
pla(;ait
des biscuits sur
la table?
Qui demandait quelquefois du sel ?
Qui est ce qui demandait quelquefois du poivre?
(c) Qui demandait quelquefois de la moutarde?
(d) Qui est ce qui demandait quelquefois de Thuile?
(e) Qui demandait quelquefois des radis?
(a)
(b)
4.
(a)
Qui
versait
du vin dans
des messieurs
(c)
Qui
des messieurs?
les verres
(b) Qui est ce qui versait de
la biere
dans
les
verres
?
versait de I'eau dans les verres des messieurs
(d) Qui est ce qui versait du
messieurs
lait
dans
les
?
verres des
?
Qui versait du the dans les tasses des dames?
(/) Qui est ce qui versait du cafe dans les tasses des
dames ?
versait du chocolat dans les tasses des dames ?
Qui
(g)
(e)
5.
je
Qu'est ce que vous mangiez a chaque repas?
mangeais du.
.
.
servante plagait sur la table?
6.
Qu'est ce que
7.
Que demandions nous
la
quelquefois?
A.: M.,
BEGINNER
74
8.
FRENCH
S
(a) Qu^est ce que les gardens versaient dans les verres
des messieurs?
Que
(b)
versaient
144.
ils
dans
les tasses
Grammar
des
dames?
Drill
Replace the dash by the proper translation of some or any.
— moutarde, —
—
— creme,
—
— — viande, —
— — fromages, —
— legumes.
—
— fromage, —
—
—
—
—
— —
— temps, —
eau,
cafe,
1.
tasses,
lait,
2.
chocolat,
poivre,
verres,
poisson,
sel,
huilc,
pain,
vin,
fruits,
olives,
biere,
biscuits.
I am eating, we eat, do they eat?
You were not eatwere you* eating? She was not eating.
4. Does he place ? they do not place, we are placing ; I was
placing; were we placing? They were not placing.
3.
ing,
145.
Translation
At last the boarders heard^ the bell. 2. The maid
was ringing in the dining room. 3. She was losing
her time.
4. At meal time,^ we used to go down to
I.
servant
the dining room.
5.
I
Did you
6.
eat^
my overcoat on one of
my hat on my overcoat.
used to place
the chairs of the anteroom and
some meat
at
each meal?
7.
We
Who
used
was eating some
The
ladies
eating olives, and
olives and radishes?
were
9.
the gentlemen radishes.
10. The waiters were putting in
front of* the boarders (some) bread, salt, glasses and cups.
12. He used to
II. One of my neighbors was very merry.
the
hostess.
in
glass
of
pour water
the
13. She was someask
the^
maid servants for®
times very sad.
14. I used to
hostess
used to place
some milk, cream, or cheese. 15. The
eat
to
^
^
*
meat^ and vegetables.
8.
- Say
at the hours of the meals.
imperfect.
Supply some before every word where it is omitted.
^ Omit.
^ Supply to.
devant.
Use the
:
BEGINNER
6.
FRENCH
(some) coffee,
in front of the ladies
1
S
The gentlemen used
75
milk, or chocolate.
tea,
to ask the^ waiter for^
some beer or
wine.
Reading Lesson
146.
UN CALEMBOUR
Un
jour,
un
fameux pour
acteur, tres
subitement malade et est oblige de garder
un de
sa fatuite,
le
lit.
II
tombe
charge
ses amis d'annoncer a son directeur qu'il est incapable
de jouer ce soir
une profonde
la.
A
cette nouvelle, le directeur, affectant
pousse cette exclamation: (("Quelle
tristesse,
fatalite (quel fat alite)
!
»
FIFTEENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 28, 29, 30, 137.
147. Le beau pare, the beautiful
park.
Les beaux pares, the beautiful parks.
Le
'
bel enfant, the beautiful child.
Les beaux enfants, the beautiful children.
(Cf. So*)
1. Adjectives ending in -au take x in the plural.
2. Bel is used instead of beau before a masculine noun
singular beginning with a vowel or an h mute.
Masculine
longs
.
beau
Fbmininb
{
beaux
...
beautiful,
1
fme
longues
,,
,
I
belle
r
,
„
belles
..
L
Some
handsome,
,
A
,
1
J
J
adjectives form their feminine in an irregular way.
1
Supply
/o
2
Omit.
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
yd
Un
149.
bon
Some French
the
livre,
a
noun they quahfy.
The most common are:
petit,
good book.
adjectives are placed, as in English, before
bon, long, beau,
joli,
haut (high),
grand, large, vaste (vast), habile (skilful), immense,
excellent,
mauvais (bad).
De bon
150.
the,
(some or any) good
tea.
De bonne creme, (some or any) good cream.
De bonnes olives, (some or any) good olives.
Some or any, expressed or understood, before a noun,
expressed in French and translated by de (d*)
if
is
the quali-
fying adjective precedes the French noun.^
151 • Recevoir, to receive.
There are a few French verbs the infinitive present of
which ends in -oir. All are irregular. Those the infinitive
of which ends in -evoir are conjugated on the same model.
.152. Present of the indicative of recevoir.
je regois, / receive, I
/
am
nous recevons
do receive,
receiving
vous recevez
tu regois
il
I.
or
elle regoit
ils
The endings of
in -evoir are
:
or
elles
reqoivent
the indicative present of the verbs
r
.
singular
\
-ois
f
plural
-ois
I -oit
^
One
of the licenses adopted
On
I
-oivent
by the French Minister of Public
struction in his decree of February 26, 1901,
'^Article Partitif.
j
-evons
-evez
is
tolerera du, de la, de
devant un substantif precede d'un adjectif.
In-
the following:
/',
des,
Ex.
:
au lieu de de partitif
de ou du bon vin, de
bonne viande, de ou des bons fruits."
" Commentary " on the decree, rightly warns
foreigners not to avail themselves of the above "tolerance" except before expressions which may be assimilated to nouns of species. They
bonne viande ou de
la
Prof. Cledat, in his
should never do so either before abstract expressions or before indefinite
adjectives.
beginner's FRENCH
2.
the c
The
is
cedilla
(=
soft
77
under the c before a, o, u indicates that
(See Pronunciation, page i6.)
s).
I53« Imperfect of recevoir.
used
je recevais, /
/
was
nous recevions
to receive,
receiinng, I did receive
tu recevais
il
or
elle
vous receviez
recevait
The endings
are
f
:
singular
\
I
154.
-evais
the
haut,
adminis-
-eviez
-evaient
-e,
high.
excellent, -e, excellent.
mauvais,
-e,
bad.
vaste, vast.
the lake.
habile, skilful.
immense, immense.
Teglise (f.), the church.
la fleur,
I
-evions
beau, belle, beautiful, fine.
trator.
la
\
Vocabulary
I'arbre (m.), the tree.
le lac,
plural
-evait
magasin, the store.
I'administrateur,
f
-evais
I'hotel (m.), the hotel.
le
or elles recevaient
ils
of the imperfect of verbs ending in -evoir
devoir, must, ought.
the flower.
apercevoir, to perceive, notice.
pelouse, the lawn.
bon, -ne, good.
recevoir, to receive.
long, -ue, long.
avoir, to have,
also.
155.
1.
rues,
Chaque grande
Text
ville
d'immenses.^^h6tels,
doit
de
avoir de
larges
belles^^eglises,
de
hauts^edifices et de grands magasins.
2.
Les grandes
villes
biles^administrateurs, de
doivent aussi avoir d'habonnes^ecoles, de jolies
maisons et de beaux pares.
3. Dans les pares, vous^apercevez de hauts^ar-
.
beginner's FRENCH
78
de
bres,
de
longues^avenues,
fleurs,
jolies
de
vastes pelouses et de petits lacs.
Des magasins de
4.
bon
nous recevons de
de bonne huile, inais de
la ville,
the, d'excellent cafe,
mauvaise viande.
156. Transposition
1.
Put the singular subjects and verbs in the plural and
and repeat the subject and the verb before every
Ex.: i. Les grandes villes doivent avoir de
object.
vice versa,
direct
larges rues
2.
elles
;
Drop
doivent avoir
.
.
.
the adjectives everywhere.
Ex.
:
Chaque
i.
ville
doit avoir des rues, ...
3.
Replace the present by the imperfect and repeat the
Ex.: i.
subject and the verb before every direct object.
Chaque grande ville devait avoir
4. Use two interrogative forms.
.
chaque grande
ville doit elle
doit
ville
avoir
.
.
.
avoir.
.
Ex.:
.
?
i.
(a)
Est ce que
(b) Chaque grande
?
157.
1.
.
.
Questions
(a) Qu'est ce qui doit avoir de larges rues?
chaque grande
ville doit
avoir de
.
A.: M.,
.
(b) Qu'est ce qui doit avoir d'immenses hotels?
(c)
Qu'est ce qui doit avoir de belles eglises?
(d) Qu'est ce qui doit avoir de hauts edifices?
(e)
2.
Qu'est ce qui doit avoir de grands magasins?
(a) Qu'est ce qui doit aussi avoir d'habiles administrateurs
?
(b) Qu'est ce qui doit aussi avoir de bonnes ecoles?
(c)
Qu'est ce qui doit aussi avoir de jolies maisons?
(d) Qu'est ce qui doit aussi avoir de beaux pares?
3.
(a)
Qui apergoit de hauts arbres dans
les
pares?
;;
.
BEGINNER
Qui
(b)
est ce qui aper^oit
les
79
de longues avenues dans
pares?
Qui apergoit de
(c)
FRENCH
S
dans
jolies fleurs
les
pares?
(d) Qui est ee qui apergoit de vastes pelouses dans
pares
Qui
Qui
(e)
(a)
4.
les
?
aper^oit de petits laes dans les pares?
de bon the des magasins de
est ee qui regoit
la ville?
(b) Qui regoit d'exeellent eafe des magasins de
la
ville?
Qui
(c)
*
de bonne huile des magasins
est ee qui regoit
de
la ville?
(d) Qui regoit de mauvaise viande des magasins de
la ville?
Qu'est ee que ehaque grande
5.
elle doit
avoir de
.
ville doit
6.
Qu'est ee que
7.
Qu'est ee que j'apergois dans
8.
Que
les
Some
1.
water
grandes
;
3.
villes
fish,
Grammar
some good
doivent aussi avoir?
les
pares?
Drill
fish; eream,
beer, exeellent beer
;
Some
2.
eheese,
A.: M.,
reeevez vous des niagasins de la ville?
158.
good wine
avoir?
.
radishes,
;
bad eream; wine,
bad radishes.
glasses, beautiful glasses
tea, some bad tea
good eheese; mustard, good mustard; water, bad
;
olives, exeellent olives.
Some
masters,
some
skilful
paper, good paper pens, bad pens
;
masters
;
;
flags, large flags
sehools, beautiful sehools
playgrounds, small playgrounds.
5.
We do not
I am reeeiving; do you receive?
He must; must they? I must not; we must.
6.
She
4.
notice.
notices
;
are
we
receive.
noticing ? you do not notice
;
I
beginner's FRENCH
8o
159.
I.
The
Translation
schools of the city are
immense
buildings. 2.
They
have wide doors and high windows. 3. Each school must
also have vast class rooms, long blackboards and immense
playgrounds. 4. We must also have excellent administrators
and skilful teachers. 5. The pupils must have good paper
and good pens. 6. You must have large cities. 7. They
have beautiful avenues and long streets. 8. Strangers^ notice
also beautiful hotels, large parks, high churches and vast
stores.
9.
I
notice in this park beautiful flowers, large lakes,
beautiful trees
and pretty lawns.
large dining rooms.
11.
Hotels,
10.
At each meal,
must have
the waiters place in
good water, excellent cream and good
place bad wine or bad beer on the
tables.
14. I
13. A village has small houses and bad streets.
receive from the small store of the village bad tea, excellent
chocolate and good coffee.
15. We have excellent friends
front of the boarders
milk.
12.
They must not
in this village.
SIXTEENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§
160.
64, 137, 149, 150.
Un mur gris, a gray wall,
Un chapeau rond, a round hat.
Un fruit doux, o nveet fruit.
Un livre frangais, a French book.
Un visage souriant, a smiling face.
French adjectives (a) of
color,
(b)
shape,
(c)
taste,
(d) nationality and participles used adjectively are placed
after the
1
noun they
Supply the definite
qualify.
article M<f before
nouns used
in a general
meaning.
beginner's FRENCH
The
Note.
place of the other adjectives except those
must be learned by
cited in 149
Blanc
161.
8t
blancs
)
practice.
(blanche
.
^
)
^^^^^^^
frais
frais
The preceding
blanches
I
f
)
'
I,
S
^
adjectives
form
fraiches
their feminine in
an irreg-
ular way.
162.
Du
vin rouge, (some or any) red wine.
De la biere anglaise. {some or any) English
De Teau fraiche, {some or any) fresh water.
Des
When
translate
livres franqais,
beer.
{some or any) French hooks.
noun it qualifies,
the French adjective follows the
some or any, expressed or understood, according
to the general rule § I37«
163. '(i) J'ai des freres et des cousins diligents.
/ have diligent brothers and cousins.
J'ai
'
des soeurs et des cousines diligentes.
/ have diligent sisters and cousins.
(2) J'ai des soeurs et des freres diligents.
/ have diligent sisters and brothers.
French adjectives qualifying two or more nouns of the
same gender become plural and take the gender of the nouns.
2. Qualifying two or more nouns of different genders,
they become masculine plural.
1.
164.
Vocabulary
propre, clean.
le
visage, the face.
la
pension, the hoarding house.
sou riant,
la
nappe, the table cloth.
vert, -e, green.
la serviette,
the napkin.
-e,
smiling.
rouge, red.
I'assiette (f.), the plate.
frais, fralche, fresh.
entrer dans, to enter.
anglais, -e, English.
pendre
a, to
hang from.
blanc, -he, white.
suivre, to follow.
a suivre, to he continued.
—
.
.
beginner's FRENCH
82
165.
Nous^entrons dans
1.
Text
manger de
salle a
la
la
pension.
Vous^apercevez des nappes
2.
blanches,
et
propres
des^assiettes
des serviettes
des
et
visages
souriants.
Des rideaux blancs
3.
et
des stores verts pen-
dent aux fenetres.
Les gar9ons placent devant
4.
du vin rouge, de
I'eau
glaise et du. pain blanc.
de
pensionnaires
la
biere
an-
{a suivre.)
Transposition
166.
1.
les
fraiche,
Conjugate every sentence, except the
third,
in
the
present of the indicative, and repeat the subject and the verb
before every direct object.
2.
subject
and the verb before every
entrions dans
3.
Use
.
.
Nous
.
.
?
Qui entre dans
Ex.
direct object.
:
i.
Nous
Ex.:
i.
(a)
.
.,
n'est ce
.
.
?
Questions
la salle
.
En-
pas?
a
manger de
la
pension?
.
Qui est ce qui aper<;oit des nappes blanches?
Qui apergoit des serviettes blanches?
(c) Qui est ce qui aper^oit des assiettes propres?
{d) Qui apergoit des visages souriants?
Qu'est ce qui pend aux fenetres?
(a)
(&)
3.
.
(h) Est ce que nous entrons dans.
entrons dans.
M., nous entrons dans
2.
J'entre dans.
the three interrogative forms.
167.
1.
i.
.
trons nous dans.
(c)
Ex.:
Replace the present by the imperfect and repeat the
A.:
;
beginner's FRENCH
St,
(a) Qui est ce qui place du vin rouge devant les
4.
pensionnaires
?
(b) Qui place de I'eau fraiche devant
naires
Qui
(c)
les
pension-
?
est ce qui place
de
anglaise devant les
la biere
pensionnaires ?
(d) Qui place du pain blanc devant
les
pensionnaires?
5.
Ou
6.
Qu'est ce que nous apercevons
7.
(a) Oil des rideaux blancs pendent ils?
8.
Qu'est ce que
entrez vous?
Ou
(b)
naires
A.: M., nous entrons dans...
?
pendent des stores verts?
gargons placent devant
les
les
pension-
?
Grammar
168.
Drill
Replace th^ dashes by the proper translation of some, any
or no (see 64), as the case
—
1.
blanc
;
—
belles
be,
vin,
frangais,
vin,
je n'ai
anglaise,
may
— vin rouge, — bon — vin
— vin
—
—
—
—
vin
pas
mauvaise
— biere
— nappes,
ne verse pas —
—
nappes,
nappes propres, nous n'avons pas —
biere,
;
biere
biere,
biere
fraiche, je
;
nappe.
— bonne eau,
— eau, — mauvaise eau, — eau
— eau propre, n'apergoit pas — eau; — bon fromage,
— fromage, — fromage
ne mange pas —
—
—
mage —
propres, —
n'a pas —
— visages, — visages propres, — beaux visages, —
ne
visages souriants — papier blanc, — bon
— pa—
—
—
excellent
papier
pas
—
—
—
creme
creme,
bonne
creme,
propre;
— mauvaise creme, ne place pas — creme sur
—
—
— bonne
jaune, — mauvaise
fraiche,
2.
elle
fro-
fran^ais, je
belles tasses,
tasses
;
vertes, elle
tasses,
tasses
papier, je
rec^ois
tasse.
3.
;
anglais,
papier,
fraiche,
pier
la table
elle
huile,
papier,
huile,
huile
huile.
:
.
beginner's FRENCH
84
Translation
169.
I. Large hotels^ have vast dining rooms.
room has small tables and beautiful chairs.
2.
3.
Each dining
The waiters
place every day on the tables white table clothes
flowers.
They must
4.
and fresh
also place before every stranger beer,
red wine or white wine and water.
5. Gray shades were
hanging from^ each window of my boarding house. 6. We
used to receive clean napkins every week. 7. At meal time
I used to examine the dining room.
8. I used to notice long
tables and poor chairs.
9. The windows had no curtains.
11.
10. The maid servant was entering^ the dining room.
She was placing before the boarders clean plates and knives.
12. At each meal, my neighbor used to ask the* hostess
Have you fresh water ? " 13. We used to notice the smiling
*'
faces of the other boarders.
14.
Strangers^ used to ask the*
waiter for^ white wine or English tea.
SEVENTEENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 49> I37» 160, 162, 163.
170. L'ceil bleu, the blue eye. Les
yenx
bleus, the blue
eyes.
The
The
1
2.
171 •
plural of
ceil is
plural of bleu
Un
irregular
is
gateau delicieux.
Des gateaux
Une
A
Supply
2
f/te.
*
Supply
io.
(Cf. 50«)
delicious cake.
A
Replace by
delicious cakes.
delicious fig.
I. Masculine adjectives ending
numbers. (Cf. exception to 30.)
1
yeux.
Some
delicieux.
figue delicieuse.
:
regular: bleus.
in -x are alike in
^
at.
5
Omit.
Supply
into.
both
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
2.
Adjectives
ending
-x
in
85
replace
by
-x
-se
in
the
feminine.
S^^
172.
^
Sseche
dry
seches
sees
doux
doux
The preceding
)
sweet,
^
soft
(
I
douce
douces
adjectives have an irregular feminine.
I73. Imperfect of avoir {to have).
nous avions
j'avais, / had, I did have,
was having, I used
/
have
to
vous aviez
tu avais
il
or
elle avait
ils
174.
I'oeil
les
les
le
le
Vocabulary
(m.), the eye.
bleu, -e, blue.
yeux, the eyes.
rose, rosy.
cheveux (m.), the
manteau, the cloak.
le dessert,
pale, pale.
hair.
blond,
-e, fair,
blond.
noir, -e, black, dark.
the dessert.
gateau, the cake.
brun,
-e,
brown.
the grape.
rond,
-e,
round.
le raisin,
la joue, the cheek.
la robe,
plat, -e, flat.
the dress.
delicieux, -se, delicious,
la figue, the fig.
sec, seche, dry.
.dou-x,
la fin, the end.
la suite, the
mur,
continuation.
la droite, the
la
or elles avaient
right side.
gauche, the
de gauche, on the
I.
Ma
sweet, soft.
suite et fin, concluded.
de droite, on the right side,
left side.
175.
-ce,
-e, ripe.
Text
left side.
{Suite et Fin).
voisine de droite a des^yeux bleus, des
joues roses, des cheveux blonds, des robes et des
manteaux
gris et des
chapeaux ronds.
.
beginner's FRENCH
86
Ma
gauche a des yeux gris, des
cheveux noirs, des robes et des
manteaux bleus ou bruns et des chapeaux plats.
3. Au dessert, nous mangeons des gateaux delicieux, des figues seches, des raisins doux et des
2.
voisine de
joues pales, des
murs.
fruits
176.
1.
Transposition
Conjugate every sentence
and
in the present indicative
repeat the subject and the verb before every direct object.
Ex.:
2.
I.
J'ai
des yeux bleus,
j'ai
des.
.
.
Replace the present by the imperfect and repeat the
subject and the verb before every direct object.
voisine de droite avait des
3.
Use
yeux bleus
ma
yeux
a des yeux
voisine de droite
de droite a des yeux bleus,
177.
1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(/")
2.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Ex.: (a)
the three interrogative forms.
sine de droite a-t-elle des
.
.
.
bleus,.
bleus,.
.
.
.
Ex.
elle avait
;
.
n'est ce pas
Ma
i.
:
des
.
Ma
.
voi-
?
(b) Est ce que
?
(c)
Ma
voisine
?
Questions
Qui a des yeux bleus? A.: M., ma voisine de
droite a des yeux bleus.
Qui est ce qui a des joues roses?
Qui a des cheveux blonds?
Qui est ce qui a des robes grises?
Qui a des manteaux gris?
Qui est ce qui a des chapeaux ronds?
Qui est ce qui a des yeux gris?
Qui a des joues pales?
Qui est ce qui a des cheveux noirs?
Qui a des robes bleues ou brunes?
Qui est ce qui a des manteaux bleus ou bruns?
Qui a des chapeaux plats?
.
beginner's FRENCH
3.
87
Qui mange des gateaux delicieux au dessert?
Qui est ce qui mange des figues seches au dessert?
(c) Qui mange des raisins doux au dessert?
(d) Qui est ce qui mange des fruits murs au dessert?
(a)
(b)
4.
Qu'est ce que votre voisine de droite a?
a des yeux bleus, des
5.
6.
.
A,: M.,
elle
.
Qu'a votre voisine de gauche?
Que mangez vous au dessert?
Grammar
178.
Drill
Some ^ tea, green
tea, good tea, English tea, bad tea,
some mustard, good mustard, French
mustard, fresh mustard we have no mustard some bread,
good bread, French bread, bad bread, white bread, fresh
bread; you have no bread.
2. Some eyes, large eyes, brown eyes, beautiful eyes;
some dresses, blue dresses, fine dresses some hats, black hats,
beautiful hats, round hats she has no hats.
3. Some figs, good figs, fresh figs, delicious figs, bad
figs, dry figs, fine figs, ripe figs; some cakes and grapes,
delicious cakes and grapes.
1.
she pours no
tea;
;
;
;
;
179.
(a)
I.
hats and
3.
We
enter the^ store.
on the
brown
2.
My
sisters
choose gray
clqaks and you choose black dresses
Our neighbor on
right.
younger.
Translation
6.
eyes.
the left
is
prettier than
4. She has rosy cheeks.
She blushes more quickly.
8.
They
are very sweet.
and those girls have black
are choosing round hats and these
fair hair^
9.
hair.^
and
She is also
She has large
These girls have
10. Those ladies
5.
7.
ladies are asking for^
flat hats.
*
Supply
info.
*
Use
hats.
your neighbor
the plural.
*
Omit
:
beginner's FRENCH
88
(b) I. Our hostess had pale cheeks and gray hair.^
At each meal, the boarders used to eat excellent fish,
fresh vegetables and good meat. 3. Yes, I was also eating
dry bread. 4. The maid servants used to pour fresh water
in our glasses and bad tea in our cups.
5. At dessert,^ we
2.
had ripe figs, white grapes and sweet
no coffee.
fruit.^
6.
We
had
180. Reading Lesson
TROIS EXCELLENTS MEDECINS
le
Quelques docteurs eminents de la capitale entouraient
lit de mort de Dumoulin, le plus celebre medecin de son
temps.
A
((
leurs expressions de douleur et de regret,
il
repond
Messieurs, je laisse derriere moi trois grands medecins.))
Chacun, esperant entendre prononcer son nom, presse
mourant de preciser.
Dumoulin murmure avec effort « L'eau, I'exercice et
:
le
la
diete.))
EIGHTEENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 50, 171, 173181. Beaucoup de pain, much bread,
Beaucoup d'amis, many friends.
Peu de viande, little meat.
Peu de crayons, few pencils.
Such words
as beaucoup, peu,
quantity in French.
de (without the article unless
the
noun or nouns
1
Use the
it
are called adverbs of
etc.,
They always
is
require the preposition
used
in
EngHsh) before
that they modify.
plural.
*
Supply
^Ae.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
89
182. Avez vous beaucoup de livres?
J*en ai; j'en ai
beaucoup; j'en ai cent; je n'en ai pas. Have you hooks?
I have some; I have many; I have a hundred; I have none.
When
1.
noun
a
understood after some, a noun of
is
quantity or measure, an adverb of quantity, or a number,
it
expressed in French in the form of the pronoun en
is
{of
of them) immediately placed before the verb.
it,
2.
None
Le
Le
Le
183.
translated
is
by n'en (verb)
pas.
verrou, the holt; les verrous, the holts.
bijou, the jewel; les bijoux, the jewels.
joujou, the toy; les joujoux, the toys.
Nouns ending
in -on
form
their plural according to the
general rule except half a dozen which take x.
184. Imperfect of etre {to he).
j'etais,
nous etions
Vous etiez
/ zvas, I used to he
tu etais
il
or
elle etait
185.
Vocabulary
beaucoup, m,uch, many, a great
I'oncle, the uncle.
I'oiseau (m.), the bird.
deal.
much, so many.
much, as many.
le
joujou, the toy.
tant, so
le
bijou, the jewel.
autant, as
le jeu,
or elles etaient
ils
the game.
peu,
little,
few.
la famille, the family.
moins,
la tante, the aunt.
more.
assez, enough.
la niece, the niece.
heureu-x,
joyeu-x,
-se,
-se,
much, too many.
hozv many.
que, than, as (when following another as or so or same).
trop, too
numerous,
happy.
-se, joyful.
fewer.
plus,
la fille, the daughter.
nombreu-x,
less,
.
large.
combien,
mais, but.
how much,
.
.
BEGINNER
90
i86.
S
.
:
FRENCH
Text
Votre famille etait tres nombreuse.
Vous^aviez beaucoup d'oncles et de tantes.
Vous^aviez autant de neveux que de nieces,
3.
mais moins de cousines que de cousins.
1.
2.
Vos
4.
n etaient
fils
pas
joyeux
ils^avaient
:
beaucoup d'oiseaux, mais peu de joujoux
jeux
5.
n'en^avaient pas assez.
ils
;
de
et
Vos
etaient^heureuses
filles
elles^avaient
:
beaucoup plus de bijoux, de chapeaux et de robes
que leurs^amies elles_en_avaient trop.
;
Transposition
187.
1.
Replace votre
in the first sentence
sessive adjectives singular.
Ex.
:
Ma
by the other pos-
(ta.
.
.
)
famille.
.
2.
4 and 5
adjectives
plural.
Ex.
singular and
by the other possessive
Replace vos in the
4.
Mon
3.
fect.
4.
(ton.
.
)
fils.
.
.
Conjugate the sentences 2, 3, 4 and 5 iri the imperEx. 2. J'avais.
Tu avais.
Replace the imperfect by the present. Ex.: i. Votre
:
famille est
5.
.
first clause of sentences
.
.
.
Drop
.
.
.
the adverbs of quantity, the comparisons, the
word mais and the negations.
oncles et des
.
188.
1.
mille.
2.
Ex.:
des
A.: M., votre
fa-
Questions
Qu'est ce qui etait nombreux?
.
Vous
aviez
2.
.
.
(a)
(b)
Qui
Qui
avait
beaucoup d'oncles?
beaucoup de tantes?
est ce qui avait
BEGINNER
3.
Qui
Qui
(a)
(b)
avait autant de
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
5.
(a)
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
Ql
neveux que de nieces?
moins de cousines que de
est ce qui avait
cousins
4.
FRENCH
S
?
n'etait
pas joyeux?
beaucoup d'oiseaux?
est ce qui avait
avait peu de joujoux?
peu de jeux?
joujoux?
est ce qui avait
n'avait pas assez de
est ce qui n'avait pas assez de
est ce qui etait
jeux?
heureux?
beaucoup plus de bijoux que ses amies?
beaucoup plus de chapeaux
que ses amies?
(d) Qui avait beaucoup plus de robes que ses amies?
(b)
(c)
Qui
Qui
(g) Qui
est ce qui avait
(e)
est ce qui avait trop
(/)
avait trop de
Use
it is
avait
de bijoux?
chapeaux ?
est ce qui avait trop
de robes?
the present indicative and the pronoun en whenever
placed between parentheses.
6.
Ma
famille est nombreuse, n'est ce pas?
elle est tres
7.
(a)
A.: Oui, M.,
nombreuse.
Combien
d'oncles est ce que j'ai?
A,: M., vous
en avez beaucoup.
(b)
8.
Combien de
(a) Est ce que
tantes est ce que j'ai? (en)
j'ai
autant de neveux que de nieces?
(en)
(b) Est ce que
j'ai
moins de cousines que de cou-
sins? (en)
9.
(a)
Mes
fils
ne sont
ils
pas joyeux?
Combien d'oiseaux ont ils? (en)
(c) Combien de joujoux ont ils? (en)
(d) Combien de jeux ont ils? (en)
(e) Ont ils assez de joujoux? (en)
(b)
(/)
Est ce
qu'ils ont assez
de jeux? (en)
BEGINNER
92
(a)
lo.
Mes
Ont
S
FRENCH
sont heureuses, n'est ce pas?
filles
beaucoup plus de bijoux que leurs
amies? (en)
(c) Est ce qu 'elles ont beaucoup plus de chapeaux
que leurs amies? (en)
(b)
elles
(d) Elles ont beaucoup plus de robes que leurs amies,
pas? (en)
n'est ce
(e)
Ont
(/)
Elles ont trop de chapeaux, n'est ce pas? (en)
elles
trop de bijoux? (en)
(g) Est ce qu'elles ont trop de robes? (en)
Grammar
189.
Many
1.
daughters,
families, too
friends,
more cousins we have no
toys
?
many
few sons, so many
nieces.
;
How many
2.
many
Drill
jewels, fewer games, as
many
birds; they have no books.
More
3.
curtains, fewer cloaks,
many
dresses, too
many
hats; she has no boxes.
4.
pupils,
Too much
we
5.
less
Much paper, many pencils, too many
how many books? we have no knives.
pepper;
Little
coffee,
grapes than
figs, as
6.
meat enough,^
no fruit.
salt,
eat
little
beer,
pens,
more
-much bread,
how much milk? so much tea, more
much wine as water; you don't see any
tables.
Translation
190.
(a)
he?
3.
Was his family large?
He had many. 4. But
I.
daughters.
5.
How many
2.
How many
sons had
he had fewer sons than
nephews had your masters?
They had few, but they had many nieces. 7. Had you
many friends in this town? 8. I had many. 9. I had
6.
1
Say
:
enough meat.
BEGINNER
twenty.
S
FRENCH
93
You had as many as your brother, ii. He had
Were you numerous? 13. We were ten.
Our neighbor's nieces are not joyful. 2. They
lo.
none.
12.
(b)
I.
have not enough dresses, cloaks and hats. 3. Their friends
have fewer and are happy.
4. My cousins arq happy.
6. They
5. They have so many birds, books and games!
have much more than their little friends. 7. These children
have too many toys and those children have none.
NINETEENTH LESSON
Rules
Review
§§ 40» 85, 98.
Un
191.
verre d'eau, a glass of water,
livre de bonbons, one pound of candy.
of quantity and measure require the preposition
Une
Nouns
de (without the article unless
it is
also expressed in English)
before the noun or nouns that they modify.
192. Indicative present of preferer (to prefer).
je prefere, / prefer
nous preferons
tu preferes
vous preferez
il
or
elle
prefere
ils
Imperfect: je preferais,
Some
verbs of the
or elles preferent
etc.
first
conjugation have an
the last syllable of the infinitive; that e
before the mute endings
e,
je
mene, /
lead, I take
il
mene
or elle
Imperfect
:
je menais, /
e
before
replaced by an e
es, e.
193. Indicative present of
tu'menes
is
mener
(to lead, to take).
nous menons
vous menez
ils
was
or
elles
menent
leading, taking, etc.
BEGINNER
94
Some
verbs of the
first
FRENCH
S
conjugation have an unaccented
e before the last syllable of the infinitive;
an
e
whenever the next
194.
appelle
elle
Imperfect
2.
:
j
or elles appellent
ils
'appelais, /
was
calling.
Indicative present of Jeter (to throw).
je jette, /
throw
nous jetons
vous jetez
tu jettes
il
or
elle jette
ils
Imperfect: je
jetais, / zvas
Verbs ending
in -eler
and
or elles jettent
throwing,
etc.
-eter double the
instead of replacing the unaccented e by an
Cf. in English, to impel,
syllable.
195.
before
to pet, petted,
la
douzaine, the dozen.
la
limonade, the lemonade.
preparer, to prepare.
the theater.
mere, the mother.
demoiselle, the
young
cedej-, to yield.
preferer, to prefer.
lady.
lassiettee (f.), the plateful.
mener,
to lead, to take.
appeler, to
call.
generalement, generally.
strawberry.
la fraise, the
t,
a silent
Vocabulary
I'invitee (f,), the guest.
la
or the
the wish.
le theatre,
la
e,
impeWed ;
1
cocher, the coachman.
le desir,
le
replaced by
nous appelons
vous appelez
tu appelles
or
is
Indicative present of appeler {to call).
I.
j'appelle, / call
il
it
syllable is mute.
pour, for.
196.
Text
Ma
3.
mere cede a mes desirs.
frere appelle un cocher.
Je mene mes^amies au pare ou au
4.
La
1.
2.
Mon
theatre.
servante doit preparer pour mes^invitees
une tasse de the ou un verre de limonade.
.
.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
95
Ces demoiselles preferent generalement une
assiettee de fraises, une douzaine de bonbons et
un verre d'eau fraiche.
5.
197. Transposition
Conjugate every sentence in the present of the inEx. I Je cede aux desirs de ma f ille. Tu cedes
1.
dicative.
aux
:
.
desirs de ta
.
Replace the present by the imperfect.
2.
mere
.
cedait a
Use
3.
.
.
Ex.
:
i
Ma
.
.
the three interrogative forms except in sentence 3
Ex.: i. (a) Ma mere cede-t-elle a...?
(see 86. 2).
(b) Est ce que
.
.
.
,
n'est ce pas
ma mere
cede a.
.
.
(c)
Ma
mere cede a
?
198.
Questions
Qui cede a vos desirs? A.: M., ma mere cede a.
Qui est ce qui appelle un cocher?
3. Qui mene ses amies au pare ou au theatre?
4. Qui est ce qui doit preparer pour vos invitees nne
tasse de the ou un verre de Hmonade?
5. (a) Qui prefere generalement une assiettee de fraises ?
(b) Qui est ce qui prefere generalement une douzaine
1.
.
2.
de bonbons
(c)
A
quoi madame^ votre mere cede-t-elle?
Qui monsieur^ votre frere appelle-t-il ?
Oil menez vous vos amies?
6.
7.
8.
Qu*est ce que
9.
vitees
?
Qui prefere generalement un verre d'eau fraiche?
la
servante doit preparer pour vos in-
?
10.
Qu'est ce que ces demoiselles preferent generalement?
We
use monsieur, madame, mademoiselle or their plurals as a mark
of politeness before the adjective votre or vos followed by a noun express1
ing a
member
of the family.
beginner's FRENCH
96
Grammar
199.
Drill
Replace the dashes by the preposition
1.
fruits,
Un
—
verre
une
assiettee
—
—
une tasse
vin,
Deux
douzaines
—
the, trois verres
4.
He
5.
I
6.
7.
8.
We
does she call?
call,
You are throwing, do
I am yielding, do we
What do you
I
You
Whom
ant.
10.
are our guests.
We
is
throwing.
Translation
2.
3.
6.
are you calling?
She
9.
calling.
yield? they do not yield.
or tea and a glass of water.
5.
am
they throw? he
prefer?
coffee or a glass of wine?
7.
fraises,
leading, do
200.
I.
pain,
do we prefer? they prefer.
you lead ? she is not leading.
prefers,
am
— gateaux,
plus —
assiettees
eau.
3.
—
une douzaine
raisins.
— amis, quatre
—
Beaucoup — legumes, moins —
assez — limonade, trop — bonbons.
2.
cinq tasses
de.
lait,
Do you
prefer a cup of
We prefer a cup of chocolate
4. We yield to your wishes.
We have good fresh, water.
8.
I
am
calling the
maid serv-
preparing the lemonade for our friends.
is
down
are going
to the dining room.
You
11.
enter
windows.
13. They generally speak of their dresses, hats,^ cloaks and
jewels. 14. These ladies prefer round hats, gray cloaks and
brown dresses those ladies prefer flat hats, blue cloaks and
first.^
12.
These young
ladies are seated near the
;
black dresses.
You
15.
notice
on the
table
many
plates,
two
dozen (of) glasses and cups and four or five platefuls of
cakes, candies
and
fruit.^
berries or grapes?
17.
16. Does your sister prefer strawShe prefers strawberries. 18. Our
brothers are calling three coachmen.
guests to the park.
the wishes of
*
Supply
the.
my
^
19.
We
are taking our
20. I prefer the theater, but I yield to
sister
and
my
friends.
Supply of their before every noun.
«
Use the
plural.
:
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
97
TWENTIETH LESSON
Rules
201.
I.
Dauser (to dance).
FUTURE
CONDITIONAL
je danserais, •
je danserai,
or
il
elle
tu danserais
dansera
il
nous danserons
vous danserez
2.
or elle danserait
nous danserions
vous danseriez
or elles danseront
ils
ils
je rougirais, etc.,
I should or
/ shall or will blush
3.
would blush
Tendre (to extend).
je tendrai, etc.,
je tendrais, etc.,
/ shall or will extend
4.
or elles danseraient
RoTigir (to blush).
je rougirai, etc.,
'
would dance
I should or
/ shall or -mil dance
tu danseras
would extend
I should or
Recevoir (to receive).
je recevrai, etc.,
je recevrais, etc.,
I should or would receive
/ shall or will receive
The endings
of the future are
{-ai
-as
r
plural
-a
The endings
1
l
-ons
-ez
'
-ont
of the conditional^ are:
C
singular
-j
\
r -i(
-ions
-ais
-ais
1::;
ait
plural
{
I
-iez
-i(
-aient
be noticed that the imperfect and the conditional have the
same endings. Those of the imperfect are added to the root and those of
1
It will
the conditional to the infinitive.
beginner's FRENCH
98
The future and the conditional of any regular verb are
formed by adding respectively the above endings to the infinitive.
Drop
Note.
conjugation and
the final e of the infinitive of the third
-oi
of the five verbs ending in -evoir be-
fore adding the terminations.
202.
AvQir (to have).
I.
FUTURE
CONDITIONAL
j'aurai,
J
/ shall or
zvill
have
tu auras
il
•
or elles auront
2.
/ should or
or elle aurait
nous aurions
vous auriez
ils
or
elle
sera
nous scrons
vous serez
or elles seront
The
formed
/
should or would be
tu serais
tu seras
ils
auraient
je serais,
/ shall or will be
or
elles
Etrc (to be),
je serai,
il
would have
tu aurais
il or elle aura
nous aurons
vous aurez
ils
aurais,
il
or
elle serait
nous serions
vous seriez
ils
or elles seraient
future and the conditional of avoir and etre are
irregularly.
203. Pref6rer {to prefer).
je prefererai,
je prefererais,
/ should or
/ shall or will prefer
tu prefereras
il
or
elle
preferera
nous prefererons
vous prefererez
ils
or
elles
prefereront
would prefer
tu prefererais
il
or
elle
prefererait
nous prefererions
vous prefereriez
ils
or elles prefereraient
99
In the future and the conditional of verbs of the
conjugation having an e before the
finitive there is
204.
no change
Mener
I.
in the spelling.
CONDITIONAL
je menerais,
je menerai,
I should or
/ shall or will lead
meneras
il or elle menera
nous menerons
vous menerez
ils or elles meneront
Appeler (to
il
or
elle
menerait
nous menerions
vous meneriez
ils
or elles meneraient
call).
j'appellerais, etc.,
'appellerai, etc.,
I should or
/ shall or will call
3.
would lead
tu menerais
tu
2.
(Cf. 192.)
{to lead, take).
FUTURE
j
first
last syllable of the in-
would
call
Jeter (to throw).
je jetterai,
je jetterais,
/ shall or will throw
I should or
Rules I93> 194 are applied also
would throw
in the future
and the con-
ditional.
205,
I.
Acheter (to buy).
INDICATIVE PRESENT
j*achete, /
buy
nous achetons
vous achetez
tu achetes
il
or
elle
achete
ils
or elles achetent
IMPERFECT
j'achetais, /
FUTURE
j'acheterai, / shall
was buying
CONDITIONAL
buy
j'acheterais, /
should buy
BEGINNER
lOO
2.
FRENCH
S
GtlBT '(to freeze).
INDICATIVE PRESENT
il
gele,
il
gelait, it
FUTURE
freezes
it
il
gelera,
il
gelerait,
IMPERFECT
it
will freeze
CONDITIONAL
was freezing
it
would freeze
The verbs acheter, geler and a few others follow rule
193 instead of I94> i-c, the unaccented e preceding the
last syllable of the infinitive becomes e before a mute vowel
and the
t
or the
1 is
not doubled.
206, Lundi, samedi,
On Monday,
le
14 mars.
on Saturday, on March
The
preposition on
207.
Une demi douzaine, half a dozen.
Une douzaine et demie, a dozen and
Quatre
is
14.
omitted in French before dates.
livres et demie,
Demi agrees only when
it
a half.
four pounds and a
follows the noun.
half.
However,
according to the decree of the Minister of Public Instruction
(February, 1901), the agreement of demi, when preceding
will no longer be considered a mistake.
a noun,
208.
Vocabulary
ranniversaire (m.^, the anniverle panier,
le
the basket.
bonbon, the candy.
le biscuit,
the biscuit.
le plaisir,
the pleasure.
le cri,
the cry.
I'ordre (m.), the order.
la
la
confusion, the confusion.
aimable, amiable, kind.
sary.
naissance, the birth.
la livre,
the pound.
demi,
-e, half.
celebrer, to celebrate.
repeter, to repeat.
regner, to reign.
Jeter, to
throw, to utter.
acheter, to buy.
jouer, to play.
amener,
to bring.
la
douzaine, the dozen.
hi en, very.
la
demi douzaine, the half-dozen.
plusieurs, several.
.
beginner's FRENCn
209. Text
1.
Lundi,
celebrerai
je
,'^
iOI
'>-^ ^"-;
^;-
^^»
"'•>
•
de
mon^anniversaire
naissance.
2.
Notre
achetera plusieurs
servante
paniers
de fruits, quatre livres et demie de bonbons
une douzaine de boites de biscuits.
3.
Mes
seront
freres
bien^aimables;
neront une demi douzaine d'amis.
beaucoup de
4. Nous^aurons
ils^ame-
plaisir
nous
;
jouerons, nous danserons, nous jetterons des
5.
La
6.
Vous repeterez mes^ordres a
et
cris.
confusion regnera dans la maison.
la servante.
210. Transposition
1.
Conjugate every sentence (except the fifth) in the
Ex.: i. Lundi, je celebrerai mon...; lundi, tu
future.
celebreras ton...
2.
2.
J'acheterai
.
.
.
tu
;
acheteras...
Replace the future
(a) by the present of the indicative.
lebre
mon.
.
{h) by the imperfect of the indicative.
je celebrais
.
1.
Quand
2.
Ex.:
celebrerez
i.
Lundi,
:
i.
Lundi, je celebrerais
vous votre anniversaire de nais.
achetera-t-elle
{c)
Ex.
Questions
A.: Je celebrerai.
(fl) Combien
de paniers
{b)
Je ce-
.
211.
sance?
i.
mon...
(c) by the conditional.
mon
Ex.:
.
Combien de
Combien de
.
de
fruits
votre
servante
?
livres
de bonbons achetera-t-elle?
boites de biscuits achetera-t-elle?
.
BEGINNER
I02
S
FRENCH
3. Polinqucd vostireres seront ils bien
4.
aimables?
Qu'est ce que vous aurez?
(a)
(b) Jouerez vous?
Danserez vous?
Que jetterez vous?
(c)
(d)
5.
Ou
6.
Qu'est ce que je repeterai a
7.
Que
8.
Qu'est ce que
9.
regnera
la
confusion?
la
servante?
A.: Je celebrerai mon.
servante achetera?
celebrerez vous lundi?
la
.
Qui sera bien aimable?
Qui ameneront ils?
(a) Qui aura beaucoup de plaisir ?
(b) Qui est ce qui jouera?
(c) Qui dansera?
(d) Qui est ce qui jettera des cris?
(a)
(b)
10.
11.
Qu'est ce qui regnera dans
12.
A
212.
1.
A
la
maison?
qui repeterai je vos ordres?
Grammar
Drill
cup of chocolate, a glass of water, a plateful of
olives.
2. A pound of candies, half a pound of bread, two pounds
and a half of tea, a basket of fruit.
3. Three glasses of red wine, four baskets of fresh bis-
boxes of ripe strawberries.
cuits, five
4.
A
dozen^
friends,
half a dozen^
young
ladies,
two
dozens and a half boxes of flowers.
5.
Little pleasure, too
many
cries,
more lemonade
;
I
have
no wish.
6.
I repeat,
not repeat,
I
do you repeat? we were repeating, they
7. He is throwing, do we throw?
you throw? she would not throw.
^
will
should repeat.
Supply
o/.
2
I
was throwing,
Say : a half dozen
of.
shall
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
We do not buy, are they buying?
buy ? you would buy.
8.
will
You*
9.
we
celebrating, shall
who
used to buy,
I
we
celebrate, does she celebrate?
was not
ing, he
IO3
)
are celebrat-
celebrate? they
would
not celebrate.
Are you
10.
you
calling?
shall not call,
I
am
would she
not calling,
who was
calling?
call ?
213. Translation
We
I.
brother.
many
shall
2.
celebrate
How many
when we
guests
,
on Monday the birthday of my
3. We have
guests will you have?
celebrate that anniversary.
brother will be the host and
shall receive
6.
My
you
our
8.
friends in the
We
and pleasure^
reign
in
5.
My
We
immense dining room.
several
shall utter
will
4.
shall be the hostess.
cousin generally^ brings
utter cries?
fusion^
little
I
no
friends.
cries.
the
9.
Will
7.
But con-
house.
The
10.
guests will play or dance to the sound of the instruments.
II. They will have a great
buy a dozen baskets of fruit.
14.
Our mother
brother's wishes.
and a half of
will
16.
deal of pleasure.
be kind.
And we
13.
I shall
15.
She
I
shall
choose ripe
fruit.
will
shall also^
buy
12.
yield to
six
my
pounds
and a half dozen boxes of candies.
18. We shall have no cakes.
19. The maid servants will pour lemonade in the glasses and
tea in the cups of the guests.
20. I yield to your wishes.
21. I shall repeat your orders.
22. You are very kind.
17.
I
biscuits
prefer candies^ to cakes.^
1
See 118.
2.
2
Supply
the.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
I04
TWENTY-FIRST LESSON
GENERAL REVIEW
Review
especially §§ 64, 137, 150, 162, 163, 182.
214.
le
Vocabulary
une centaine, (about a) hundred.
nombreu-x, -se, numerous.
boulevard, the boulevard.
I'habitant, the inhabitant.
I'air
(m.), the
magnifique, magnificent.
air.
'
le
beurre, the butter.
exquis,
I'espace (m.), the space.
le
-e,
charmant,
bosquet, the grove.
exquisite.
-e,
charming, pleasant.
sauvage, wild.
ranimal (m.), the animal.
enorme, enormous.
I'elephant (m.), the elephant,
superbe, superb.
le lion,
le tigre,
le
the lion.
vilain, -e, ugly.
serpent, the snake.
le singe, the
la
feroce, ferocious.
the tiger.
tout, -e, tous, toutes, all, every,
monkey.
any.
campagne. the country.
il
I'allee (f.), the lane.
la
il
menagerie, the menagerie.
il
il
aurait, there
y
215.
y
a,
there is or there are.
y avait, there was or there were.
y aura, there will be.
would
be.
Text
1.
Dans
toute
2.
A
campagne, il y a de bon^air, des
de jolies fleurs, du lait exquis, du
du fromage frais, beaucoup d'espace,
y a de nombreux boulevards, des magasins magnifiques, de tres beaux
theatres, beaucoup d'habitants, et ainsi de suite.
la
ville,
il
fruits delicieux,
beurre et
nlais
peu
d'habitants.
Dans chaque
il y a
de longues^allees,
de beaux^oiseaux, d'immenses
pelouses, des bosquets charmants, des centaines
3.
de petits
lacs bleus,
d'arbres, etc.
pare,
.
BEGINNER
4.
FRENCH
S
Dans^une menagerie,
?
.
IO5
y a des^animaux
il
sauvages, d enormes^elephants, des lions superbes,
des tigres feroces, de longs serpents, de
vilains
singes, etc.
216.
N.B.
all
Transposition
Repeat the expression
y a before every noun
il
1.
Drop
and the nouns, and adverbs of
et.
Ex. i Dans toute ville,
the adjectives
quantity and replace mais by
il
in
the changes.
:
.
y a des boulevards, il y a des magasins,
2. Replace the present
Ex.:
(a) by the imperfect.
avait de
.
.
i.
Dans
y a
.
.
toute
ville,
y
il
.
Ex.
(b) by the future.
:
i.
Dans
de nombreux boulevards,
(c) by the conditional.
aurait de
il
Ex.:
i.
toute
il
ville,
il
y aura des
Dans
toute
nombreux boulevards,
il
.
y aura
.
ville,
il
y
y aurait
des ...
217.
1.
Dans
(a)
toute
ville,
A.: Oui, M.,
il
y en
Questions
y
il
a-t-il
de nombreux boulevards
y a de
nombreux boulevards
a.^
(b) Est ce qu'il y a des magasins magnifiques?
(c) II y a de tres beaux theatres, n'est ce pas?
(a)
Y a-t-il beaucoup d'habitants?
A la campagne, est ce qu'il y a
(b)
II
y a des fruits delicieux, n'est ce pas?
(c)
Y
a-t-il
(d)
2.
de
jolies fleurs a la
de bon air?
campagne?
(d) Est ce qu'il y a du lait exquis?
(e)
a-t-il du beurre et du fromage frais?
Y
y a beaucoup d'espace, n'est ce pas ?
Est
ce qu'il y a peu d'habitants?
(g)
(/)
II
1
Both answers should be required throughout.
or
beginner's FRENCH
I06
3.
Dans chaque
(a)
n'est ce
pare,
Y a-t-il de petits
Y a-t-il de beaux
(b)
(c)
y a de nombreuses
il
allees,
pas?
lacs bleus?
oiseaux?
(d) Est ce qu'il y a d'immenses pelouses?
(e) II y a des bosquets charmants, n'est ce pas?
(/) II y a des centaines d'arbres, n'est ce pas?
4.
Dans une menagerie,
(a)
sauvages?
A.:
n'y
Si,
pas des^ animaux
a-t-il
M.,
y a des animaux
il
sauvages, or il y en a.
(b) Est ce qu'il n'y a pas d'enormes elephants?
N'y
(c)
a-t-il
pas des lions superbes?
(d) Est ce qu'il n'y a pas des tigres feroces?
N'y
(e)
a-t-il
(f) Est ce
5.
Dans
toute
pas de longs serpents?
qu'il n'y
ville,
breux boulevards,
il
a pas de vilains singes?
qu'y a-t-il?
y a des.
.
6.
A
7.
Dans chaque
8.
Dans une menagerie, qu'y
la
A.:
^I.,
il
y a de nom-
.
campagne, qu'est ce
qu'il
y a?
pare, qu'est ce qu'il y a?
a-t-il ?
(Negative answers.)
9.
il
Y
a-t-il
les villes?
Non, M.,
y a de nombreux bouley en a beaucoup.
peu de boulevards dans
n'y a pas peu de boulevards,
vards, or
10.
il
n'y en a pas peu,
Est ce
qu'il
il
il
y a beaucoup d'espace
et d'air
dans
les
villes ?
1
11.
Est ce
12.
A
This
negative.
la
qu'il
y a des theatres a
campagne, y
a-t-il
la
campagne?
beaucoup d'habitants?
a rhetorical question in which the meaning
Therefore we use c/^s, not ^^.
is
is
not really
BEGINNER
218.
1.
2.
stores,
3.
Some
Some
air,
5.
Some
Some
FRENCH
Grammar
Drill
fresh air,
much
air,
IO7
air
;
there
;
is
no
air,
numerous
large stores, French stores,
hundreds of stores
Some
there are no stores.
animals, fine animals, wild animals, few animals,
a dozen animals
4.
good
stores,
S
;
there were no animals.
space, too
much
space
;
there
is
no space.
lakes, small lakes, blue lakes, small blue lakes,
pleasant lakes,
numerous
lakes, so
many
lakes
;
I
notice
no
lakes.
6.
Some
flowers, beautiful flowers, exquisite flowers, red
flowers, boxes of flowers
7.
There
is,
is
;
I
do not buy any flowers.
there? there
is
not; there are, are there?
there are not.
8.
There was; was there ? there was not there were, were
;
there? there were not.
9.
There
will be, there
would be; would there be?
would not be.
will
there be? there will not be, there
219.
Translation
I. In the schools of this city there are numerous class
rooms and vast anterooms. 2. There are in our class room
many desks and benches, high windows, long blackboards,
immense maps, but few pupils. 3. There are in a large city
magnificent avenues and streets, numerous schools and
churches, immense hotels, high buildings and hundreds of
strangers.
4. There are in the dining room of this hotel
numerous tables, pretty chairs and many waiters. 5. At the
windows, there are blue shades and yellow curtains.
6. There were on our table clean plates and glasses, fresh
cream and milk, delicious radishes, exquisite figs and grapes,
many beautiful flowers, and so forth. 7. There will be in
the menagerie of the park fine lanes, small groves, and many
beginner's FRENCH
I08
animals
tigers, elephants, lions,
:
monkeys, snakes,
etc.
high
trees,
In
8.
would be numerous birds, large
and more air and space than in the cities.
the country there
lakes,
TWENTY-SECOND LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 41 > "6.
220. Ces bijoux sont beaux: celni ci est celui de
tante, celni 1^ est celui
de
fine: this one is that of
my
Voici de jolies
mures que
plus
Here
f raises
celles
ma
These jewels are
cousine.
my
aunt, that one is
celles qui sont
:
cousin's.
dans ce panier sont
que nous avons dans notre jardin.
are pretty strawberries: those which are in this basket
we have
are riper than those which
1.
in
our garden.
Demonstrative pronouns.
PLURAL
SINGULAR
Masculinb
,
ma
Masculinb
Fkminins
„
.
celui
celui ci
celle ci
celui la
celle la
Note.
ceux
ceux
that, those
(
\
^
1,
ceux
celle
Fbmininb
celles
,
the one, the ones
these
ci
celles ci
this,
la
celles la
that, those
Ci and la are not used
when
the pronouns are
followed by the preposition of or a relative pronoun.
2. The relative pronouns which, that are always
pressed in French and are translated by qui
and que (qu*) when
221. C'est
mon
when
ex-
subject
direct object.
frere.
He
is
my
brother.
Ce sont ceux de
my brothers.
my uncle's.
They are my uncle's.
C*est le plus
is
Ce sont mes
C'est celui
Ce sont
freres.
They
are
mon oncle.
mon oncle.
grand. He (it)
de
les plus
It is
grands.
the largest.
They are
the largest.
BEGINNER
He
is,
she
is,
it is,
and ce sont when the
FRENCH
S
IO9
and they are are translated by c'est
is a noun, a pronoun or a
attribute
superlative.
Void son
222.
Here
In
is
is
frere
c'est le meilleur
:
his brother: he is the best
translated
by de
homme du monde.
man in the world.
after a superlative.
223. Lequel de ces enfants est votre cousin?
Which one
of these children
Laquelle de ces jeunes
Which one
of these
is
your cousin f
votre cousine?
filles est
young
ladies is
Which, which one, interrogative pronoun,
is
translated by
lesquels, lesquelles.
lequel, laquelle,
224.
le fauteuil,
your cousin?
Vocabulary
the armchair.
vendre, to
sell.
le
jardin, the garden.
a louer, for rent, to
a vendre, for sale.
la
chambre, the room.
voici,
confortable, comfortable.
voila,
le salon,
the parlor.
here
is,
there
let.
here are.
is,
there are
(when
occuper, to occupy.
pointing to the person or ob-
louer, to rent, to
ject).
let.
225.
1.
mon
Voici de
jolis fauteuils; celui ci est celui
pere, celui la est celui
plus confortable
2.
de
Text
Voila de
ma
soeur,
du
ma
mere;
c'est le
salon.
belles*
celle
de
de
la
chambres:
est celle
celle ci est celle
qui
est3
louer;
c'est la plus belle de la maison.
3.
Voici de beaux jardins; ceux de droite sont
ceux de mes neveux, ceux de gauche sont ceux
que mon frere loue; ce sont les plus grands de
la rue.
no
BEGINNERS FRENCH
Voila de
4.
jolies
maisons; celles
sont_a vendre, celles
nos^amis occupent; ce sont
qui
de
sont celles
que
sont
les
plus charmantes
celles
la ville.
226.
The
first
Put
1.
Transposition
clause of every sentence must not be altered.
in the pkiral
singular pronouns, adjectives and
verbal forms, and vice versa.
teuils
:
ceux
ci
sont
.
.
Ex.:
1.
Voici de jolis fau-
.
2.
Replace the present by the imperfect.
3.
Use
the interrogative forms.
celui ci est ce celui
est.
ci
la
.
.
?
(c)
Celui
de
mon
ci est.
.
227.
1.
(a) Lequel
pere?
.,
2.
il
(a) Voici...
n'est ce
;
ci
pas?
Questions
A.: M., celui
(b) Quel est celui de
Est
i.
de ces fauteuils est celui de monsieur
votre pere?
(c)
Ex.:
(b) Est ce que celui
madame
ci
est...
votre mere?
confortable?
(a) Laquelle de ces chambres est celle de mademoiselle
votre soeur?
(b) Quelle est celle qui est a louer?
3.
(c)
Est
(a)
Lesquels de ces jardins sont ceux de messieurs
elle belle?
vos neveux?
'
(b) Quels sont ceux que monsieur votre frere loue?
(f)
4.
Sont
ils
grands?
(a) Lesquelles de ces maisons sont celles qui sont a
vendre ?
(b) Quelles sont celles que vos amis occupent?
(c)
Sont
elles
charmantes?
.
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
Grammar
228.
III
Drill
Replace the dashes by the proper demonstrative adjective
or pronoun.
— de ma cousine — qui
—
chaise sont — que
qui sont sur
sur
—
—
— de
Voila des robes: —
ou —
Pref erez vous —
que — demoiselle
—
— enfant
sont
de
apercevez
Les oiseaux que vous
— a
— de mon
prefere
chambre.
dans
sa
sont
Je
—
— sont plus raiches que — qui
Voici des
sont dans — panier — sont
1
Voici des chapeaux
la table
je choisis,
la
;
sa soeur,
la est
2.
est
est
:
achete.
ci
ci
est
la ?
3.
frere
ci
la.
fraises
4.
les meilleures.
229.
I.
Here are the
f
ci
:
;
Translation
friends (fem.) of
my
daughters.
2.
I
Those on the right are more cheerful than those on the left.
4. Which one of these young
ladies is the prettiest? 5. The one who has a blue dress and
a gray hat. 6. She is the sister of the stranger who occupies
that house.
7. She is the most amiable girl in the parlor.
prefer these to those.
3.
Who are these children? 9. They are my niece's.^ 10.
Which one do you prefer ? 11. The one who is uttering
cries is the one whom^ we prefer.
12. Those who are seated
8.
on the bench are not diligent. 13. There are pretty flowers
and many vegetables in the gardens that we see.^ 14. Are
these the ones which are to let?
15. This one is for sale,
that one
is
my
neighbor's.
16.
It
is
the largest in the
street.
^
Say
:
those of
my niece.
^ que.
* apercevoir.
f
BEGINNER
112
S
FRENCH
TWENTY-THIRD LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 68, 173, 220.
230.
is
Quel livre? quelle maison?
What hook? what house
I.
Which? or what? modifying a noun or used as attribute,
an interrogative adjective and is translated as above.
,
qui?
2.
\
qui
est ce
qui?
whom?
(de) qui?
qui?
(object of a preposition).
whom?
qui est ce que ?
3. qu'est ce
zvho?
what?
qui ?
(direct object).
(subject).
que?
>
qu'est ce que
what? (object of
(de) quoi?
a preposition).
SINGULAR
4.
Feminine
Masculine
lequel
zvhat? (direct object).
?
laquelle
?
which one?
of or from which one?
to or at which one?
?
duquel ?
de laquelle?
auquel ?
a laquelle ?
PLURAL
Masculine
lesquels
Feminine
lesquelles ?
?
desquels ?
desquelles
auxquels ?
auxquelles ?
The above
list
?
which ones?
of or from which ones?
to or at which ones?
contains the interrogative adjectives (i)
and the interrogative pronouns
(2, 3, 4).
beginner's FRENCH
II3
231. List of relative pronouns:
1.
qui,
who, which, that (subject).
(de) qui,
que,
whom
(object of a preposition).
whom, which,
that (direct object).
SINGULAR
2.
Feminine
Masculine
who
which,
lequel
laquelle
duquel (dont)
de laquelle (dont) of or from which, whom
to or at which, whom
a laquelle
auquel
PLURAL
Feminine
Masculine
lesquels
which, zvho
lesquelles
desquels (dont) desquelles (dont)
of or
auxquels
to
auxquelles
whom
whom
from which,
or at which,
Lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles
(subject or direct
object) are seldom used; they sometimes replace qui or que
to avoid a double
meaning.
Duquel,
etc.,
auquel,
etc.,
are of
constant use.
232.
I.
Le monsieur dont (de
qui, duquel) je park.
gentleman of whom I am speaking.
2. Le monsieur dans la maison de qui (duquel)
The gentleman in whose house I live.
The relative pronoun of whom or whose has
ferent translations: de qui, duquel,
pronoun of which has two duquel,
:
Notice that dont
relative clause.
is
used only
etc.,
etc.,
at the
The
j'habite.
three dif-
dont; the relative
dont.
very beginning of a
If a preposition begins the relative clause
(see example 2), dont cannot be used.
233.
A
A
qui est ce livre?
JVhose book
qui sont ces livres?
is this?
Whose hooks
are those?
Such expressions are idiomatic and cannot be translated
literally.
Whose hook is this? must be replaced by: To
whom is this hook? etc.
BEGINNER
ri4
-
FRENCH
S
Parler to speak; parle, spoken.
234.
rougir, to blush; rougi, blushed.
perdre, to lose; perdu,
lost.
recevoir, to receive ; regu, received.
avoir, to have; eu, had.
etre, to be; ete, been.
Past participles of regular verbs are formed by replacing
respectively -er,
-ir,
-re of the infinitive
by
-e,
verbs ending in -evoir by replacing -evoir by
those ending in -cevoir takes then a cedilla
The
Note.
past participles of avoir
:
and
-i,
-u; of the
The
-u.
c of
5.
etre are irreg-
ular.
235. Past indefinite:
J'ai (tu as, etc.) parle, rougi,
perdu, regu, eu,
ete.
/ have spoken, blushed, lost, received, had, been.
Pluperfect.
J'avais (tu avais, etc.) parle, rougi, perdu, regu, eu, ete.
/
had spoken, blushed,
Compound
236.
le
voisinage, the neighborhood.
la
question, the question.
demeurer,
II
received, had, been.
Vocabulary
il
it is
a question
avec, with.
to reside.
est question
est question de,
of.
237.
1.
lost,
tenses are formed exactly as in English.
Text
du bal auquel nous^avons^as-
siste.
2.
La
demoiselle
avec
qui
(avec
laquelle)
vous^avez danse est tres jolie.
C'est une jeune fille dans le voisinage de
3.
laquelle (de qui) ma famille a demeure.
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
4.
II5
Ces^etrangers sont ceux dont (desquels, de
qui) I'hotesse a parle.
5.
Les
nous sommes^assis
fauteuils sur lesquels
sont tres confortables.
Transposition
238.
1.
.
.
.
j'ai
.
.
Conjugate every sentence.
j'ai assiste.
demeure.
demoiselle.
Ces etrangers..
4.
.je suis assis.
2.
La
2.
.
Ex.:
i.
.j'ai parle.
.
.
auxquels
question
est
II
danse.
j'ai
.
3.
.
5.
C'est.
Le
Ex.:
II
i.
**
est question
le voisi-
des bals
j'ai assiste.
Replace the present by the imperfect and the past
definite
.
fauteuil
.
Replace the singular by the plural (except
nage ") and vice versa.
3.
.
by the pluperfect.
Ex.
II etait
i.
:
question.
.
in-
.nous
avions ...
4.
5.
Use
Use
the interrogative forms.
form
the negative
239.
in the principal clauses.
Questions
(Negative answers.)
1.
Est ce
assiste?
qu'il
question du bal auquel vous avez
est
A.: Non, M.,
il
2.
La
3.
Est ce une jeune
famille a
4.
n'est pas.
demoiselle avec laquelle
fille
.
.nous avons.
j'ai
dans
.
.
danse, est elle tres jolie?
le
voisinage de qui votre
demeure?
Est ce que ces etrangers sont ceux desquels I'hotesse
a parle?
5.
Les fauteuils sur lesquels vous
confortables
6.
De
7.
Qui
etes assis, sont
?
quoi est
il
question?
est tres jolie?
A.: M.,
il
est.
.
ils
tres
beginner's FRENCH
Il6
8.
9.
Qui est cette demoiselle?
Qui sont ces etrangers?
Comment
10.
assis
sont
fauteuils
les
sur lesquels vous etes
?
Grammar
240.
(a)
1.
Which book
Drill
did you^ receive ?
Of what book
(b)
did you speak?
(a)
2.
Who
speaking ?2
is
this
gentleman? (b) Of whom are you
did he sell his house? ((/) Whom
To whom
(c)
did you notice?
(a) What is' on the table?
Of what did they speak?
4. (a) Which of these teachers
3.
(c)
What
(b)
did you sell?
is your friend's?
(b) Oi
which of these teachers did you speak?
(c) Which* of
these teachers did you obey?
(d) Which of these teachers
did you like?
5. (a) The book which is on the table of the parlor is
not the one that I have bought,
(b) The gentleman of
whom we
are speaking,^
is
a stranger,
The lady in
(d) The child
The garden in
(c)
whose garden^ we have been, is very pretty,
to whom you have spoken, is her son.
(e)
which we have been, is the largest in the neighborhood.
6. Whose toy is this?
Whose are these games? Whose
birds are those
?
241.
(a)
your^
I.
Who
hand?
Translation
whom you
are these gentlemen to
2.
They
are those
who
held^ out
-were at the balls at
I was present.^
3. They are those in whose neighborhood your brother lived.^
4. Of what did you speak ?^
5. We spoke® of the trees which are growing in the garden
which
^
Replace did you, did
2
Say:
6
Say: in the garden of
is it
they, etc.,
[a] question.
whom.
by have you, have
'
Supply
*
Use the past
there.
they, etc.
*
indefinite.
Supply
'
to.
the.
beginner's FRENCH
which we were.
in
6.
Whose
10.
I
11.
I
The
These or those?
9.
7. They
Which would
flowers are these?
are those of the children of the hostess.
you prefer?
II7
8.
red or the white?
should prefer those near which you are standing.
prefer these. 12. Of which do you speak ? 13. Those
of which I speak are the ones which are near the wall, far
from the bench on which you are seated. 14. They are very
15. They are the most beautiful in the whole^
beautiful.
garden.
(b)
2.
are to
is
I.
The
let.
3.
lived^ rent^
see,* are the
rooms.
ones which
Here are those of which I spoke.^ 4. This one
whose friend my nephew is.^ 5. Which
that of a stranger
one would you rent?
7.
we
family in whose house
Those, the windows of which you
From
the
the country.
8.
It
seated,
I
the
and curtains.
whole^ neighborhood.
is
comfortable.
green and yellow.
12.
1
Use the
2
Say
Say
Say
*
fi
:
:
:
should probably choose
room
which we
in
10.
9.
It is the
The
this.
we
see
most cheerful
chair on which
Those on which you
11.
They
,
.
.
I
are,
are not pretty colors.
f
past indefinite.
of all the
3
Uge the
singular.
Those of which you see the windows.
whom my nephew is the friend.
of
are,
has also a stove, a table, chairs and arm-
chairs, white shades
in the
6.
windows of
am
are
BEGINNER
ii8
FRENCH
S
TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON
Rules
SINGULAR
242.
Mascuunb
mien
mine
le
yours
le tien
his, hers, its
le
sien
PLURAL
Mascuunr
Fkminink
mienne
la
les
miens
Fbmininb
miennes
les
la tienne
les tiens
les tiennes
la
sienne
les siens
les siennes
ours
le
notre
la
notre
les
notres
yours
le
votre
la
votre
les
votres
theirs
le
leur
la leur
243.
Le
que
fauteuil
j'ai
les leurs
achate, the armchair
which
I
bought.
Les fauteuils que
j'ai
the armchairs
achetes,
which I
bought.
chambre que j'ai occupee, the room that I occupied.
Les chambres que j'ai occupees, the rooms that I occupied.
'Lai
Any
past participle conjugated with avoir agrees with
preceding direct object.
there
is
no
Therefore
direct object or
244.
when
follows the past participle.
rapporter, to bring back.
avoir besoin de, to be in need
ne.
.
.plus,
Cette chambre
of.
no longer, no more.
245.
est
Text
que mon frere a
que la mienne; c'est
celle
choisie; elle est plus^agreable
la
its
when
preferable, preferable.
the lace.
agreable, pleasant.
1.
does not agree
Vocabulary
le besoin, the need.
la dentelle,
it
it
plus^agreable de Thotel.
2.
Ce
fauteuil est celui
que
ma
soeur a re9u;
il
? ?
BEGINNERS FRENCH
plus beau que le mien;
meilleur et
est
meilleur
aper9u
J'ai
3.
4.
cest
le
mon^amie
a
plus beau du salon.
et. le
achetes;
II9
que
rideaux
les
sont preferables aux miens.
ils
ma
Voici les dentelles que
du magasin;
tante a rapportees
besoin des miennes.
elle n'a plus
246. Transposition
1.
le
ma
Replace mon,
by the other possessive adjectives and
mien, la mienne, les miens, les miennes by the other pos-
Ex.:
sessive pronouns.
elle est
2.
last
la
tienne
.
.
3.
i
(a)
(c)
/
3-
4.
.
i.
:
.
;
.
Questions
a-t-il
choi-
A.: M., cette chambre est celle que...
elle
Est ce
plus agreable que la votre?
plus agreable de I'hotel?
la
(a) Quel
in-
Cette chambre etait celle
Quelle chambre monsieur votre frere
fauteuil
mademoiselle votre soeur
(b)
Est
il
meilleur que
(c)
Est
il
plus beau que
(d) Est ce
^
Ex.
frere avait choisie.
(b) Est
2.
.
and 2 must remain singular).
by the pluperfect.
sie?
^
.ton frere.
Replace the present by the imperfect and the past
mon
I.
.
Replace the singular by the plural and vice versa (the
247.
,/
Cette chambre.
i.
.
noun of sentences
definite
que
.
.
.
le
le
le
votre
meilleur du salon?
plus beau du salon?
(e)
Est ce
le
(^)
Qi^iels
rideaux avez vous apergus?
(b)
Sont
(a)
Ou
ils
a-t-elle
[regu?
votre
preferables
aux votres?
sont les dentelles que
madame
rapportees du magasin?
(b) A-t-elle encore besoin des votres?
votre tante a
BEGINNERS FRENCH
120
(Negative and affirmative ansv^ers.)
5.
(a)
Cette chambre est celle que vous avez choisie?
A.: Non, M., ce n'est pas
c'est celle
que
mon
celle
que
j'ai choisie,
frere a choisie.
(c)
La
La
votre est ce la plus agreable de I'hotel?
6.
(a)
Ce
fauteuil est ce celui
7.
Le votre est il meilleur que le sien?
(c) Le votre est il plus beau que le sien?
(d) Le votre est ce le meilleur du salon?
(e) Le votre est ce le plus beau du salon?
Vos rideaux sont ils preferables a ceux que
(b)
votre est
elle
plus agreable que
la
sienne?
que vous avez requ?
(b)
votre
amie a achetes?
Grammar
248.
Drill
I.
This pen
2.,
That notebook
3.
This bird
4.
That armchair is yours, this one is mine.
These gardens are his, those are theirs.
Those laces are hers, these are ours.
These toys are yours, those are mine.
5.
6.
7.
is
mine, that one
is
is
theirs, that
249.
j/
I.
Where
yours.
3.
is
the
Mine
is
yours.
hers, this one
one
is
is
mine.
ours.
Translation
room which you rented?^
pleasanter than
is
yours.
2.
It is
4.
It
is
near
the
most pleasant in the v^hole house. 5. These are the ones
which my parents chose.^ 6. They are preferable to mine
and yours.
7.
They are the largest in the hotel.
?
9. Those on which we are
chairs are these
mine.
aunt.
10.
1
1.
fortable in
8.
Whose
seated are
There is the one which I received ^ from my
You do not need hers. 12. It is the most comWhere are the hats which
the whole room.
1 3.
i
Use the past
indefinite.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
your sister brought ^ back from the store ?
there
mine.
is
15.
Which
is
121
14.
the prettier?
Here
16.
is
hers,
Hers
is
more expensive than mine.
18. It was the most expensive in the store.
19. She also
bought^ some pencils. 20. I do not need yours any longer.
prettier
than yours.
17.
It is
250. Reading Lesson
UNE MEPRISE
Un
un paysan
jour,
portait
chateau d'un grand seigneur.
II
un panier de
poires
au
arrive au chateau et sur
il rencontre deux singes, habilles comme des enfants.
Le paysan ote respectueusement son chapeau. Les singes
approchent du panier
ce sont des animaux gourmands
Tescalier
—
—
et
devorent une grande partie des poires.
le paysan monte chez le maitre du chateau.
Monseigneur, voici les poires que vous avez comman-
Ensuite
«
dees.))
«
Mais pourquoi
n'as tu pas rempli ton panier
?
II est
a
moitie vide.))
« II etait plein,
sur I'escalier
j'ai
monseigneur, repond
rencontre vos deux
trouve mes poires a leur gout
le
fils.
et je n'ai
brave homme, mais
Ces messieurs ont
pas ose protester.))
TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON
Rules
251. Ceci est bon, cela est mauvais.
This
is
good, that
is bad.
C'est bon.
This and
This or that
that,
is
good.
opposed to each other, are respectively
1
Use the past
indefinite.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
122
translated by ceci
named
just
and cela when representing something
Ce is vague and appears as subto.
or pointed
ject only before the
252.
Celqui
I.
verb
6tre.
bon
est
What
est cher.
is
good
is
ex-
pensive.
in
What
Ce que
j'aper<;ois est beau.
2.
ce dont vous avez besoin.
T'ai
need
I see
/
is fine.
have what you are
of.
3.
Voila ce a quoi vous visez.
1.
What,
when a
is
what you aim
meaning
pronoun,
relative
translated by ce qui
That
that
zvhich,
subject and ce que
when
at.
is
a
direct object.
Dont
2.
is
when
what,
A
3.
the only possible translation of of zvhich, of
its
antecedent that
French
preposition
is
always \precedes
rogative or relative pronoun which
Which
4.
or what
is
it
translated
is
ce.
the
inter-
governs.
by quoi when object
of any preposition but of (see 2 above)
that
by
tran«;lated
if
its
antecedent
translated by ce.
good?
253. Est ce bon?
Is that
In questions, ce
placed after the verb as
is
if
were
it
a personal pronoun (see 19).
254. Past future of parler, rougir, perdre, recevoir.
J'aurai (tu auras, etc.) parle, rougi, perdu, re(;u,
/ shall
have spoken,
etc.
Past conditional of the same.
J'aurais (tu aurais. etc.) parle, rougi, perdu, regu.
/
should have spoken,
Compound
tenses are
etc.
formed exactly as
*
in English.
.
.
BEGINNER
.
S
:
FRENCH
I23
255. Vocabulary
le
marche, the bargain.
la qualite,
mauvais,
the quality.
manquer
I'experience (f.), the experience.
the practice.
la pratique,
-e,
bad, poor.
tout, all, everything.
de, to lack.
viser, to aim.
bon marche, cheap.
cher, chere, dear, expensive.
meilleur marche, cheaper.
Text
256.
1.
Ceci est cher, c^la est bon marche.
2. Ce qui est de mauvaise qualite est generalement meilleur marche que ce qui est de bonne
qualite.
ce que vous^avez
3. Tout
marche, mais mauvais.
achete
4.
La
5.
L'experience est ce a quoi
est
bon
pratique est ce dont vous manquez.
je vise.
257. Transpositioii
1.
Replace respectively the present indicative and the
past indefinite
{a) by the imperfect and the pluperfect.
etait cher,
cela.
Ex. :i. Ceci
.
{b) by the future and the past future.
Ex.:
i.
Ceci
sera ...
by the conditional and the past
(c)
Ceci serait
2.
Ex.
:
3.
conditional.
Ex.
.
Conjugate the relative clauses of sentences 3, 4 and 5.
Tout ce que tu as
Tout ce que j'ai achete est.
3.
achete est
il
.
.
.
Use one of
cher ?
.
.
Cela
.
.
.
the interrogative forms.
?
Ex.:
i.
Ceci est
BEGINNERS FRENCH
124
Questions
258.
1.
(a) Qu'est ce qui est cher?
(b) Qu'est ce qui est bon marche?
Qu'est ce qui est generalement meilleur marche que
ce qui est de bonne qualite?
2.
3.
(a) Qu'est ce qui est bon
marche?
(b) Qu'est ce qui est mauvais?
4.
De
5.
A
6.
(a) Ceci est
manque?
quoi est ce que je
quoi visez vous?
(Negative and affirmative answers.)
il
bon marche?
A.: Non, M., ceci n'est
pas bon marche, ceci est cher.
(b) Cela est
7.
Ce
il
cher?
qui est de mauvaise qualite est
il
generalement
plus cher que ce qui est de bonne qualite?
8.
(a) Est ce que tout ce que
(b) Tout ce que
9.
10.
bon?
beaucoup de pratique?
Avez vous beaucoup d'experience ?
Est ce que
This
2.
3.
is
bad, that
That
pensive.
is
il
j'ai
259.
1.
achete est cher?
j'ai
achete est
j'ai
Grammar
is
Drill
That
good.
is
cheap, this
is
ex-
beautiful.
What is bad is cheap. What
What you hear is pleasant.
sad
is
is
What
not interesting.
I
notice
is
ex-
pensive.
4.
He
asks for* what -he
your friends aim
260.
I.
Our
thing* they
brothers
buy
1
Omit.
*
Say
:
is
is
in
need
of.^
You have what
at.^
Translation
have many
of poor quality.
that at which.
qualities.
2.
But every-
They do not buy what
3.
2
Say
*
that which.
:
that of which.
beginner's FRENCH
is
expensive.
4.
And what
is
cheap
I25
generally of poor
is
what they are in need of. 6.
Practice is what they must aim at.
7. Do you have what
they lack? 8. Yes, we generally ask for what is expensive.
10. This is cheaper
9. Every day, I repeat to my sister:
than that.
11. That is good, this is bad.
12. All that is^
bad is generally cheap.
13. Everything that is^ good is
expensive. 14. We do not need what is cheap.
15. I do
not examine what is of poor quality.
16. I buy what is
expensive. 17. That is generally of good quality. 18. Experience is not what we are in need of.
19. Practice is
not what we must aim at. 20. We have what you are in
need of. 21. We have what you must aim at.
quality.
5.
Experience
is
TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 138, 152, 181, 201.
Vous
261.
ceed
if
you are
Vous
ceed
if
si
vous etes
diligent.
You
will suc-
(will be) industrious.
reussiriez
si
vous
You would
etiez diligent.
suc-
you were {should he) industrious.
The verb
in the
reussirez
of a clause beginning with
future or in the conditional.
si
{if) is
never put
If the future or the
is used in English, replace them respectively in
French by the present or the imperfect indicative.
262. Vous regretterez le temps perdu quand vous "serez
grand.
When you are old, you will regret the time you
conditional
have wasted.
The verb
of a clause beginning with the conjunction
quand must be put
clause
is
in the
future
when
that of the principal
in the future or expresses futurity.
1
Supply which before
is.
BEGIN NER^S FRENCH
126
263.
I.
Present indicative of nettoyer {to clean).
nous nettoyons
vous nettoyez
je nettoie, I clean
tu nettoies
il
2.
or
elle nettoie
ils
Imperfect.
je nettoyais, /
3.
or elles nettoient
was
cleaning.
Future.
je nettoierai, / shall clean,
4.
Conditional.
je nettoierais, /
In verbs endipg
(cf.
in English
should clean.
in -yer, the
to tie,
y becomes
i
before an e mute
tying).
In verbs ending in -ayer, the y
may
be kept.
264. List of indefinite adjectives and pronouns.
tout, all, everything.
chaque, each, every.
chacun,
-e,
aucun, -e
each one, every one.
(with ne), no, none,
quelque, some, a few.
[nobody.
tout le
monde, everybody.
on. one, people, they.
personne (m., with ne), nobody
quelqu'un, somebody.
rien (m.). nothing.
quelques uns, some (pron.).
quelque chose (m.), something.
nul,
nul, -le, no.
quiconque, whoever.
tel. -le,
tout, -e, tous, toutes, all. whole.
certain, -e.
265. Personne ne parle.
none (only as subject).
Nobody
such.
some.
speaks.
Je ne parle a personne. / speak to nobody,
Rien ne bouge. Nothing moves.
Je n'ai
The verb
rien.
/ have nothing.
of the clause in which the indefinite words
rien, aucun, nul, personne are used,
is
preceded by ne but
not followed by pas.
266. J'ai quelque chose de bon.
Je n*ai rien de bon,
/ haz'c
something good.
/ have nothing good.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
T27
ftuelque chose and rien, modified by an adjective, re-
quire the preposition de immediately after them (cf. the Latin
nihil bo7ti).
267.
On
I.
frangais
parle
French
ici.
spoken here
is
{one does speak French here).
Ton parle
frangais.
2.
Ici
3.
Parle-t-on frangais ici?
1.
On
{one, people, they)
Here French
Is
is
spoken.
is
French spoken here?
always singular and used
only as subject.
sometimes added before on for sake of euphony.
2. L' is
In questions, on
3.
is
placed after the verb as
if it
were
a personal pronoun.
Notice that the English passive voice
by the French
268.
le
chemin de
le
voyage, the
le
voyageur, the passenger.
le soir,
fer, the railroad.
le
sommeil, the
wagon
le
doute, the doubt.
le
repos, the rest.
la
interessant,
interesting.
avoir sommeil, to be sleepy.
rarement, seldom.
par, through.
sans, without.
encore,
short.
-e,
still,
content, -e (de),^ pleased (to).
si,
profond,
pourquoi?
deep.
en chemin de
The
if.
why?
parce que, because.
voyager, to travel.
1
yet.
quand, when.
dark.
-e,
fall.
faire, to do.
the destination.
obscur,
tomber, to
trouver, to find.
the car window.
-e,
sembler, to seem.
essayer (de),^ to try {to).
sleep.
the sleeping car.
campagne, the country.
-e,
at.
to notice.
arriver, to arrive.
la destination,
court,
regarder, to look
remarquer,
trip.
le
la portiere,
often replaced
Vocabulary
the evening.
lit,
is
active.
fer,
by
preposition between parentheses
rail.
the one required
is
preceding word when an infinitive depends upon
it.
by the
beginner's FRENCH
128
269. Text
Quand^on voyage en chemin de fer, on re1.
garde par la portiere, mais Ton remarque rarement quelque chose d'interessant.
2. Un tel voyage semble court a certains voyageurs et long a d autres.
3. Le soir, personne n'aper9oit plus rien dans
la
campagne obscure.
4.
Si quelqu'un
wagon
a sommeil,
entre
il
dans
le
lit.
Tout
monde
un peu
de repos, mais aucun des voyageurs ne tombe
dans^un profond sommeil.
6. Sans nul doute,
chacun est content d'ar5.
le
essaie de
trouver
river a destination.
270.
1.
Transposition
Replace the present
(a) by the imperfect;
(b) by the future (keep the present in the clause be-
ginning with
si)
;
(c) by the conditional (use the imperfect in the clause
beginning with
2.
Use
271.
1.
(a)
Questions
Quand on voyage
garde-t-on
2.
si).
the interrogative forms.
en chemin de
fer,
par ou re-
?
(b)
Que
(a)
Un
(b)
Semble-t-il long a d'autres?
remarque-t-on rarement?
tel
voyage
semble-t-il court a tout le
monde?
?
BEGINNER
.
FRENCH
S
1
(a) Apergoit on encore quelque chose,
3.
dans
campagne?
la
Pourquoi n'apergoit on plus rien?
(b)
ou
Si quelqu'un a sommeil,
4.
le soir,
29
entre-t-il ?
Qui essaie de trouver un peu de repos?
(b) Tous les voyageurs tombent ils dans un profond
(a)
5.
sommeil ?
Sans nul doute, ou chacun
6.
Use quiconque
and
est
content d'arriver?
il
answers to questions 7
in
(a and b)
ID.
Qui regarde par
(^)
7-
voyage
Qui
(b)
.
Qu'aperqoit on,
10.
Qui entre dans
11.
(a)
Qui
(b) Qui
Qui
12.
.
?
A qui un tel voyage semble-t-il
A qui semble-t-il long
(a)
(b)
9.
.
remarque rarement quelque chose
est ce qui
d'interessant
8.
A.: M., quiconque
portiere?
la
regarde
. ,
.
le
dans
soir,
le
wagon
la
court?
campagne obscure ?
lit?
un peu de repos?
tombe dans un profond sommeil?
essaie de trouver
est ce qui
est content, sans
aucun doute, d'arriver a destina-
tion?
272.
Grammar
1.
Each
2.
Any^ car window, any
3.
Some^
trip,
Drill
each traveler, every evening, every
trips,
rest,
any
some books, some
4. All travelers,^ the whole* trip,
whole*
5.
city,
ladies,
all
city.
any doubt.
some evenings.
car windows,^ the
city.
Such
a*^
doubt, such a railroad, such a lady.
^
Use aucun and
8
Supply the after
nul.
all.
^
Use quelques and
*
Say
:
all
the ...
certains.
^
Say
:
a such
.
.
.
:
;
beginner's FRENCH
130
6. Something beautiful nothing sad one hears the bell
somebody tries to enter some of your friends are entering
nobody looks out of the car window.
they perceive
7. I notice everything you notice nothing
nobody whoever is sleepy tries to find some rest everybody
;
;
;
;
;
;
falls
;
;
none of the
ladies
seems pleased
273.
I.
is
Do you
;
each one
is
sad.
Translation
seldom^ travel by rail?
not interesting and seems long.
3.
2.
Yes, such a trip
When
you are seated
near the car window, do you not notice anything beautiful?
Without any doubt, I perceive villages, trees, houses, etc.
one seldom perceives anything pleasant in the
5. But
country.
6. When we^ arrive near a city, everybody tries
to look out of the car window. 7. They- examine the buildings, the avenues, the parks, etc. 8. It seems fine to some of
the travelers and gloomy to others.
9. In^ the evening,
every one is sleepy.
10. They^ enter the sleeping car.
4.
II.
We
also^
enter.
12.
We
try
to
perceive
something.
somebody looks out of the car window in^ the evening, he will not notice anything any longer.
14. Everything
is dark and sad in the country.
15. Will everybody fall
into a deep sleep? 16. No, without any doubt, nobody will
18. None of the
find any rest.
17. At last we^ arrive.
travelers is sorry to* arrive at his^ destination.
19. Every
13. If
lady seems pleased.
long, others find^
1
See 118.
2.
it^
2
20.
Some
travelers find such a trip
short.
Say: one (see 267.
i).
^
Omit.
* de.
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
I3I
TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 138, 182,
193, 235, 252.
274. Preterit or past definite.
parler {to speak)
je parlai, /
rougir {to blush)
spoke
je rougis, / blushed
tu parlas
il
tu rougis
or elle parla
il
or elle rougit
nous parlames
nous rougimes
vous parlates
vous rougites
ils
or elles parlerent
ils
or elles rougirent
perdre {to lose)
recevoir {to receive)
je perdis, / lost
je regus, / received
tu perdis
tu regus
il
or
elle
perdit
il
or
elle
regut
nous perdimes
nous re^iimes
vous perdites
vous
ils
or elles perdirent
The
ils
regiites
or elles regurent
preterit, or past definite,
(i) of the
first
conjugation
is
formed by replacing
-er
of the infinitive by:
r -ai
singular
{
I
r
plural
-as
-a
{
I
-ames
-ates
-^rent
(2) of the second and third conjugations by replacing
respectively the endings
-ir
and
-re
r -is
singular
^
I
-is
-it
by:
r
plural
<
-imes
-ites
L -irent
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
132
(3) of verbs ending in -evoir by replacing -evoir by
-us
r
singular
The
Note.
-utes
-j
-ut
I
-times
r
plural
-us
\
-urent
I
c of verbs
ending in -cevoir takes a
cedilla
before u.
275. Preterit or past definite.
avoir {to have)
etre {to be)
je fus, /
was
j'eus, /
or
il
elle
fut
il
ils
or
276.
elles
or
elle
eut
nous eumes
vous eutes
nous fumes
vous futes
They
had
tu eus
tu fus
furent
ils
or elles eurent
are irregular.
I.
was speaking,
Je parlais, /
I used to speak, I did
speak.
2,
Je parlai, / spoke (once).
spoke, I have spoken.
3. J'ai parle, /
1.
2.
3.
The
The
The
imperfect
is
preterit
especially used in narration.
is
especially used in description.
past indefinite
277. Je vous choisis.
Je
I'ai choisi.
especially used in conversation.
/ choose yon.
/ have chosen him.
Je vous parle.
Je lui
is
ai parle.
II
nous a parle.
II
leur a parle.
/ speak to you.
/ have spoken to him.
He has spoken to us.
He has spoken to them.
:
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
133
Personal pronouns used as objects.
As
(i)
As
(2)
direct object
object of the
preposition to:
me
me
you
te
him,
her,
=
=
it
it
=
=
r
le
lui
=
<
us
nous
you
vous
=
me
to
you
to
him
to
her
la
I
them
to
=
=
leur
les
=
to it
to
us
to
you
to
them
All personal pronouns, direct objects or objects of the
preposition
to,
immediately before
are placed
the verb in
simple tenses, and immediately before the auxiliary in
compound
tenses.
Notes, i. The preposition to must not be expressed
French since it is included in the personal pronoun.
2.
Me,
te, le, la
become
beginning with a vowel or
m',
t',
1'
before a verbal form
mute.
h.
278. J'y demeure. I live there.
There, representing a place just mentioned,
by
y,
in
is
translated
which follows rule 277.
279.
Un bel homme. A handsome man.
Un bel abricotier. A beautiful apricot
Some French
culine singular.
tree.
form for the masused when the modified noun be-
adjectives have a double
Beau
is
gins with a consonant or an
h formerly
begins with a vowel or a mute h.
aspirate, bel
when
it
BEGINNERS FRENCH
134
280. Vocabulary
rhomme,
I'aine, the
younger (youngest)
donner, to give.
enlever, to take away.
son.
pere de famille, the head of
le
to take along.
derober, to steal.
elder {eldest) son.
cadet, the
le
emmener,
the man.
the family.
adresser a
i
poser a
J
fo
ask (somebody a
quesiion).
I'abricot (m,), the apricot.
conseiller a (de), to advise (to).
I'abricotier (m.), the apricot tree.
eviter (de), to avoid (to).
defendre a (de), fo forbid (to).
le
lendemain, the next day.
la question, the question.
cueillir, to gather, pick.
suivant,
aussitot, immediately.
-e,
following.
Text
281.
1.
Un^homme
de manger les
dans le jardin.
2.
Un
qui avak
fils,
leur defendit
d'un bel^abricotier qui etait
fruits
jour,
deux
I'aine
emmena
y
le
cadet et
lui
conseilla de cueillir des^abricots.
3.
et
Celui
ci
I'ecouta
en donna a son
4.
Le
il^en deroba, en
:
frere qui en
lendemain,
mangea
mangea
aussi.
pere de famille remarqua
le
de son^arbre.
qu on_avait_enleve des
5. ILappela I'aine aussitot et lui adressa (posa)
" As tu evite de faire ce
les questions suivantes
"
que je t'ai defendu ? As tu derobe des^abricots ?
fruits
:
(A
282.
I.
You
Un
jour
Transposition
are the elder son.
necessary changes.
2.
suivre.)
j'y
Ex.:
i.
emmenai mon
Repeat the story with the
Notre pere nous defendit..
frere.
.
.
??
BEGINNER
2.
You
S
are the younger son.
.
FRENCH
135
Repeat the story with the
necessary changes.
3.
There are four sons
(les
deux aines
deux cadets).
et les
i.
Un
jour
les
Repeat the story with the necessary changes.
Ex.:
homme
Un
qui avait quatre
fils,
leur defendit.
.
.
2.
deux aines ...
4.
Replace the past tenses by (a) the present, and the
pluperfect by the past indefinite,
change
in the direct discourse.)
the
(b)
Ex.
i.
:
(No
future.
Un homme qui a.
.
Questions
283.
(The pronouns placed between parentheses
after the ques-
tions are to be used in the answers.)
1.
2.
(a)
Qui
avait
(b)
Que
leur defendit il?
(c)
Ou
(a)
Qui
deux
fils?
(en)
etait ce bel abricotier?
un
emmena-t-il,
I'aine
dans
jour,
le
jar-
din? (y)
3.
(b)
Que
(a)
Le cadet
lui conseilla-t-il
Fecouta-t-il
(b) Deroba-t-il des abricots? (en)
(c)
En
(d)
A
(e)
Le
mangea-t-il?
qui en donna-t-il?
frere en mangea-t-il?
4.
Qu'est ce que
5.
(a)
Qui
le
pere de f amille remarqua
1
le
lendemain ?
appela-t-il aussitot?
(b) Quelles questions
284.
lui posa-t-il?
Grammar
Drill
I. Replace the dashes by the proper French personal pronoun object: (a) by me or to me, (b) by yon* or to you*,
(c) hy him or to him, (d) by her or to her, (^) by us or to
us, (f) by you or to you, (g) by them or to them.
beginner's FRENCH
136
H — appela.
—
Us
Us
parlerent.
—
H^
rejurent.
adressa cette question.
I ate^
2.
we
it,2
ate them, he ate
it,
did you eat it? they
ate them.
He
punished^ me, you punished us, did she punish you?
I punished them, they punished her.
Did she
me ? we
hear^
heard them, you heard
us, did
they
hear them? I heard you.
us,
I perceived^ her, did you perceive him? they perceived
we perceived them, did she perceive you?
They had^ it, did you have them ? we had some.
I was,^
was he ? you were, were you ? they were.
Translation
285.
I.
two
A
man
In his garden there were^
That man was^ the* head of
had^ only two sons.
5. One day, the
had^ a garden.
beautiful apricot trees.
a family.
He
4.
2.
3.
parents took^ them along into the garden.
When
6,
they
arrived^ near the apricot trees, they forbaje^ them to take
away
the fruit^ of those trees.
trees
or
we
noticed^ that
shall
some one was
questions.
ing?
13.
Who
advised® you to pick them?
15.
Who
16.
We
to them.
They
We
20.
to our friends.
garden.
17.
They
advised® us to pick some.
22. I
*
Use the
*
Suppose
*
Use the imperfect
some.
we have
preterit.
it is
is
blush-
took® our
perceived® the
19.
We
listened®
We
have given some
have eaten some, he has eaten some,
stole®
they have eaten some,
12.
has eaten them?
the elder or the younger son?
18.
9.
forbidden you to do?
stolen our apricots?
friends along into the
fruit.
they
day,
At
They asked^ them many
10.
What have we
11.
avoid those
The next
8.
stealing their apricots.
once they called^ their sons.
Who has
14. Who
You must
7.
punish you.
masculine.
indie.
21.
eaten some.
*
Replace by a or omit.
^
Use the plural.
Use the past indefinite.
^
:
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
\2i7
TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 243, 274, 276, 277, 278.
286.
istpart
Verb or
auxiliary
Personal pronouns direct
'"'^"'
objects or objects of
negation
je
me
tu
te
...
il
^^^Pf*
^^^^J.^^
^^f^P^Il^^lP'^
^^^^
,
le
elle
on
nous
vous
ne
.
lui
I
^^ ^^^
or
.
la
y en
-^
-y
(past
pas
auxiliary)\
nous
vous
\
1
x
participle)
•
•
ils
les
leur
elles
When two
fore the
personal pronoun objects must be placed be-
same verb or
Therefore, the
importance.
When
the third.
auxiliary,
first
it
is
simply a question of
and second persons precede
both pronouns belong to the third person,
first, i.e., precedes the personal pro-
the direct object comes
noun object of lo. En always comes
follow any personal pronoun.
after
y and both must
287. Cueillir (to gather, to pick).
flnf initive
cueillir
:^
1 To facilitate the study of irregular verbs such as cueillir, French
grammarians considier as primitive tenses those marked above with a f.
a. For the formation of the future and the conditional, see 201.
6, The present participle is supposed to form three derived tenses
(a)
the pli\ral of the present indicative,
tive,
and
(c)
(d)
the imperfect indica-
the present of the subjunctive by replacing the
:
:
:
:
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
138
fPresent participle:
cueillant^
fPast participle
cueilli
t Present indicative:
nous cueillons
vous cueillez
je cueille
tu cueilles
or
il
Imperfect indicative
elle cueille
ils
or elles cueillent
je cueillais
fPreterit
je cueillis
Past indefinite
j*ai cueilli
Future
je cueillerai
Conditional
je cueillerais
Imperative:
cueille, cueillons, cueillez
Present subjunctive
que je
:
Imperfect subjunctive
288. J 'en ai
Je n'en
:
cueille
je cueillisse
/ have gathered some.
cueilli.
ai
que
/ have not stolen any.
pas vole.
We
Nous en avons mange.
En
never the direct object.
is
have eaten some.
Therefore past participles,
conjugated with avoir, never agree with
ending -ant respectively
{a)
-ait, -ions, -iez, -aient
{c)
The endings
;
it
(see 243).
by -ons, -ez, -ent {h) by -ais,
by -e, -es, -e, -ions, -iez, -ent.
;
-ais,
of the present subj. of verbs in -evoir are: -oive,
-oives, -oive, -evions, -eviez, -oivent.
c.
The
past participle forms
all
compound
tenses with the help of
avoir and etre as in English.
d.
The
(See 235, 305.)
present indicative forms the imperative by dropping the per-
sonal pronouns of the corresponding persons and the final
s of
the 2d person singular in the ist conjugation.
e.
An
easy mechanical
way
to get the ist person singular of the im-
perfect of the subjunctive
of the preterit
rougisse
1
;
:
is
tu parlas,
tu perdis,
que
je
add -se to the 2d person singular
que je parlasse tu rougis, que je
perdisse tu re9us, que je re9usse.
to
;
;
All irregularities in various tenses will be printed in heavy type
throughout.
.
beginner's FRENCH
Vocabulary
289.
infliger a, to inflict upon,
exemplaire, exemplary.
inutile
desobeir
(de), useless (to).
a,
repondre
repliquer, to reply.
a,
to
disobey.
to anszver.
refuser (de), to refuse.
alors, then.
aj outer, to add,^
cependant, however.
290.
1.
Son
fils
139
•
Text
{Sttife et
r^pondit
lui
:
Fin)
"Mon
frere
en_a
en_a mange, m'en^a donne et j'en^ai aussi
mange."
2. Alors le pere
appela le cadet et lui demanda: "Pourquoi m'as tu desobei? Pourquoi
as tu derobe des^abricots?"
" Vous nous I'aviez
3. Celui ci lui repliqua
defendu, mais mon frere me I'a conseille.
4. Je I'ai ecoute; cependant je n'en^ai cueilli
que quelques^uns; je n'en^ai mange que deux ou
trois.
Je lui en_ai donne autant il ne les^a pas
refuses et il les^a manges."
d'ajouter que leur pere leur
5. ILest^inutile
infligea une punition exemplaire.
cueilli,
:
:
Transposition
291.
1.
You
are the elder son.
necessary changes.
Ex.
:
2.
I.
Je
You
lui
repondis
.
Mon
3.
:
.
.
(None
frere lui repondit
:
in the direct discourse.)
.
are the younger son.
necessary changes.
I
Repeat the story with the
(No change
Repeat the story with the
in the direct discourse.)
.
There are four sons
Ex.:
.
(les
deux aines
et
les
deux
?
BEGINNER
I40
S
FRENCH
Repeat the story with the necessary changes. (Use
Ex.: i. Ses fils lui...
4. Replace the preterit and the present by (a) the future,
(b) the conditional.
(No changes in the direct discourse.)
cadets).
the plural in -the direct discourse.)
292. Questions
1.
2.
(a)
Que
lui
repondiU son
cadet
a-t-il cueilli
b)
he
c)
rf)
En
En
e)
Celui
(a)
fils?
des abricots? (en)
a-t-il
mange?
a-t-il
donne a son frere?
Qui
le
b)
Que
c)
Le
en
ci
a-t-il
mange
(lui)
au^si?
pere appela-t-il alors?
lui
demanda-t-il
cadet lui
desobei?
a-t-il
d) A-t-il derobe des abricots? (en)
3.
(a)
Qu'est ce que
le
cadet
lui
repliqua?
b) Est ce que leur pere leur avait defendu de
cueillii
des abricots? (le)
c)
4. (a)
Qui a conseille au cadet d'en
Le cadet a-t-il ecoute I'aine?
cueillir? (le lui)
(le)
b) A-t-il cueilli cependant beaucoup d'abricots? (en)
c)
Combien en
d) Combien en
Les
/) Les
e)
5.
Qu'est
il
I give
to him,
we
not give
I
it
it
donne a son frere?
a-t-il
refuses?
a-t-il
manges ?
Grammar
to you, they give
Drill
them
speak to him about
spoken to you* about
Use the
it?
it,-
we
preterit.
it
was giving it
to him ? he will
to us, he
gave^ them to them, will he give
to him, he will give
1
(lui)
inutile d'ajouter?
293.
I.
mange?
a-t-il
a-t-il
it
to you.
he spoke^ to
me
shall speak to
^
about
it,
has he
them about
Translate by ^n.
it.
beginner's FRENCH
I4I
They
will take you (along) there, were they taking him
do not take them there, we have taken her there.
I forbid him to do it,^ were we forbidding them to do
it?^ he would not forbid you to do it.^
2. I gather apricots, do you gather them? we gather
some, they were gathering some, will they gather any? she
will not gather any, you would not gather any.
there?
I
294. Translation
I.
Then
the younger son
his friends along into
pick
"
5.
and to
Our
me.
fruit.
You
9.
You
He
7.
:^
3.
do
answered* me:
some to me.
will give
some
will also give
to
My
2.
He
my
it."^
this
6.
You^
8.
You
10.
brother took*
advised* them to
repeated*
I
4.
father has forbidden us to
listen* to
II.
apricots.
eat
added
our garden.
to
He
him:
did not
will gather
will eat
some.
friends or I shall inflict
upon you an exemplary punishment. 12. Then I did not
it.
13. I have disobeyed you.
14. However, we
have not stolen many.
My
brother
has
gathered half
15.
a dozen.
16. I have gathered as many.
17. His friends
were asking us for some.®
18. I have given them one.
refuse* to do
19.
They
them
refused*
three.
it
at once.
They
21.
have eaten them. 23.
useless to punish me.
295.
did
I
My
20.
not
brother has given
them.
refuse*
blush for
my
22.
behavior.
They
24. It
is
Reading Lesson
UNE JOYEUSE HARANGUE
Un
de France
roi
visitait
Un
son royaume.
jour,
il
arriva
aux portes d'une petite ville oti il fut re^u par le cure, accompagne de toute la population.
Or, ce cure etait un original. Quand il arriva aupres du
1
^
Say
:
T
forbid
See note
i
it
to him.
above.
^
Preterit.
^
*
Past indef.
*
Use the 2d person
Say some to us.
.
singular.
!
BEGINNER
14^
roi,
le
il
salua tres
S
FRENCH
humblement et lui dit « Sire, je n'ai pas
un long discours mais, a I'occasion
compose une petite chanson que je desire
:
rintention de vous faire
de votre
vous
visite, j'ai
;
chanter.))
Et il entonna aussitot une chanson dans laquelle
tait au monarque la bienvenue et un long regne.
Le
Le
et
roi applaudit et cria
:
Bis
«
!
Bis
!
il
souhai-
»
pretre repeta sa chanson avec encore plus de gaiete
d'enthousiasme.
Pour
lui
temoigner sa satisfaction,
ci,
en
le roi lui
donna dix
louis.
Celui
cria a son tour
les recevant,
:
«
Bis
Bis
!
sire.))
Le
roi,
charme de
I'esprit
du
cure, doubla la
somme.
TWENTY-NINTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§
of
138.
p.
40-
2
;
243;
13 (hyphen)
p.
;
note d, bottom
-
Shozv me
Show it to him.
Montrez-le-nous. Show it to us.
Montre-m'en un. Show me one.
Montres-en un. Show one.
296. Montrez-moi ce
livre.
this hook,
Montrez-le-lui.
1.
Personal pronouns, direct objects or objects of
to,
placed after the verb in the same order as in English
it
is
in the imperative affirmative.
When
are
when
the imperative
is
negative, follow 277 and 286.
2.
When
placed after the verb, the personal pronouns,
direct objects or objects of to, are translated as in table 277,
except moi and
become m' and
toi instead of
t'
me,
before en or y.
te.
However, moi and
toi
:
: : ::::
: :
BEGINNER
3.
first
The second person
Envoy er
s
(to send).
Infin.
envoyer
Pres. part.
envoyant
Past part.
envoye
Pres. ind.
j'envoie
before en or y.
(Review 263.)
nous envoyons
vous envoyez
tu envoies
il
Imperf. ind.
or
elle
43
singular of the imperative of the
conjugation ends with
297.
FRENCH
S
envoie
ils
or elles envoient
envoyais
'envoyai
Preterit
Past indefinite:
j
'ai
envoye
Future
j'enverrai
Conditional
j'enverrais
Imperative
envoie, envoyons, envoyez
Pres. subj.
que
Imperf. subj
que j'envoyasse
j
'envoie
298. J'y ajouterai quelque chose, / shall add something
to
it.
Y
means
to
them (things).
299.
Vocabulary-
it,
envoyer, to send.
road.
la route, the
I'aise
also to
emporter, to carry away.
(f.), the ease.
I'adresse (f.), the address.
la
permission, the permission.
deviner, to guess.
desirer, to desire.
I'expression (f.), the expression.
recommander,
to
la gratitude, the gratitude.
reflechir
reflect upon.
sur, -e, sure.
salir, to soil.
montrer,
to
show.
garder, to keep.
a, to
recommend.
rendre, to return, give hack.
plutot, rather.
a votre aise, leisurely.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
144
300.
Montrez-moi
1.
Text
livres
les
que vous^avez trou-
ves sur la route.
Examinez-les ^ votre aise mais ne les
2.
salis-
sez pas.
Ce sont ceux que mon
3.
frere a perdus, j'en
Reflechissez^y bien: ne les gardez pas;
suis sur.
rendez-les-lui.
Donnez-moi son^adresse;
4.
je les lui enverrai;
ou plutot emportez-les et envoyez-les-lui.
5. Recevez Texpression de ma profonde
tude et de la sienne.
grati-
301, Transposition
Use
Use
1.
2.
the singular everywhere.
the first person plural of the imperative in 2 and 3.
302.
Questions
For the answers, translate the sentences between parenIf there is no sentence, see 3<>o«
theses.
1.
(a) Devinez ce que
j'ai
trouve?
(You have foynd
some books.)
(b) Devinez ou je les ai trouves? (You have found
them on the road.)
(c) Est ce que je dois vous montrer les livres que
j'ai
2.
aise?
3.
Me
(Show them
trouves?
donnez vous
la
permission de
to me.)
les
(Examine them at your ease.)
Que me recommandez vous? (Do not
examiner a
soil
them.)
4. (a) Est ce^ ceux que votre frere a perdus?
*
Used
for sake of
euphony instead of sonf ce.
mon
))
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
I45
En etes vous bien sur?
(Yes, do reflect
Dois^je bien y reflechir?
upon it.)
(Do not keep
(d) Est ce que je dois les garder?
(b)
(c)
them.
Est ce que je dois
(e)
(Re-
rendre a votre frere?
les
turn them to him.)
(Give
(a) Desirez-vous son adresse?
5.
it
to me.)
(b) Les lui enverrez vous?
Est ce que je dois
(c)
away.
(d) Dois-je
sion.
les lui
.
receive the expres-
sir,
.)
Grammar
303.
1.
(Yes,
(Take them
(Send them to him.)
envoyer?
£tes-vous content?
6.
emporter?
les
Show
do not show
it,
it,
Drill
show them, do not show
them, show some, do not show any, show me, do not show
me, show it to me, do not show it to me, show them to us,
do not show them to us, let us show it, let us not show it,
let us show them to him, let us not show them to him.
Keep it, do not keep it, keep them, do not keep them, keep
some, do not keep any,
Soil
soil
it,
it,
let
Give
do not
us not
it
let
us keep them,
it,
soil
soil
soil
it,
back, give
2.
to
me
I
I
am
sending
it
us
was not sending them
them.
them
let
soil
them,
us not
soil
let
us
them.
back to me, give some back, do not
us give some back to them.
to them there, do you send it to them
there, she has not sent
to
them,
let
to us there ? he will not send
some
soil
us not keep them.
it
give them back to him,
there?
let
let
them, do not
there, send
to
it
you
any to you
it
to
me,
some
you send them
we would send
there, they sent
to him, will
there,
let
us not send
it
to
beginner's FRENCH
146
304. Translation
I. Somebody has lost his books opposite your house.
Did you find^hem? 3. We found^ some on the road.
4. Show them to me.
5. Let us not show them to him.
6. They are^ not yours.
8. Give
7. Are you sure of it?
them back to me or rather send them to me. 9. Let us not
give them back to him. 10. And we shall not send them to
him. II. If you do not return them to me, you will receive
an exemplary punishment. 12. Let us keep them. 13. I shall
speak to your uncle about it. 14. We forbid you to do it.^
16. Let us
15. He will inflict upon you a good punishment.
reflect upon it.
18. Let
17. Let us show those books to him.
us examine them leisurely.
19. You are soiling them.
20. Let us not soil them. 21. Let us not return them to him.
22. They are his. 23. What is the address of your parents?
24. Give it to us.
25. We shall send them to you there.
26. Give them to me rather.
2^. I shall take them away.
28. Take them away.
29. My gratitude is very deep.
30.
2.
Receive the expression of
it.
THIRTIETH LESSON
Rules
305. Etre envoye, puni, perdu, rcQU (/o he sent, punished,
lost,
received).
PRESENT INDICATIVE
je suis
tu es
il
est
elle est
*
Past indefinite.
puni(e)
envoye (e)
envoye (e)
envoye
envoyee
puni(e)
puni
punie
*
c'^st or ce sont according to the
*
We forbid
it
to you.
new
decree.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
147
PRESENT INDICATIVE {Continued')
nous sommes
envoy es (ees)
envoye (ee, es, ees)
envoyes
punis (ies)
envoyees
punies
je suis
perdu (e)
regu(e)
tu es
perdu (e)
perdu
perdue
perdus (ues)
perdu (ue, us, ues)
perdus
perdues
regu(e)
vous etes
ils
sont
elles
il
sont
est
elle est
nous sommes
vous etes
'
ils
sont
elles
•
sont
puni
(ie, is, ies)
punis
regu
regue
regus (ues)
regu (ue, us, ues)
regus
regues
.
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE
j'etais
envoye(e),
puni(e),
envoye(e),
puni(e),
perdia(e),
re9u(e),
etc.
perdu(e),
regu(e),
etc.
perdu (e),
re9u(e),
etc.
perdu (e),
re9u(e),
etc.
perdu (e),
reQu(e),
etc.
PRETERIT
je
fus
PAST INDEFINITE
j'ai ete
envoye (e),
puni(e),
je serai
envoye (e),
puni(e),
je serais
envoye (e),
puni(e),
FUTURE
CONDITIONAL
Past participles, conjugated with etre, agree in gender
and number with the subject of the
306. Je suis alle(e).
Elle est revenue.
Vous
1 have gone.
She has come
etes sorti (ie,
The following
clause.
is,
ies).
hack.
You have gone
past participles, conjugated with to have in
English, are conjugated with etre {to be) in French.
305.
The French
out.
considers the state, not the action.
Apply
:
::
:: :::
:
:
beginner's FRENCH
148
alle, -e,
gone
tombe,
-e, fallen.
arrive, -e, arrived.
venu,
entre, -e, entered.
revenu,
-e,
come
devenu,
-e,
become.
parti, -e, departed.
'
-e,
come.
reste, -e,
remained.
mort,
sorti, -e,
gone
ne, -e, born.
out.
-e,
back.
died.
307.
couvrir
Inf in.
faire
{to cover)
Pres. part.
couvrant
Past part.
Pres. ind.
plenvoir^
{to do,
make)
{to rain)
faisant
plouvant
cbuvert
fait
plu
je couvre
je fais
tu couvres
tu fais
il or
couvre
\\ or elle fait
nous couvrons
nous faisons
vous couvrez
vous faites
ils or elles couvrent ils or elles font
elle
Imperf
.
ind.
Preterit
pleut
il
je couvrais
je faisais
i
je couvris
pleuvait
[
je fis
iI
plut
convert
j'ai fait
i
[
a plu
Future
je couvrirai
je ferai
i
1
Condit.
je couvrirais
je ferais
iI
Past indef
j'ai
.
Imperative
couvre
fais
faisons
couvrez
faites
je
que
couvre
La
rue est couverte de boue.
.
je fasse*
que je
Imperf. subj. que je couvrisse
308.
pleuvrait
'
couvrons
que
Pres. subj.:
pleuvra
fisse
The
(none)
qu'il
pleuve
qu'il plut
street is
covered
with mud.
^ It is
^
irregular throughout.
Irregular persons of verbs, ending in
because there
is
no model on
wMch
-ot'r,
cannot be especially marked
to base a distinction.
BEGINNER
The
1.
FRENCH
S
partitive article (du, de
149
de
la,
T,
des)
is
omitted
after the preposition de to avoid the repetition of the
same
word.
After some past participles (covered, dressed, adorned,
2.
etc.),
with
is
translated by de.
309. Vocabulary
le
temps, the weather.
the wind.
plein, -e, full, filled.
revenu,
le vent,
le froid,
the cold.
Thiver (m.), the winter.
le silence,
la
come
-e,
back.
geler, to freeze.
troubler, to disturb.
depouiller, to strip.
the silence.
boue, the mud.
couvrir, to cover.
snow.
the ground.
la neige, the
pleuvoir, to rain.
la terre,
faire
quel temps fait il?
h. feuille, the leaf.
-e,
be
how
is
the
dead.
310.
I
to
weatherf
calme, calm.
mort,
du vent (impers.),
windy.
la nature, the nature,
pleut;
II
il
fait
Text
du
vent;
les
rues
sont
pleines de boue.
2.
II
gele; le froid est revenu; la neige couvre
la terre.
3.
En shiver,
la
nature tombe dans^un profond
sommeil.
4.
Tout
5.
calme et
campagne.
est
silence de la
triste
:
rien ne trouble le
Les jardins sont depouilles,
tombees, les fleurs sont mortes.
les
feuilles
sont
beginner's FRENCH
150
311. Transposition
1. Replace respectively the present and the past indefinite
(a) by the imperfect and the pluperfect, (b) by the future
and the past future, {c) by the conditional and the past conditional.
Use the
2.
interrogative forms.
312. Questions
(a) Quel temps fait
1.
(b) Pleut
(c) Est ce qu'il fait
De
(d)
il?
il?
quoi
les
du vent?
rues sont elles pleines?
(a) Est ce qu'il gele?
2.
(b) Qu'est ce qui est revenu?
Qu'est ce qui couvre
(c)
3.
En
hiver,
(a)
4.
dans quoi
la
la terre?
nature tombe-t-elle ?
Qu'est ce qui est calme?
(b) Qu'est ce qui est triste?
(c)
Qu'est ce qui trouble
le silence
de
la
campagne?
(a) Qu'est ce qui est depouille?
5.
(b) Qu'est ce qui est tombe?
(c)
Qu'est ce qui est mort?
313.
1.
She
2.
sent,
we
Drill
are lost (m.), were you being lost
(f.
they were sent (m.), I have been sent (f.), they had
pi.) ?
been
is
Grammar
(m.), will she be lost? we should be sent (m.).
have gone (m.), she has gone, have they gone (m.)
lost
I
we have gone
out (f.), have you gone out (m. pi.)
come, they have come (m.), have
we
arrived (m.)
?
?
?
he has
she has
arrived.
3.
I
;
am
covering, they cover, were you covering?
We
BEGINNERS FRENCH
I5I
covered, she has covered, they had covered, you* will cover,
we would
4.
He
5.
It
cover, let us cover.
makes, she was making, are you making? they
made (pret.), he has made, shall we make? they make, I had
made, let us make, you would make, do not make.
rained?
was raining,
would rain,
it
will
it
it is
raining.
314.
rain,
it
rained (pret.), has
it
Translation
I
Winter^ and cold^ have come back. 2. The cold is stripping our gardens and our parks. 3. Leaves^ have fallen and
.
cover the ground.
4.
dead.
reigns
Silence^
6:
weather?
8.
Flowers^ are dead.
over^
has rained and
It
are covered with
mud.
When
it is
10. It
Everything
5.
nature.^
How
7.
raining.
9.
The
is
the
is
streets
has been windy and
it
is
from the
country?
12. She came^ back on* Tuesday.
13. It had
rained. 14. She has fallen. 15. She was covered with mud,
windy.
16. I
this
11.
am
did your sister come^ back
very sorry for^
winter?
18.
it.
17.
be windy.
It will
How
weather be
windy, it will
will the
19. If
it is
it is freezing, and it will freeze.
snow^ is falling, snow^ will fall. 22.
It will cover everything with its white cloak.
23. Nature^
will fall into a deep sleep.
24. Birds^ will not disturb it.
26. They will
25. The streets will be quiet and gloomy.
rain.
21.
20. It has frozen,
Snow^ has
fallen,
also be filled with snow.
1
Supply
*
Omit.
the.
^
^
Replace by
Replace by
in.
<?/*.
^
Past indefinite.
*
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
152
THIRTY-FIRST LESSON
Rules
Review §§
107, 117, 192, 305, 306.
315. moi, /;
lui,
elle,
1.
me
nous, zve; us
you*
he; him
toi,
vous, you
eux, they; them
she; her
Elle et moi, nous
elles,
they; them
sommes toujours en
She and
retard.
I are always late.
2.
Lui a raison, moi
3.
C'est
4.
II
moi qui
j'ai tort.
ai parle.
He
// is I
is right,
who
I
am
wrong.
spoke.
parle de moi, de lui; avec elle, avec eux; pour moij
pour vous. He speaks of me, of him; with her, with them;
for me, for you.
The above
1.
personal pronouns are used
In a compound subject.
Notice that
when
there are
them being of
summed up before
several subjects of different persons, one of
the
first
or the second person, they are
all
the verb by nous or vous.
2.
When
the subjects are emphatically opposed to one
another.
Then the emphatic forms moi, toi, nous, vous are
lowed by the ordinary forms je, tu, nous, vous. Lui,
eux, elles are not followed by il, elle, ils, elles.
3.
When
noun subject
attribute of the verb etre; also
is
separated from
its
When
the pro-
verb by any other word
but ne or a conjunctive pronoun (see 277).
4.
when
folelle,
object of any preposition but
to.
:
:: : :
:: ::
BEGINNERS FRENCH
*
153
316.
hairi
Infin.
{to
partir
hate)
{to
falloir
depart)
Pres. part.
haissant
partant
Past part.
ha'i
parti
Pres. ind.
je hais
je pars
tu hais
tu pars
1'^=''*
die
nous haissons
vous haissez
„
\
elles
Imperf. ind.
Preterit
Past indef
.
:
6e necessary f must)
fallu
il
faut
fallait
JP^-^
die
nous partons
vous partez
^^''^'
haissent
elles
^
{to
\
je ha'issais
je partais
il
je hais
je partis
il
fallut
je suis parti (e)
il
a fallu
j'ai
hai
Future
je hairai
je partirai
il
faudra
Condit.
je hairais
je partirais
il
faudrait
hais
pars
haissons
partons
Imperat.
Pres. subj.:
Impf. subj.:
haissez
partez
que
que
que je parte
que je partisse
je haisse
je haisse
qu^il faille
qu'il fallut
317. Vocabulary
le climat,
muet,
the climate.
I'accord (m.), the agreement.
I'ete
le
(m.), the summer.
la
hair, to hate.
the season.
partir, to depart,
recherche, the search.
la pitie,
falloir, to
the pity.
-e,
go away.
be necessary, must.
etre d'accord, to agree.
desagreable, disagreeable.
clement,
mute.
hecom^.
-e,
embellir, to beautify.
chant, the song.
la saison,
-te,
devenu,
clement, mild.
avoir pitie de, to have pity on.
presque, almost.
fester, to remain.
1
/zaiV is regular. It
isgiven here to
show where the diaeresis
is
not used,
BEGINNERS FRENCH
154
318. Text
1.
L'hiver est^arrive; c'est la plus desagreable
des quatre saisons.
2.
Mes
freres ne sont pas d accord avec moi:
eux preferent
I'hiver
aux^autres saisons; moi,
je
hais.
le
Presque tous les^oiseaux sont partis h la
recherche d'un climat plus clement.
4. Ceux qui sont restes avec nous sont devenus muets.
5. II faut avoir pitie d eux.
6. Car ce sont^eux
qui, en_ete, embellissent
jardins
nous
rejouissent
par leurs chants.
nos
et
3.
319. Transposition
I.
Replace respectively the present and the past indefi-
nite
(a) by the imperfect and the pluperfect;
(b) by the future and the past future;
(c) by the conditional
and the past
conditional.
320. Questions
1.
(a)
Quelle saison est arrivee?
(b) Laquelle des quatre saisons est
la
plus desagre-
able?
2.
(a)
Qui
n'est pas d'accord avec
(b) Preferent
(c)
3.
ils
I'hiver
vous?
aux autres saisons?
Haissez vous I'hiver? (le)
(a) Qu'est ce qui est parti?
(b)
A
la
recherche de quoi sont
ils
partis?
(le)
beginner's FRENCH
4.
Que
restes avec
(what became of) ceux qui sont
sont devenus
nous
155
?
5.
Faut
6.
(a) Qu'est ce qui embellit nos jardins en ete? (les)
avoir pitie d'eux? (en)
il
(b) Qu'est ce qui nous rejouit en ete?
(c)
Par quoi nous rejouissent
a2i.
He
and
Grammar
ils?
Drill
(we) have come; she and you (you) agree;
hate winter he^ has gone out, / have
entered; they (m.) succeed, w^ do not succeed; it is / who
have done it it is he who has come for me, for you, for
him, for them (m.), with her, with us, with them (f.), with
1.
they and
I
we (we)
;
;
;
thee.
2.
They
hate,
we were
they hated (pret.),
3.
let
hating, will he hate
us hate,
we
? is
he hating ?
should hate.
They were departing (going away), they
had
(f.)
departed, you departed (pret.), will she depart? do not de-
they would depart,
part,
we (m.) have
departed,
us
let
depart.
4.
It
will
be necessary, has
necessary (pret.), would
essary,
is it
it
been necessary?
be necessary?
it
it
was
used to be nec-
necessary?
322.
I.
it
I introduce
my
Translation
friends to you.
2.
They^ remained^
two months and we remained- there
only for* one week. 3. When did you come^ back, gentlemen? 4. IVe arrived^ on Monday and he returned on
in^
the country for*
Tuesday.
the
1
3
5.
What
disagreeable weather,
weather more pleasant
in^
the
is
it
country?
not?
7.
Past
Use the emphatic forms for the subjects in italics.
* Omit or replace by during; (pendant).
Replace by at
'^
6.
Is
Do you
indefinite.
beginner's FRENCH
156
winter ?i
hate
mer.^
prefer.
12.
We
8.
hate
it.
9.
/ prefer
it
sum-
to
season that our parents and we
do not agree with us and with them.
10. It is also the
11.
Why
You
do you prefer summer?^
mild in winter.
windy,
13.
Our dimate
is
not
snow^
falls.
16. One must^ pity me.
15. I pity you.
17. For I
hate cold.^
18. We shall be in^ the country in summer.
20. The streets will
19. It will not rain, it will not be cold.
not be full of mud.
21. They will be clean.
22. Birds^
will not be mute.
23. They will have become joyful.
24.
Their songs will rejoice us. 25. The gardens will be full
14.
It is
it
rains,
freezes,
it
26. The trees will be covered with leaves.
Flowers^ and leaves^ will beautify the whole country.
of flowers.
27.
THIRTY-SECOND LESSON
Rules
Review §§
75, i39, 207.
323. Quelle heure est
II
est 3
heures
II
est 3
heures
II
est 3
heures et
II est
il?
What
time
is it?
// is 3 o'clock
minutes or 3 heures 5
10 minutes or 3 heures 10
et 5
3.05
3.10
3 heures et quart or 3 heures 15
3.15
20 minutes or 3 heures 20
II
est 3 heures et
II
est 3 heures et
3.25
II
est
3.30
II
est
II
est
II
est
II
est
II
est
II
est
3.20
25 minutes or 3 heures 25
heures
et
demie or 3 heures 30
3
heures
moins
4
25 minutes or moins 25
heures
moins
20 minutes or moins 20
4
4 heures moins un quart or moins 15
4 heures moins 10 minutes or moins 10
4 heures moins 5 minutes or moins 5
4 heures
3.35
3.40
3.45
3.50
3.55
*
1
Supply
the.
2
s^y:
it is
necessary.
^ T?
4.00
enlace
by
at.
:
:: :
:: :
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
It
is,
of the time of the day,
is
1
translated by
57
il est.
324.
mettre
aller
Infin.
go)
(to
(to put)
Pres. part:
allant
mettant
Past part.
alle
Pres. ind.
je vais
tu vas
mis
je mets
tu mets
il or elle va
nous allons
nous mettons
vous
vous mettez
ils
Imperf
il
allez
or elles vont
or elle
ils
met
or elles mettent
j'allais
je mettais
Preterit
j'allai
je
Past indef.
je suis alle(e)
j'ai
.
ind.
mis
mis
Future
j'irai
je mettrai
Condit.
j'irais
je mettrais
Imperative
va, allons, allez
mets, mettons, mettez
Pres. subj.:
que
que
que je mette
que je misse
Imperf. subj.:
j'aille
j'allasse
325. Vocabulary
le
dimanche, Sunday.
dejeuner, to breakfast.
le
dejeuner, the breakfast.
aller, to go.
le service,
le fidele,
le
commencer,
the service.
sonner a toute volee, to ring a
quart, the quarter.
les
to begin.
inviter (a), to invite (to).
the faithful.
vetements (m. p\.),the clothes.
full peal.
I'heure (f.), o'clock, time.
mettre, to put, to put on.
la volee, the flight.
de coutume, usual, usually.
de bonne heure, early.
la
messe, the mass.
la
coutume, the custom.
tard, late,
apreSj after.
beginner's FRENCH
158
Text
326.
1.
Chaque dimanche,
je
mets mes plus beaux
vetements.
Je dejeune a huit^heures un
coup plus tard que de coutume.
quart,
2.
Apres
3.
a
le dejeuner, je vais
4.
Le
5.
J'arrive
service
commence
1
beau-
eglise.
a dix^heures et demie.
a la porte de leglise a dix^heures
vingt.
6.
Les cloches sonnent a toute volee
les fideles
7.
J
a assister a
entre dans
1.
messe.
I'eglise.
327.
2.
la
et invitent
Transposition
Conjugate sentences i, 2, 3, 5 and 7 in the present.
Replace the present (a) by the future, (b) by the
past indefinite, (c) by the conditional, (d) by the preterit,
(^) by the imperfect.
3.
Use
the interrogative forms.
328. Questions
1.
(o)
(b)
Que mettez vous chaque dimanche?
Quand mettez vous vos plus beaux vetements?
(les)
2.
(a) Dejeunez vous de bonne heure? (negative)
(b) Est ce que vous dejeunez tard?
(c)
Quelle heure est
il
quand vous dejeunez
le
manche ?
3.
(a)
Ou
allez
vous apres
le
dejeuner?
(b) Allez vous a I'eglise apres
4.
Quelle heure est
il
quand
le
le
service
dejeuner? (y)
commence ?
di-
BEGINNERS FRENCH
Ou
(a)
5.
arrivez vous?
(b) Arrivez vous a
6.
la
(c)
Quelle heure est
(a)
(b)
Que font
Comment
(c)
Qui
(d)
A
(a)
Ou
7.
59
1
il
porte de I'eglise? (y)
quand vous y arrivez?
cloches?
les
sonnent elles?
invitent elles?
quoi
les invitent elles?
entrez vous?
(b) Est ce que vous entrez dans I'eglise? (y)
Grammar
329.
1.
to 2,
What
time
minutes past
it is
is
7, it is
a quarter past
2.
We
3.
it
is
it
gone,
9,
8.
I shall go, let
we went
(pret.),
had
(pret.), she
us go, would they go?
do not go, he
going.
is
we
are putting, they will put, have they put?
had you put? she was putting, you* would
shall put,
10
is
it
25 minutes to
it is
go, were you going? he went
You
20 minutes
is
5 minutes to 9,
not half past 10,
gone, are they going?
we have
It is half past 5,
it?
a quarter past 11,
is
it
Drill
put,
us put.
let
330. Translation
I.
Do you go
every
My
4.
Sunday.
much
later.
our finest clothes.
your church?
9.
hear those bells?
12.
They ring a
16.
7.
6.
11.
15.
After breakfast,^
They
They
13.
neighborhood.
Supply
//5(?.
go there
fine
clothes.
We
5.
Where
8.
10.
Do you
They
are calling us.
14.
invite us to be present at
2
shall
put on
shall
are the bells of our church.
Let us be present there,
1
we
We
Will you go to church?^
It is in the
full peal.
us obey them.
service.
2.
his
family breakfast^ usually at 8 o'clock.
breakfast
is
on Sunday?
Everybody puts on
to church^
3.
Use the
let
us go there.
singular.
Let
(the)
17.
At
:: : : ::
:
: ::
BEGINNER
i6o
what time
will the service
at the
door at ii o'clock.
mence
later,
at
FRENCH
S
begin?
a quarter after 11.
at
church^ at half past 11.
The
i8.
faithful arrive
But the service
19.
20.
You
will
will
comarrive
21. Enter there.
THIRTY-THIRD LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 181, 262, 324.
voir (to see)
331. Infin.
Present part.
voyant
Past part.
vu(e)
Pres. ind.
nous voyons
vous voyez
je vois, / see
tu V9is
il
or
Imperf
elle voit
Preterit
je vis
Past indef.
j 'ai
Future
je verrai
je verrais
Imperat.
vois, voyons,
Pres. subj.:
que je voie
que je visse
•
332.
ministre,
le
the minister.
le pupitre,
(m.
pi.),
sermon, the sermon.
Dieu, God.
I'auditoire
the desk.
les assistants
voyez
Vocabulary
le pasteur,
the per-
(m.),
the
congrega-
tion.
I'orgue (m.), the organ.
sons present.
le
vu
Condit.
Imperf. subj.:
le
or elles voient
ils
je voyais
ind.
.
commencement, the beginning.
1
I'organiste, the organist.
Supply
^Ag.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
le sujet,
the subject.
i6i
voir, to see.
la
personne, the person.
mal, badly.
la
ceremonie, the ceremony.
directement, directly.
devant, before, in front
pendant, during, for.
la ferveur, the fervor.
la
bonte, the kindness.
I'attention
(f.), the attention.
musique, the music.
jouer de, to play (an
ment),
of,
avec, with.
sur, about.
la
instru-
depuis, since, from.
jusqu'a, until,
to.
retourner, to go back,
chez, at, to, in the house of.
chanter, to sing.
chez
moi
(toi,
lui,
prier, to pray.
vous, eux, elles),
finir, to finish.
{your,
etre fini(e), to be over.
their) house, at
his,
her,
elle,
nous,
at, to, in
our,
my
your,
home, home.
333. Text
Je vols beaucoup de personnes assises sur
bancs et le ministre devant son pupitre.
2. Pendant la ceremonie, les assistants chantent avec^expression et prient avec ferveur.
3. Le pasteur fait un long sermon sur la bonte
de Dieu et I'auditoire I'ecoute avec la plus grande
1.
les
attention depuis le
4.
commencement
jusqu'^ la
fin.
J'entends aussi de bonne musique: Torganiste
joue tres bien de I'orgue.
5.
Quand
le service est fini, je
retourne direc-
lement chez moi.
334. Transposition
Conjugate in the present sentences i, 2, the last clause
and 5 and the first clause of 4.
2. Replace the present (a) by the imperfect, (&) by the
past indefinite, (c) by the future, {d) hy the preterit, {e) by
1.
of 3
the conditional.
3.
Use
the interrogative forms.
1
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
62
Questions
3351.
(a) Qui voyez voiis dans I'eglise? (y)
(b) Les personnes que vous y voyez, sont elles debout
ou assises?
Le
(c)
ministre est
2.
(a) Pendant
(c)
,
3.
la
Comment
Comment
(b)
ceremonie, que font
Quel en
les assistants?
chantent ils?
prient ils?
(a) Qu'est ce que
(c)
debout?
il
pasteur fait?
le
(b) Son sermon est
•
debout ou assis?
il
(d) Devant quoi est
long ou court?
il
est le sujet?
(d)
Que
(e)
£coute-t-il le pasteur avec peu d'attention? (le)
fait I'auditoire
pendant
le
sermon?
(a) Entendez vous aussi de bonne musique? (en)
4.
(b) Qui joue de I'orgue? (en)
5.
(c)
En
joue-t-il bien
(a)
Le
service fini,
ou mal?
ou retoumez vous?
ce que vous
vous? (y)
(b) Est
336.
1.
What
minutes past
what time
time was
2,
will
Grammar
it?
it
directement
chez
Drill
was a quarter
to 4,
it
was 10
25 minutes past 6? it was half past 3.
be? it will be 20 minutes to 5, it will be
was
it
retournez
it
a quarter past 9.
2.
I
go,
you went
she has gone, go, shall
gone,
3.
see?
He
we saw
was he going? they
we go? you would
will go,
go, they (f.) had
us go.
let
let
(pret.),
is
seeing, have
you seen? we used
to see,
do you
us see, he will see, you had seen, would they see?
(pret.),
we
shall see, see^ they
used to
see.
beginner's FRENCH
I.
What
are
You
3.
we going
will
63
Translation
337.
church,
1
do?
to^
Let us enter the
2.
many
see there
strangers.
4.
The
ceremony has begun. 5. Here is the pew^ of my family.
6. The sermon of the minister is very long.
7. He has been
speaking for^ one hour. 8. He is speaking about* the kindness of God. 9. We listen to him attentively. 10. The congregation
is
seated during the sermon.
do during the service?
persons present.
14. I
17. I
Your
13.
hear them very well.
greatest fervor.
am
We
12.
16. I
21.
We
the service
is
You
19.
What
we
shall return directly there.
The
will hear
organists
some good
my
church.
return to your house ?
22.
We
have remained
from the beginning to the end.
338.
Reading Lesson
LA PETITE MENDIANTE
^C'est la petite
mendiante
Qui vous demande un peu de pain.
Donnez a la pauvre innocente,
Donnez, donnez, car
Ne
rejetez point
ma
elle
a faim.
priere,
Votre coeur vous dira pourquoi.
J'ai six ans, je n'ai plus
de mere,
J'ai faim, ayez pitie de moi.
^
Omit.
*
Replace by
Say: bench.
2
:
of.
^
^
we
one hour.
for^
18.
at (the) service in
over, shall
shall
with the other
not pray with the
also listening to the organ.
music when you are present
When
You do
have been praying
of this city do not play well.
20.
.
sing with expression.
sisters
15.
1 1
shall sing
Say: he speaks since.
Ct. note 3 above.
beginner's FRENCH
164
Hier, c'etait fete au village,
A
moi personne n'a songe;
Chacun dansait sous le feuillage,
Helas! et je n'ai pas mange.
Pardonnez-moi,
demande,
je
si
Je ne demande que du pain.
Du pain, je ne suis pas gourmande.
Ah
me grondez
ne
!
pas,
N'allez pas croire que
Que dans
Mais
Ah
!
ce
monde
il
j
j
f aim.
*ai
'ignore
faut souffrir;
je suis si petite encore,
ne
me
laissez pas mourir.
Donnez a la pauvre petite,
Et pour vous comme ellc priera!
Elle a faim; donnez, donnez vite,
Donnez, quelqu'un vous
Si
Eh
De
ma
rendra.
le
vous importune,
plainte
bien! je vais rire et chanter;
mon
Taspect de
infortune
Je ne dois pas vous attrister.
Quand je pleure. Ton me rejette,
Chacun me
dit
ficoutez done
:
filoigne-toi.
ma
chansonnette,
Je chante, ayez pitie de moi.
Boucher de Perthes.
:: :
:
:: :::
:
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
165
THIRTY-FOURTH LESSON
Rules
Review note
bottom of
b,
137; §§ 139, 306, 324, 33I'
p.
prendre (to take)
339- Inf in.
Pres. part.
prenant
Past part.
pris
je prends
Pres. ind.
tu prends
il or elle prend
nous pjenons
vous prenez
ils or elles prennent
Imperf
je prenais
ind.
.
Preterit
je pris
Past indef
Future
:
j'ai pris
.
je prendrai
,
Condit.
je prendrais
Imperat.
prends, prenons, prenez
Pres. subj.
que
que
Imperf. subj.
je
prenne
je prisse
340. Vocabulary
le spectacle,
le billet,
le
the spectacle, show.
la salle,
the ticket.
la
guichet, the ticket office.
the auditorium.
scene, the stage.
I'espece (f.), the kind, sort.
go up, climb.
le haut, the top.
monter,
Tescalier (m.), the staircase.
prendre, to take.
la
representation,
the
quelquefois, sometimes.
perform-
ance.
to
jamais, ever, never.
la place, the seat.
deja, already.
I'ouvreuse, the (female) usher.
tou jours, always.
en retard,
late
(person).
?
?
1
beginner's FRENCH
66
341.
Text
1.
Nous^allions quelquefois au spectacle.
2.
La
representation commen9ait generalement
a huit^heures.
3.
Nous
4.
Nous^arrivions
n'etions jamais en retard.
a
porte
la
du
theatre
a
huit^heures moins^un quart.
Nous^achetions
nos
au guichet et
nous choisissions toujours de bonnes places.
6. Nous montions et au haut de Tescalier une
5.
billets
ouvreuse prenait nos billets.
7. Nous^entrions et nous voyions
salle
la
et
la scene.
8.
II
y avait dej^ beaucoup de personnes dans
la salle.
{a suivr^.)
342.. Transposition
1.
Conjugate sentences
i,
3, 4, 5,
7 and the
first
clause
of 6 in the imperfect of the indicative.
2.
Replace the imperfect (a) by the present, {h) hy the
conditional, (r)
by the pluperfect, (^) by the future, (^) by
the preterit.
3.
Use the
interrogative forms.
343.
1.
(a) Oil alliez vous
2.
Quelle heure
Questions
{b) Alliez vous tres sou vent au spectacle? (y)
etait il quand la representation com-
mengait ?
3.
(a)
£tiez vous generalement de bonne heure
(6)
£tiez vous jamais en retard?
beginner's FRENCH
4.
5.
(a)
Ou
(b)
A
(a)
Qu'est ce que vous achetiez?
1
67
vous?
arriviez
quelle heure y arriviez vous?
(b)
Ou
(c)
Quelle espece de places choisissiez vous toujours?
achetiez vous vos billets? (les)
(en)
6.
(a) Est ce que vous montiez I'escalier? (le)
(b) Qu'est ce qu'une ouvreuse prenait au haul de
I'escalier ?
7.
(a) Entriez vous?
(b) Voyiez vous
la salle?
(la)
Est ce que vous voyiez la scene? (la)
(d) Voyiez vous la salle et la scene? (les)
(c)
8.
(a) Qu'est ce qu'il y avait dans
(b)
Y
en avait
il
Grammar
344.
1.
he see? she had seen,
2.
He
is
Drill
they saw (pret.), you* used to see, shall they
I see,
see? did he see (pret.)
would have
la salle?
deja beau coup?
?
see, would
have seen, they
they have seen, do not
we were
seeing,
I shall
seen.
taking, were
we taking?
they took (pret.), are
had taken, she was taking, he has taken, they
will take, let us take, we shall have taken, did you take
(pret.) ? you had taken, I shall take, would you* take? you
would have taken, do not take.
you taking?
I
345.
I.
My
Translation
family used to go to the theater
residing in the city in winter.
we
2.
We
when we were
seldom go there when
3. At what time did the performThey used to begin at 8 o'clock. 5. But
are in the country.
ances begin?
many
4.
persons were already arriving at the doors of the
beginner's FRENCH
l68
theater at 7.30.
ticket office?
6.
7. I
Did you use
to
buy your
tickets at the
never used to buy them there.
are too expensive there.
My
9.
They
8.
brother used always to
He used always to buy good
have bought your ticket, what do you
do? 12. I climb the numerous staircases with the other
persons. 13. There are many female^ ushers. 14. They are
waiting for you at the top of the staircases. 15. You give
them your tickets. 16. They take them. 17. They also take
your hat and your overcoat. 18. Then they lead you to the
seats which you have chosen.
19. Many people enter the
our
choose
ones.^
auditorium.
22. I
10.
seats.
When you
II.
20.
do not see
Nobody
it.
21.
late.
is
23. It
is
Where
opposite you.
is
the stage?
24.
We
have
the best seats in the whole auditorium.
THIRTY-FIFTH LESSON
Rules
346. Ici Ton parle frangais.
Son pere
He
le punit.
French
is
spoken here.
has been punished by his father.
Instead of the passive voice, the French often use the
active voice with the
name
on (see 267) as subject
347.
Quand
allez
if
of the agent as subject and with
no agent
vous a
specified.
is
I'eglise?
When
do you go
to
church?
Je prends mon paraplnie lorsqu'il pleut (quand
my umbrella when {whenever) it rains.
il
pleut).
I take
When
is
translated
rogative clause.
by qnand when
Otherwise,
it
is
it
begins an inter-
translated
by quand or
lorsque (lorsqu' before a vowel).
1
Omit and use en before the
verb.
^
Omit.
:
::
:
:: ::
:
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
169
plaire (to please)
348. Infin.
Pres. part.:
plaisant
Past part.
pIu
Pres. ind.
je plais
tu plais
il
or
elle plait
nous plaisons
vous plaisez
ils
Imperf
.
ind.
Preterit:
Past indef
je plus
j'ai
.
Future
je plairai
je plairais
Imperat.
plais, plaisons, plaisez
Pres. subj.
que
je plaise
Imperf. subj.
que
je plusse
Vocabulary
coup, the blow, time, rap.
Tartiste (m.
le
and
the artist.
grand.
-e,
comique, comic,
light.
frapper, to strike, rap.
the public.
decor, the scenery.
le vaudeville,
le
f.),
precis, -e, precise, sharp.
grand,
I'acteur, the actor.
le public,
plu
Condit.
349.
le
or elles plaisent
je plaisais
pleurer, to weep.
the vaudeville.
melodrame, the melodrama.
I'opera (m,), the opera.
souper, to take supper.
lever, to raise.
representer, to represent.
le
restaurant, the restaurant.
applaudir, to applaud.
la
comedie, the comedy.
plaire, a, to please.
la tragedie, the
la piece,
tragedy.
tantot,
the play.
—
lorsque,
ensuite,
fterwards.
,
sometimes,
when,
—
.
BEGINNER
I/O
350.
A
1.
coups
2.
et
huit^heures
on
Text
FRENCH
S
{SuiU
Fin)
et
on
precises,
frappait
trois
levait le rideau.
Nous voyions
sur
la
scene
les^^acteurs,
les^actrices et les decors.
3. Tantot les^artistes jouaient une comedie ou
un vaudeville, tantot ils representaient une tragedie ou un melodrame
tantot ils chantaient
despairs de grand opera ou d'opera comique.
;
4.
Nous
5.
Si la piece plaisait, nous^applaudissions.
6.
Lorsque
preferions la comedie.
le
sujet etait triste,
le
public pleu-
rait.
7.
Quand
lions souper
la representation etait
351.
1.
Conjugate
clauses of
2.
finie,
nous^al-
au restaurant.
Transposition
in the imperfect sentences 2, 4,
and the
Replace the imperfect (a) by the
preterit, (^)
future (use the present after si), (c) by the present,
the past indefinite,
(^) by the conditional
Use
the interrogative forms.
352. Questions
1.
(a) Combien de coups frappait on? (en)
(r)
Quand frappait on trois coups?
Que faisait on ensuite?
(a)
Qui voyiez vous sur
la
(&)
Que
la
(^)
2.
voyiez vous sur
(les)
scene? (y)
scene? (y)
by the
by
(rf)
(keep the im-
perfect after si).
3.
last
5, 6, 7.
?
?
BEGINNERS FRENCH
I7I
,
(c) Est ce que vous voyiez les acteurs, les actrices et
les decors sur la scene? (les y)
(a) Tantot, que jouaient les artistes?
3.
(b) Tantot, qu'est ce qu'ils representaient
4.
(c)
Tantot, que chantaient ils?
Que
preferiez vous,
le
vaudeville, la comedie, la tra-
6.
grand opera ou I'opera comique?
Si la piece etait bonne, que faisiez vous?
Lorsque le sujet etait triste, que faisait le public?
7.
(a)
gedie, le melodrame, le
5.
Quand
representation etait terminee,
la
vous?
(b) Pourquoi y
alliez
I take,
1.
vous
Grammar
353.
Drill
you have not taken, you* were taking, had we
taken? do they take? they took (pret.),
take (pret.)
oil alliez
we
not take,
? I shall
us take, did
let
we
should take, he will not
have taken.
2.
me?
please^ him,
I
we
are pleasing them, were you pleasing
they pleased (pret.) him, she had not pleased them, you
will not please her,
we
should
pleases me,
it
you?
please
you
if
have pleased them,
have
I shall
please,^ please him, they
pleased us.
354.
It
I.
is
exactly eight o'clock."*
going to* begin.
on the stage. 4.
6.
It is
8.
I
Translation
3.
Do you
being raised.^
hear them
7.
The performance
?
5.
Look
What do you
see pretty scenery there.
They
2.
is
begin when you hear^ three raps
It will
9.
The
see
at the curtain.
on the stage?
artists are arriving.
sometimes through the doors, sometimes
through the windows, ii. Will they represent a melodrama
10.
^
P/atre
2
Tf
it
enter
is
an intransitive verb.
pleases you.
*
Omit.
^
''
Say
:
Eight o'clock precise.
Future,
«
One
is
raising
it.
172
beginner's FRENCH
.
comedy?
or a
What
12.
we
play that
are they going to^ play?
evening
shall see this
15. / hate
prefer tragedy.
16.
it.
This actress
17.
play well.
has finished.
Some
take-
25.
That
Tuesday.
to the opera on^
sometimes
airs of
in the city.
also please
we
27.
24.
grand opera, sometimes
will please you, I
performance,
am
take^
shall
We
19.
when
She
she
the other artists please the public?
please us, others do not (please us).
you
per-
very pretty, but she does not
20. I shall not applaud her
Do
21.
14* I
the actors and the
She does not speak with expression.
18.
does not please me.
22.
is
When
The
13.
a vaudeville.
weep during the whole
actresses represent such a play, I
formance.
is
sure (of
23. I shall
They
airs of
it).
sing there
comic opera.
26. After the
you to the largest restaurant
supper there. 28. That will
shall take
me.
THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON
Rules
355. Je m'amuse.
/ enjoy myself.
Vous amusez vous ? Do yoti enjoy yourself (yourselves) ?
Je ne m'amuse pas. / do not enjoy myself.
Amusez-vous. Enjoy yourself (yourselves).
Ne vons amusez pas. Do not enjoy yourself (yourselves).
1.
Many
verbs which are not reflexive in English are
reflexive in French.
2.
The
objects
rules concerning the place of personal
must be applied
1
Omit.
(see 277, 278, 286, 296).
*
Replace by
/ead.
pronouns
beginner's FRENCH
1
73
35^' Examples of conjugations of reflexive verbs.
s'amuser
I.
rejouir
2. se
{to enjoy one's self)
(to rejoice)
PRESENT INDICATIVE
m 'amuse
je
je
tu t'amuses
il or elle s'amuse
nous nous amusons
rejouis
il
or
elle se rejouit
nous nous rejouissons
vous vous rejouissez
vous vous amusez
lis
me
tu te rejouis
or elles s'amusent
or elles se rejouissent
ils
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE
je m'amusais
je
me
rejouissais
PRETERIT
je
m'amusai
je
me
rejouis
FUTURE
je m'amuserai
je
me
rejouirai
CONDITIONAL
je
m'amuserais
je
me
rejouirais
IMPERATIVE
amuse-toi
rejouis-toi
amusons-nous
amusez- vous
rejouissons-nous
rejouissez-vous
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
que je m'amuse
que
je
me
rejouisse
IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
que
je
m'amusasse
rendre
3. se
que je
.
4.
me
rejouisse
se decevoir
(to surrender or betake one's self)
(
to deceive one's self)
PRESENT INDICATIVE
je
me
rends
je
tu te rends
il
or
elle se
me
degois
tu te deqois
rend
il
or elle se de^oit
:: :
:: :: :
BEGINNER
174
nous nous rendons
vous vous rendez
ils
or
elles se
je
me
rendais
S
FRENCH
nous nous decevons
vous vous decevez
rendent
or elles se degoivent
ils
IMPERFECT INDICATIVE
je
me
decevais
PRETERIT
je
me rendis
je
me
rendrai
je
me
rendrais
je
me
de^us
FUTURE
je
me
decevrai
CONDITIONAL
je
me
decevrais
IMPERATIVE
rends-toi
*
deqois-toi
rendons-nous
decevons-nous
rendez-vous
decevez-vous
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
que
je
me
que
rende
je
me
devolve
IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
que
je
me
que
rendisse
357. sortir {to go out).
je
me
degusse
(Cf. partir, 316.)
Pres. Part.
sortant
Past part.
sorti
Pres. ind.
je sors
nous sortons
tu sors
vous sortez
or
il
Imperf
.
elle sort
ind.
•je
or elles sortent
sortais
je sortis
Preterit
Past indef
ils
.
je suis sorti (e)
Future
je sortirai
Condit.
je sortirais
:
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
175
Imperat.
sors, sortons, sortez
Pres. subj.:
que
que
Imperf. subj.:
je-
sorte
je sortisse
358. Vocabulary
le trottoir, the
se rendre, to betake one's self.
sidewalk.
promenade, the walk.
sortir, to go out.
se
se hater (de), to hasten (to).
faire
la
s'habiller, to dress
plaire
(a),
take
to
delight
(in).
(up).
une promenade,
to
take a
walk.
s'acheminer, to direct one's steps.
lentement, slowly.
se rejouir (de), to rejoice {to).
vers, towards.
en route, on the way.
Text
359.
I.
Je
2.
Je
me
me
Je
sors de la maison, je descends I'escalier
hate de m'habiller.
de
rejouis
faire
une bonne prome-
nade.
3.
et j'arrive sur le trottoir.
Je m'achemine lentement vers la
4.
me
ville et je
rends au pare.
5.
sons,
En
route,
je
les^hotels,
tres, etc.
me
plais
les^eglises,
1.
Conjugate every sentence
Use
Use
Use
Use
Use
5.
6.
les
thea-
Transposition.
2.
4.
les^ecoles,
(^ suivre.)
360.
3.
a regarder les mai-
in the present.
the third person singular of the imperfect.
the first person plural of the preterit.
the second person singular of the future.
the first person singular of the conditional.
the interrogative forms.
beginner's FRENCH
iy6
361. Questions
2.
Qui
Qui
3.
(a)
1.
4.
5.
se hate de s'habiller?
de faire une bonne promenade? (en)
Qui sort de la maison? (en)
(b) Qui est ce qui descend Tescalier? (le)
(c) Qui arrive sur le trottoir? (y)
(a) Qui s'achemine lentement vers la ville?
(y)
(b) Qui est ce qui se rend au pare? (y)
En
se rejouit
route,
qui
se
plait
a regarder
les
maisons,
les
hotels, les eglises, les ecoles, les theatres, etc.? (les)
6.
7.
8.
Que vous hatez vous de faire?
De quoi vous rejouissez vous?
(o) D'oij sortez vous?
(b)
Que
descendez vous?
(c) Oti arrivez vous
9.
ID.
(b)
Comment vous y acheminez vous?
(c)
Ou
(a)
En
route, est ce
(b)
En
route,
vous rendez vous?
que vous vous plaisez a regarder
les maisons et les hotels? (les)
et les
(c)
vous plaisez vous a regarder
Do
les eglises
ecoles? (les)
Qu'est ce que vous vous plaisez a faire en route?
362.
I.
?
(a) Vers quoi vous acheminez vous?
Grammar
Drill
you go out with me? we
shall
go out with you,
she does not go out with us, I was not going out with them
(m.), they went out with you, would you go out with her?
Let us go out with them ( f ) were they going out with you ?
.
We
,
did not go out^ with her, they are going out with us, I
should not go out with you*, go out with them (m.).
1
Preterit.
:
beginner's FRENCH
2.
I take delight, did
delight?
we were
we
177
take^ delight? will they take
taking delight, she would not take delight,
us take delight, you took^ delight, they take delight.
let
Translation
363.
do you dress up? 3. We
4. To what park will
you go? 5. We shall go to the large park in front of our
church. 6. Our neighbors are also going out of their house.
7. They are directing their steps towards the country. 8. We
shall direct ours towards the city. 9. We rejoice to go out.
I.
Where do you
go?^
2.
Why
are going to^ take a walk in the park.
10. It
has been freezing for* three hours.
are covered with snow.
13.
We
14.
What
12.
Do
not
11.
fall
The sidewalks
while^ going out.
go down the staircase slowly when we go out.
you look at on the way? 15. We shall take
shall
will
delight in looking at everything that attracts^ our attention
persons, buildings, birds, etc.
ing?
17.
theater.
Where
19.
Take me
16.
you go?^
will
along,
20.
Will you go out this even18.
We
We
shall
go
to the
should take you along
21. I never go out in^ the evening. 22. You
go out in^ the evening when you are taller. 23. Little
girls^ do not go out in^ the evening.
24. That does not
with us, but ..
,
will
please me.
1
Preterit.
*
Say
:
2
Say betake yourselves.
Omit.
^
En
(followed by the pres. participle).
*
Future.
^
:
It freezes since.
•
Supply
the.
BEGINNER
178
S
FRENCH
THIRTY-SEVENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 243, 305, 306.
364. Je me suis amuse (e). / have enjoyed myself.
Nous nous sommes amuses (ees). We have enjoyed ourselves.
1.
The compound
tenses of reflexive verbs are formed
with the help of the auxiliary
etre,
never with the help of
avoir.
2.
As
etre
is
used in this case instead of avoir, the past
participles of reflexive verbs follow the rule of
of past participles conjugated with avoir.
365.
Compound
agreement
(See 243.)
tenses of reflexive verbs.
PAST INDEFINITE
je
me
amuse (e)
amuse (e)
amuse
amusee
suis
tu t'es
il
s'est
elle s*est
nous nous sommes amuses (ees)
amuse (ee, es, ees)
vous vous etes
ils se sont
amuses
elles se sont
amusees
me
rendu (e)
rendu (e)
rendu
il s'est
rendue
elle s'est
nous nous sommes rendus (ues)
rendu (ue, us, ues)
vous vous etes
rendus
ils se sont
rendues
elles se sont
je
tu t'es
suis
*
rejoui(e)
rejoui(e)
rejoui
re joule
rejouis (ies)
rejoui (ie,
is,
les)
rejouis
rejouies
degu (e)
degu (e)
degu
degue
degus (ues)
degu (ue, us, ues)
degus
deques
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
179
PAST ANTERIOR^
me
je
amuse(e)
fus
rendu (e)
de9u(e)
rendu (e)
de(;u(e)
rendu (e)
de9u(e)
rendu (e)
de9u(e)
rendu (e)
deQu(e)
rejoui(e)
PLUPERFECT
amuse (e)
je m'etais
rejoui(e)
PAST FUTURE
me
je
amuse (e)
serai
rejoui(e)
PAST CONDITIONAL
me
je
amuse (e)
serais
rejoui(e)
PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
que
je
me
amuse (e)
sois
rejoui(e)
PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
que
je
me
amuse (e)
fusse
Yeniv
366.
come)
{to
Pres. part, venant
de9u(e)
rendu (e)
rejoui(e)
Sentil (to/eel)
s'SLSSeoil
sentant
s'asseyant
{to sit
down)
Past part. venu
senti
s'etant assis(e)
Pres. ind.ije viens
je sens
je m'assieds
tu viens
tu sens
tu t'assieds
\
elle
:
Ivient
elle
„
)
nous venons
vous venez
ils
)
sent
,.
elle
>
s'assied
)
nous sentons
nous nous asseyons
vous sentez
vous vous asseyez
^ils
.
\
^
)
^„^^jviennent^^^^jsente„t
^jl^^jsasseyent
Impf. ind.ije venais
je sentais
je m'asseyais
Preterit
je sentis
je m'assis
:
je vins
tu vins
\
Ivint
elle
)
nous vinmes
vous vintes
eL
1
The
^^'^"''*
j
past anterior
(I
had amused myself)
is
formed with the help of
when.
after conjunctions of time like
the preterit and
is
especially
as soon as, after,
if
the verb of the principal clause
iised
is in
the preterit.
:
:
;
BEGINNER
i8o
S
FRENCH
me
je suis venu(e)j'ai senti
je
Future:
je viendrai
je sentirai
je m'assierai
Condit.
je viendrais
je sentirais
je m'assierais
Imperat.
viens
sens
assieds-toi
Pastindf.
:
suis assis(e)
(also asseyerai)
(also asseyerais)
Pres. subj.
:
Impf.subj.
:
367.
La
venons
sentons
asseyons-nous
venez
sentez
asseyez-vous
que
que
je vienne^
que
que
je vinsse
quejesentisse que je m'assisse
ville
a ses
je sente
City
plaisirs.
life
has
je m'asseye
its
pleasures.
Cette ville est belle: j'en admire les monuments.
city is beautiful: I
Its
and
admire
its
This
momiments.
their are translated
(i) by son,
when
sa, ses
same clause
(2) generally by en
.
the thing possessed
is
in the
as the thing which possesses
.
.
le,
la,
V, les
when
they are in
different clauses.
368. Vocabulary
I'etalage (m.), the display,
show
window.
la
la
la
vitrine,
manquer (de),
to fail.
saluer, to greet.
the
window
(of
a
rencontrer, to meet.
shop),
s'arreter, to stop.
chaussee, the causeway, street.
connaissance, the acquaintance.
se reposer, to rest.
fatigue, -e, tired.
se diriger, to direct one's steps.
franchir, to cross.
penetrer dans, to enter.
sentir, to feel.
traverser, to cross.
parvenir
admirer, to admire.
se
s'asseoir, to sit
a, to
mettre (a),
reach.
to
begin (to).
down.
1 The ist and 2d persons plural are formed regularly; see note ^, p. 137.
All the compounds of Tjentr are conjugated like vemr.
beginner's FRENCH
369.
1.
EUe
elle se
2.
s'arrete
Text
aux
Elle ne
{Suite)
des
vitrines
met a en^admirer
l8l
magasins
et
les^etalages.
manque pas de
saluer les^amis
et
connaissances qu'elle rencontre.
les
3.
Elle traverse
la
chaussee et
dirige
se
elle
vers le pare.
4.
elle
5.
banc
Elle y parvient;
y penetre.
Elle se
sent
elle
en franchit I'entree
fatiguee;
elle
s'assied
sur
et
un
et elle s'y repose.
370. Transposition
1.
Conjugate every sentence
2.
Use the second person plural of the conditional.
3.
4.
Use
Use
in the present.
the third person plural of the preterit.
the first person singular (feminine) of the past
indefinite.
5.
6.
.
7.
Use
Use
Use
the third person singular of the future.
the second person singular of the imperfect.
the interrogative forms.
371. Questions
1.
2.
Qui s'arrete aux vitrines des magasins? (y)
(&) Qui est ce qui se met a en admirer les etalages?
Qui ne manque pas de saluer ses amis et ses con(a)
naissances? (les)
3.
Qui est ce qui traverse la chaussee?
Qui se dirige vers le pare? (y)
(a) Qui est ce qui y parvient?
(h) Qui en franchit Tentree? (la)
(c) Qui est ce qui y penetre ?
(a)
{h)
4.
(la)
??
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
l82
5.
Qui
Qui
Qui
(a)
(b)
(c)
6.
7.
se sent fatigue?
est ce qui s'assied sur
un banc?
(y)
repose?
s'y
(a) Devant quoi s'arrete-t-elle
(b)
Que
se
(a)
Qui
salue-t-elle ?
met
elle
?
a admirer?
(b) Est ce qu'elle salue les connaissances qu'elle ren-
contre? (les)
8.
Qu'est ce qu'elle traverse?
(a)
(b) Vers quoi se dirige-t-elle
9.
.10.
(a)
Ou
(b)
Que
(c)
Dans quoi
(a)
(b)
Comment se sent
Que fait elle?
(c)
Oil se repose-t-elle
parvient elle?
franchit elle?
penetre-t-elle
elle?
?
Grammar
372.
Drill
have amused myself, she has rejoiced, we (m.) have
(f.) have deceived themselves, you
(m.) had (pluperf.) amused yourselves, we (f.) shall have
rejoiced, they (m.) would have betaken themselves, she
would have deceived herself.
2. She comes, were you coming? we came,^ you will come,
they (f.) have come, they would not come, do not come.
1.
I
betaken ourselves, they
3.
there,
I
reach^ there,
we
shall reach there, she did not reach^
was she reaching there? we should not reach
there,
reach there.
4.
feel
it,
5.
He
will feel
you
We
felt*
sit
1
it
it,
down
Preterit.
(m.), are
feel
it,
there,
^
we
feeling it? they
you have not felt it.
you sat down* there,
would not
will
parvenir, conjugated like venir.
you
sit
beginner's FRENCH
down
down
there
we should
?
there?
not
us not
let
sit
1
83
sit down there, were they sitting
down there, they have sat down
there.
373. Translation
Why
I.
right?
to you.
4.
We
does everybody stop on the sidewalk on the
There
2.
the large store of which
is
I
All the ladies stop there and admire
3.
shall cross the street
and we
have spoken
its
displays.
shall stop there also.
5. If you begin to look at every window that we shall see
on our way, we shall never reach the park. 6. Ladies^ take
delight in stopping in front of every show window.
7. If
we meet some
We
of yours,^
friends
shall
we
greet
them?
do so.^ 9. Do you see that gentleman who is resting in an armchair on the sidewalk in front of
the hotel ? 10. Is he an acquaintance of yours ?* 11. Yes, he
is a good friend of mine.^
12. If he saw us, he would not
fail to greet us.
13. At what time shall we reach the park?
8.
we
14. If
hour.
Here
we
shall not fail to
hasten,
is
we
shall
reach there in a quarter of an®
When
you feel tired, we shall
the park towards which we direct our
15.
enter there?
18.
entrance
Its
is
sit
down.
steps.
superb.
16.
17. Shall
19.
Let us
Here are some chairs. 22.
Take one of them. 23. We shall sit down a few minutes.
24. When we have rested, we shall go home.
cross
it.
21.
20. I feel tired.
374. Reading Lesson
ENIGMES
I.
Mon
Mon
premier est un metal precieux,
second est un habitant des cieux
Et mon tout
est
un
fruit delicieux.
(•95uBJo)
^
Supply
^
Replace by
^
Say
:
2
the.
One
it.
of
*
Some of your friends.
Say: One of your acquaintances.
Say
my good
:
friends.
^
Omit.
:
;
beginner's FRENCH
184
'
Cinq voyelles, une consonne,
frangais composent mon nom,
Et je porte sur ma personne
2.
En
De
quoi Tecrire sans crayon.
(•nB^siQ)
Tout parait renverse chez moi.
3.
•
Le laquais precede le maitre,
Le manant vient avant le roi,
Le simple clerc avant le pretre
Le printemps vient apres I'ete.
Noel avant
la Trinite,
C'en est assez pour
me
connaitre.
(•9JlBUU0ipiQ)
Quelqu'un propose dans une societe I'enigme suivante
suis pas ce que je suis, car si j'etais ce que je suis,
ne
Je
En voici la solution C'est
je ne serais pas ce que je suis.))
4.
«
:
un
valet qui n'est pas le maitre qu'il suit, car
maitre qu'il
suit,
il
ne serait pas
s'il
etait le
le valet.
THIRTY-EIGHTH LESSON
Rules
375.
La
I.
plate bande, les plates bandes, the border, the
borders.
2.
Un
chef d'ceuvre, des chefs d'ceuvre, a masterpiece,
some masterpieces.
3.
La
contre allee, les contre allees, the side alley, the
side alleys.
1.
When
a
compound noun
is
formed of two nouns or
of a noun and an adjective, both words are put in the plural.
2.
When
it
is
formed of two nouns connected by a
:::
: :: :
beginner's FRENCH
185
preposition expressed or understood, the first one alone
is
put in the plural.
3.
the
When
it is
noun alone
formed of a noun and an invariable word,
put in the plural.
is
376. Je vois des enfants jouer dans
playing in the park.
After verbs meaning
present participle
pare.
/ see children
English
to feel, to see, to hear, the
replaced by the infinitive in French.
is
resoudre
377.
le
{to solve,
valoir
dire
{to be
{to say, tell)
decide)
worth)
valant
Pres. part.
resolvant
disant
Past part.
resolu
dit
valu
Pres. ind.
je resous
je dis
je
vaux
tu dis
tu
vaux
tu resous
il
)
\
..
elle
^
.
resout
nous resolvons
vous resolvez
^
f,
{
elles
Imperf. ind.
Preterit
Past indef
.
:
>
,,
elle
)
resolvent
vaut
J
nous disons
nous valons
vous
vous valez
dites
{
,.
elles
)
elle
\
disent
1^^'^"'
elles
\
je resolvais
je disais
je valais
je resolus
je dis
je valus
j'ai dit
j'ai
j'ai
resolu
valu
Future
je resoudrai
je dirai
je vaudrai
Condit.
je resoudrais
je dirais
je vaudrais
Imperat.
resous
dis
vaux
resolvons
disons
valons
resolvez
dites
valez
Pres. subj.:
que
je resolve
que
je dise
que
Impf. subj.:
que
je resolusse
que
je disse
que je valusse
1
The
ist
:
je vaille*
and 2d persons plural are formed regularly see note
;
b, p.
137.
BEGINNER
i86
FRENCH
S
378. Vocabulary
le
chef d'oeuvre, the masterpiece.
delicieu-x, -se, delightful.
le sculpteur, the sculptor.
ideal, -e, ideal.
Tequipage (m.), the equipage.
I'apres midi (m. or f.), the afternoon.
passer, to pass, spend.
la statue, the statue.
se promener, to take a walk.
resoudre (de), to decide (to).
rautomobile
(f.),
the automobile.
repasser, to repass.
se lever, to get up.
la bicyclette, the bicycle.
dire, to say,
la peine, the trouble, the ivhile.
valoir, to be worth.
celebre, celebrated.
faire beau, to be fine (weather).
379. Text
On
1.
se dit:
un temps
fait
2.
On
3.
On_y
lacs et
il
fait
tell.
(Suite)
beau,
il
fait
delicieux,
il
ideal.
resout de passer Tapres midi au pare.
aper9oit de longues^avenues, de petits
de belles statues, chefs d'oeuvre de sculp-
teurs celebres.
On_y
de superbes^equipages, des bicyclettes et des^automobiles passer et repasser.
5. On se leve, on va et Ton vient, on se promene et Ton se plait a admirer la nature.
6. Cela en vaut la peine.
4.
voit
380.
Transposition
1.
Conjugate sentences
2.
Use
it is
4 and
5 in the present.
Use
the second person plural of the future, wherever
possible.
4.
it is
2, 3,
possible.
3.
it is
i,
the first person plural of the imperfect, wherever
Use
the first person singular of the preterit, wherever
possible.
?
beginner's FRENCH
Use
5.
ever
it is
6.
the third person plural of the conditional, wher-
Use
the second person plural (masculine) of the past
wherever
Use
is
it
possible.
the interrogative forms.
381.
1.
(a)
Que
se dit
(b)
Fait
il
(c)
Est ce
(d) Fait
il
Questions
on?
beau?
qu'il fait delicieux?
un temps
ideal?
2.
Ou
3.
(a)
Quest
(b)
De qui ces statues
Que voit on passer
4.
87
possible.
indefinite,
7.
1
(a)
resout on de passer I'apres midi? (le)
le pare? (y)
sont elles les chefs d'oeuvre?
ce qu'on aper^oit dans
et
repasser?
(b) Est ce qu'on voit beaucoup de bicyclettes passer
et
5.
(a)
repasser?
Se leve-t-on?
(b) Va-t-on et vient on
6.
(c)
Est ce que Ton se promene?
(d)
Que
se plait
Cela en vaut
(Use
il
on a admirer?
la
peine?
promeneurs instead of on as subject in the
answers to questions beginning with qui.)
7. (a) Qu'est ce que les promeneurs se disent?
(b) Quel temps fait il?
8. Qui resout de passer Tapres midi au pare? (I'y)
9. (a) Qui est ce qui apergoit de longues avenues? (en)
les
(b) Qui est ce qui apergoit de petits lacs?
(c)
Qui
est ce qui apergoit
(en)
de belles statues? (en)
(d) Est ce^ des chefs d'oeuvre? (en)
10.
'
(a)
Qui
voit
de superbes equipages passer et re-
passer? (en)
1
See note
p. 144.
1
beginner's FRENCH
88
(b) Qui est ce qui voit des bicyclettes et des auto-
mobiles? (en)
Qui
Qui
(c) Qui
(d) Qui
(a)
11.
(b)
se leve?
va
est ce qui
se
est ce qui se plait a
Qu'est ce qui vaut
12.
et vient?
promene?
382.
la
admirer
la
nature? (la)
peine d'etre admire?
Grammar
Drill
1. They have not decided (solved), I shall decide, were
you deciding? they did not decide,^ we decide, you would
decide, does she decide? we decided,^ will you not decide?
He
2.
says, she said,^ they did not say
;^
we
shall say,
do you say? would you say? they have said, have they said?
I used to say, I did not use to say.
Let us not tell, tell, tell
me, tell her,^ tell him,^ do not tell her,^ say to yourself.
I
3.
am
worth,
is it^
better?*
it
you are not worth, they were
has been worth, will
we were (pret.) worth, she
better?* we would not be worth.
not worth,
be^
383. Translation
2. How
I. In summer, this long walk was delightful.
was the weather? 3. We used to say that it was ideal.
4. Did you seldom come to this park?
5. I have already
told you that we used to come whenever^ the weather was
fine.
6. That was worth the while.
7. We had decided to
spend all our afternoons in this park. 8. We used to come
to^ admire beautiful^ nature.
9. In front of what did you
use to stop?
10.
We
used to stop
which beautify the lawns.
11.
*
^ Supply
Use the preterit.
Use the adverb mieux.
«
Omit.
^
The
io.
in front of the statues
sculptors
*
^
'^
who (have)
Supply worth.
Replace by when.
Supply the.
beginner's FRENCH
189
are famous. 12. We used to take delight in admiring these masterpieces. 13. They are worth admiring.^
15. When it was fine
14. Do you see tliose wide avenues?
weather, one used to perceive automobiles and bicycles there.
16. They were passing and repassing.
17. Tell me, did you
made them
use to take walks there?
entrances of the park,
to
sit
18.
we
When we
felt^
very
reached^ one of the
tired.
19.
.down on chairs for a quarter of an hour.
we used
used
20.
Then
up and direct our steps towards the large
which we used to see many carriages going and
to get
lake, near
coming
We
slowly.
THIRTY-NINTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 118, 267, 339, 375384. Je vais
2.
mc
promcncr.
Je m'amuse k regarder
/
am going
to take
a walk.
/ enjoy watching
les enfants.
the children.
Je crains d'etre en retard. /
J'ai la permission de sortir.
3.
4.
go
am
/
afraid I shall he
late.
have permission
to
out.
5.
6.
Je suis pret a partir. / am ready to depart.
It is difficult to
II est difficile de comprendre cela.
understand
that.
C'est difficile a comprendre.
That
is difficult to
under-
stand.
When two
same
verbs having the same subject are used in the
the second one depending on the
clause,
put in the infinitive unless the
latter is
first is
first,
verb etre or avoir.
1
Say
:
the trouble of being admired.
2
the
the auxiliary
imperfect.
:
1
:
:: : :
:
:
BEGINNER
90
The
1.
verb
first
may
FRENCH
S
require no preposition before the
second.
2.
It
3.
It
may require the preposition a.
may require the preposition de. Some
5.
Nouns generally
Some adjectives
6.
When
4.
require
an adjective
is
some
a,
de.
preceded by
before the following infinitive;
quires
require either.
require the preposition de.
if
il est, it
preceded by
requires de
c'est,
it
re-
a.
No general rule (except for 6) can be given. Practice
only will accustom students to use the proper preposition.
The
preposition to be used
is
after every verb in the special
found between parentheses
and general vocabularies.
craindre (to' fear)
385. Infin.
Pres. part.
craig^ant
Past part.
craint
Pres. ind.
nous craignons
je crains
vous craignez
tu crains
il
or
elle
craint
Imperf. ind.
or elles craignent
je craignais
je craignis
Preterit
Past indef
ils
j'ai
.
Future
craint
je craindrai
Condit.
je craindrais
.)
Imperat!
crains, craignons, craignez
Pres. subj.:
que je craigne
Imperf. subj.
que
je craignisse
386. Vocabulary
le
parfum, the perfume.
le soleil.
the sun.
la
centre allee, the side path.
la plate
bande. the border.
branche. the branch.
le
parterre, the flower bed.
la
le
chemin,
marcher,
the^
road, way.
to n'alk.
BEGINNER
S
respirer, to breathe, inhale.
s'amuser (a),
to enjoy,
s'attarder (a), to stay late, tarry.
se coucher, to go to bed, set.
FRENCH
191
prendre garde (de), to take care
not (to).
reprendre le chemin de, to go
se divertir (a), to enjoy.
back to.
voluptueusement, with delight.
craindre (de), to fear.
trop, too, too
387.
1.
On
Text
many.
(Suie^ et Fin)
s'amuse ^ regarder les^enfants jouer sur
pelouses et dans les centre allees.
les
2. On prend garde de marcher sur les plates
bandes des parterres.
3. On respire voluptueusement le parfum des
fleurs.
4.
On
se divertit ^ ecouter les^oiseaux chanter
sur les branches des^arbres.
5.
Mais
le
soleil
se couche:
il
est sept^heures
cinq.
6.
On
reprend
se hate, car
le
on craint de
388.
1.
2.
3.
chemin de
s etre
la
maison
et
Ton
trop^attarde.
Transposition
Conjugate every sentence (except 5) in the present.
Use the third person singular of the future.
Use the first person plural of the imperfect whenever
possible.
4.
5.
Use
Use
the second person singular of the conditional.
the third person plural of the preterit
(use the
imperfect in the last clause of the fifth sentence).
6.
fect
Use
the first person plural (masculine) of the pluper-
(use the imperfect in the last clause of the fifth sen-
tence).
.
BEGINNER
192
Questions
389.
(Use
1.
(a)
les
promeneurs instead of on as subject.)
Qui s'amuse a regarder
(b) Oil ceux
2.
ci
jouent
les
(b)
Comment
(a)
Qui
le
enfants? (les)
ils?
Qui prend garde de marcher sur
parterres? (y)
3. (a) Qui respire
4.
FRENCH
S
parfum des
les plates
bandes des
fleurs? (le)
respirent ils?
le
est ce qui se divertit a ecouter les
oiseaux?
(les)
(b)
5.
Ou
ceux
chantent ils?
ci
(a) Qu'est ce qui se couche?
(b) Quelle heure est
6.
(c)
7.
8.
9.
Que
la
A
11.
(a)
maison?
(le)
craignent ils?
Que s'amuse-t-on a regarder? A.:
Que prend on garde de faire?
Que respire-t-on voluptueusement ?
10.
M., on s'amuse.
.
quoi se divertit on?
Qu'est ce que
(b) Est
12.
il?
Qui reprend le chemin de
(b) Qui est ce qui se hate?
(a)
il
le soleil fait?
sept heures cinq?
(o) Quel chemin reprend
on?
(b) Est ce que Ton se hate?
(c)
Pourquoi?
Grammar
390.
1.
We
fear,
Drill
they did not fear,* had he feared?
fear, fear nothing, I shall fear,
we
should
was she fearing? you have
feared, he feared.*
2.
I
take care not to
1
fall
;
Use the
one would take care not to
preterit
BEGINNERS FRENCH
I93
look at; have they taken care not to do that? he took^ care
not to walk
;
shall
care not to talk
we
take care not to cross
take care not to
;
?
you were taking
fall.
Translation
391.
I
Where would your friends go if the weather was fine ?
They would direct their steps towards the park. 3. They
would not tarry to admire its entrance. 4. It is not worth
looking at. 5. Would you go with them if the weather was
.
2.
ideal?
6.
I
do not say no.
cross the streets.
your time?
We
11.
12.
We
13.
Would your
sure of
18.
should take care not to
10.
fear?
How
We
9.
should go and come in the side paths.
it.
15.
We
17.
friends enjoy looking at
When my
would
should
sit
them?
14.
friends were^ tired, they
down.^
16.
What would you
listen to the birds
I
am
would
listen
singing in the trees.
fear nothing, they fear nobody.
19. My friends
would* also breathe with delight the sweet perfumes
They
I
of the flowers of the borders.
should take
20. Children
care not to pick any nor to walk in the flower beds.
is
should
would you spend
should look at the children playing on the lawns.
take chairs and
and
We
7.
What would you
meet an automobile.
fear to
to?^
8.
forbidden.
22.
When
once to our homes,
rhey would not
tarry.
the sun set,^
23.
we
2
Preterit.
*
Supply we,
That
Would your friends hasten? 24.
Would they fear being punished ?
25.
26. I shall not tell you.^
1
21.
should go back at
Conditional.
5
Say
»
:
it
Omit.
to you.
: : :
:: : :
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
194
,
FORTIETH LESSON
Rules
Review note
En
392.
d,
bottom of
p. 138; §§ 296, 355, 356, 384.
In {while, on, by) coming in.
entrant.
Apres avoir dine. After dining.
French prepositions require the infinitive except en
which always requires the present participle as in English
and apres which always requires the past infinitive.
ponvoir (can,
baire
393. Infin. : tenir^
,
(to hold)
(to drink)
may,
be able)
to
tenant
bnvant
pouvant
Past part.
tenu
bn
pu
Pies. ind.
je tiens
je bois
je
Pres. part.
peux
or je puis
tu tiens
tu bois
elle
elle
'
)
tu
Ibcnt
nous buvons
vous buvez
ils
)
ils
)
„
\
)
„
}
)
elles
.
tiennent
•L
)
nous tenons
vous tenez
elles
,
.
peux
i-'
nous pouvons
vous pouvez
^ ils
boivent
}
}
,,
elles )
peuvent
^
je tenais
je buvais
je
pouvais
Preterit
je tins
je bns
je
pus
Past indef
j'ai
Tmperf
ind.
.
.
Future
Condit.
:
Imperat.
tenu
bu
j'ai
je boirai
je pourrai
je tiendrais
je boirais
je pourrais
tiens
bois
tenons
buvons
buvez
que je boive^
que
je tienne^
Imperf. subj.: que je tinsse
;
que
je
busse
que je puisse^
que je pusse
1 Tgm'r is throughout conjugated like ventr, which see
(366)
and other compounds of tenir are conjugated like tenir.
2 The I St and 2d persons plural are formed regularly.
'
It is irregular
pu
je tiendrai
tenez
Pres. subj.
j'ai
throughout.
;
s'entretettii
;
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
.
I95
394. Vocabulary
Tevenement (m.), the event.
le membre, the member.
le
diner, to dine.
se regaler de, to regale one's self
with, to have a feast of.
diner, the dinner.
s'entretenir de, to converse about.
la bibliotheque, the library.
hunger.
la faim, the
boire, to drink.
pouvoir, can, may, be able.
la soif, the thirst.
accoutume,
-e,
avoir faim, to be hungry.
usual.
avoir
soif, to
395.
1.
A
I'heure
du
be thirsty.
Text
diner, rendez-vous a la salle a
manger.
2. Asseyez-vous a votre place accoutumee.
buvez,
vous^avez faim, mangez
Si
3.
;
vous^avez
si
soif.
En
mangeant, entretenez-vous des^evene4.
ments du jour avec les membres de votre famille.
5. Au dessert, regalez-vous de gateaux et de
fruits.
6.
Apres^avoir
dine,
levez-vous
de
table
et
dirigez-vous vers la bibliotheque.
396.
1.
2.
Use
Use
Transposition
the negative form of the imperative.
the second person singular of the imperative (af-
firmative).
the first person plural of the imperative (negative)
3.
Use
4.
Replace the imperative
(a) by the imperfect in the second person plural;
(b) by the preterit in the first person plural
(c) by the past indefinite in the third person singular
feminine
;
.
beginner's FRENCH
196
(d) by the pluperfect in the
culine)
first
person plural (mas-
.
397.
Questions
A I'heure du diner, ou
Rendez-vous
A.:
a la.
1.
est ce
que
me
je dois
rendre?
.
Ou
2.
3.
4.
m'assierai je?
faim, que dois je faire?
(a)
Si
(b)
Si j'ai soif, qu'est ce que je dois faire?
(a)
En
j'ai
mangeant, avec qui
est ce
que
je
-
peux
ra'en-
tretenir ?
(b)
De
5.
Au
dessert,
6.
(a) Apres avoir dine, qu'est ce que je ferai?
'
(b)
quoi puis je m'entretenir avec eux?
Ou
de quoi
me
regalerai je?
pourrai je aller?
(In the answers to the follov^ing questions, use the
first
jv.rson plural of the present indicative.)
7.
A I'heure du diner, qui se rend a la salle a manger? (y)
8.
Qui
s'assied a sa place
(a)
En
9*
10.
accoutumee? (y)
faim?
Qui
mange
s'il
a
(^)
(&) Qui est ce qui boit s'il a soif?
mangeant, qui s'entretient avec
les
membres
de sa famille?
(b) Qui est ce qui s'entretient des evenements du
jour avec eux? (en)
11.
Au
gateaux
dessert, qui se regale de
de fruits? (en)
et
12. (a) Apres avoir dine, qui est ce qui se leve?
(b) Qui se dirige vers
bibhotheque?
la
«
Grammar
398.
I.
friend
I
converse with
?
you
will
my
friends
;
Drill
did she converse^ with her
converse with his friends
versed with your friends
1
;
let
;
we have
con-
us converse with our friends
Use the
preterit.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
I97
would they converse with their friends? we conversed^ with
them; you were conversing with your friend.
You* drink milk; he
2.
not drink tea; were
will
we drank^
drinking wine? he has drunk good wine;
water; they are drinking water, should
let
when we
us drink
we
we
fresh
drink chocolate?
are thirsty, are you drinking beer?
they drank^ no coffee.
We
may, he could,^ will she be able? you have been
you be able? she was^ able, can they?
you would be able, we were^ able, you were^ not able.
3.
able, I cannot, will
399.
Translation
After taking a long walk
I.
to your house.
2.
Your
in the park,
of the stores, but you said^ to them
not tarry,
us hasten,
let
we
table of the
:
"
We cannot
are already late."
ing the house, you said^ to them
on the
you returned^
friends wished^ to^ stop in front
:
" Let us lay
anteroom and
let
3.
stop, let us
After enter-
down our
hats
us rest in the parlor
4. Your sister came^ and
Did you not hear* the bell ringing ? It is
half past six, it is dinner time, come to- the dining room."
5. Your friends went^ there with you and the other members
while waiting for dinner time."
said^ to
you
:
of the family,
"
who
were^ already seated in their usual seats,
up and greeted^ them. 6. Your father said^ to everybody " Ladies and gentlemen, here are chairs, here are your
seats, let us sit down."
7. Everybody seemed^ to^ be hungry
and thirsty. 8. You heard^ your little brother saying to his
neighbor " Are you not hungry ? Are you not thirsty ?
You do not eat, you do not drink; you can have a feast;
do not tell anybody,^ but the maid has prepared a delicious
got^
:
:
1
*
Use the preterit.
Use the past indefinite.
^
Use the
^
See note
*
Say
:
it
imperfect.
^
Omit.
and say betook themselves.
to anybody.
i
:
:
:
: :
:: :: : :
BEGINNER
198
S
FRENCH
worth the while." 9. You
and you conversed^
about what you had done and seen during your walk.
10. That is a more interesting subject than the events of
dessert; I have seen
it;
that
is
talked^ with your guests while eating
the day.
11.
After the dessert, everybody will get up and
towards the library. 12. You will say to
your friends *' Choose the most comfortable armchairs, sit
down and rest yourselves. I am sure that you feel tired."
13. They will answer you " We can stay only half an hour,
direct his steps
:
:
we must
return home.'*
FORTY-FIRST LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 286, 307, 393.
400.
Infin.
ouvrir (to open)
lire (to
Pres. part.
ouvrant
lisant
Past part.
ouvert
Pres. ind.
In
ouvre
j
je
tu ouvres
il
or
elle
ouvre
Imperf
.
ind.
Preterit
Past indef
ouvrent
ils
lit
lisons
lisez
or
elles lisent
je lus
'ouvris
j'ai
or elle
je lisais
j'ouvrais
j
.
or
il
nous
vous
vous ouvrez
elles
lis
tulis
nous ouvrons
ils
read)
ouvert
j'ai lu
Future
j
'ouvrirai
je lirai
Conditional
j
'ouvrirais
je lirais
Imperat.
ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez
lis,
Pres. subj.:
que j 'ouvre
que j'ouvrisse
que je lise
que je lusse
Imperf. subj.:
^
Use the
preterit.
lisons, lisez
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
I99
401. Vocabulary
un.. .quelconque,
le
journal, the newspaper.
le
le
roman, the novel.
morceau, the piece.
executer, to play.
le
piano, the piano.
se mettre a
la soiree,
the evening reception.
(noun),
to sit
down
at.
parfois, sometimes.
favori, -te, favorite.
Text
402.
1.
any; some...
or other.
Asseyez-vous dans^un bon fauteuil et repo
sez-vousc.y.
2.
Lisez
3.
Cela
4.
journal
le
du
soir.
ouvrez un roman quelconque.
Mettez-vous parfois au piano et executez
fait,
quelques^uns de vos morceaux favoris.
5. Tantot allez au theatre ou au bal.
Tantot rendez-vous a une soiree
tissez-vouscy autant que vous pouvez.
6.
et
diver-
403. Transposition
2.
Use
Use
3.
Replace the imperative
1.
the first person plural of the imperative.
the second person singular of the imperative.
(a) by the conditional in the first person singular;
(b) by the preterit
(c)
m
by the pluperfect
(mascuHne)
the third person singular;
in
the second person plural
404. Questions
1.
(a) Oti m'assierai je?
(b)
2.
M'y
reposerai je?
Qu'est ce que je
lirai?
A.: Asseyez-vous dans...
200
BEGINNER
3.
Cela
4.
(o)
S
FRENCH
qu'est ce que j'ouvrirai?
fait,
Ou me
mettrai je parfois?
(b) Quels morceaux est ce que
5.
6.
Ou
irai je le soir?
(a)
Est ce que je
me
j
'executerai
?
rendrai a une soiree? (y)
(b) Est ce que je m'y divertirai?
(In the answers to the following questions, use the third
person plural of the future.)
7.
(a)
Qui
s'assiera
dans un bon fauteuil? (y)
(b) Qui est ce qui s'y reposera?
8.
Qui
lira le
9.
Cela
fait,
journal du soir? (le)
qui est ce qui ouvrira un
roman quelcon-
que? (en)
(b)
Qui se mettra parfois au piano? (y)
Qui executera quelques uns de ses morceaux
11.
Qui
ira tantot
12.
Qui
(b) Qui
10.
(a)
favoris? (en)
(a)
au theatre ou au bal?
une soiree? (y)
divertira autant qu'il pourra?
se rendra tantot a
s'y
405.
1.
I
am
Grammar
was she reading? we
you had not read,
she read ? do not read, he will
reading, they have read,
should not read, do you read?
let
Drill
us read, did he read ?^ will
we
read,^
have read.
2.
We
were opening, have they opened? you
will
not
have opened, they did not open,^ does he open? she
had opened, I am opening, the door is open, they would
open, let us not open, will she have opened? open, I would
open,
I
have opened.
3.
I
could not,^ you may, shall
we
be able? they have
been able, he cannot, they had not been able, will she be able ?
you were^ able, may we ? I should be able, we were^ not able.
1
yse the
preterit.
^
yse the
imperfect.
:
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
20I
406. Translation
After dining, my father got^ up and
members of the family
Let us go to
The maid quickly opened^ the door. 3. We
I.
''
other
2.
:
What
to
said^
the
the Hbrary."
sat^
down
in
Every
evening, my father opens the newspapers and reads them
from beginning to end. 6. That is his dessert. 7. My sister
will probably read a novel.
8. Sometimes she says to me:
" Let us sit down at the piano, let us open it and (let us)
play some piece or other." 9. If I do not feel too tired, I
sit down at the piano with her and we play a few of them.
11. He
10. Can your father 2 read when you play the^ piano ?
does not hear us.
12. That done, how do you spend your
time?
13. After playing all our favorite pieces, we shall
converse about the events of the day. 14. Do your brothers
stay at home in* the evening?
15. No, they seldom stay
there; they stay there when it rains.
16. Sometimes the
elder says to the younger: "Let us go to the ball."
17.
Sometimes the younger will say to the elder " Let us go^
to some theater or other."
18. Do you and your sister* go
out much? 19. Sometimes we must go^ to an evening reception.
21. Some20. Sometimes we go to the theater.
comfortable armchairs.
4.
did you do?^
5.
:
my
we are present at a ball. 22. Then I say to
" Let us enjoy ourselves as much as we can." 23.
times
sister
And we
dance from the beginning to the end.
'
Reading Lesson
407.
LA PETITE HIRONDELLE
C'etait sur la tourelle
Du
La
vieux clocher bruni.
petite hirondelle
fitait
au bord du
^
Use the past
5
Replace hy: betake ourselves.
indefinite.
2
ggg note,
^
nid.
p. 95.
Say: Your
^
* Omit.
Supply of.
and you (aiS- *)•
sister
;
202
BEGINNERS FRENCH
« Courage, dit sa mere,
Ouvre
ton aile au vent,
Ouvre-la tout entiere
Et
elance en avant.))
t
Mais rhirondelle hesite
Et dit « C'est bieii profond
:
Mon
Sa mere
¥.
Quand
Du
trop
aile est
me
je
suis jetee
haut de notre
Le bon Dieu m'a
Petite
petite.))
repond:
lui
comme
toit,
portee,
toi.))
L'hirondelle legere
Ouvre son
aile
au vent,
L'ouvre bien tout entiere,
Et
s'elance en avant.
Elle vole, 6 surprise!
Elle ne craint plus rien;
Tout autour de
Comme
elle
vole bien!
Et sa mere avec
De
elle
tout son coeur chantait
Sa chanson
Au
I'eglise,
Dieu qui
d'hirondelle
la portait.
Ra]
: :
:
: : ::
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
203
FORTY-SECOND LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 118, 201, 243, 261, 376, 392.
408. Infin.
atteindre (to attain)
(Cf. craindre,
introduire (to intro-
3^50
duce, put)
Pres. part.
atteignant
Past part.:
atteint
introduit
Pres. ind.
j'atteins
j'introduis
tu atteins
tu introduis
il
or
Imperf
.
Preterit
.
Future
il
or elle introduit
nous introduisons
vous atteignez
vous introduisez
or elles atteignent
atteignais
J
j
Past indef
elle atteint
nous atteignons
ils
ind.
introduisant
ils
j
or elles introduisent
'introduisais
j'introduisis
'atteig^is
j'ai atteint
j'ai
introduit
j
'atteindrai
j'introduirai
Conditional
j
'atteindrais
j
Imperat.
atteins
introduis
atteignons
introduisons
Pres. subj.:
Imperf. subj.
atteignez
introduisez
que j'atteigne
que j'atteignisse
que j'introduise
que j'introduisisse
409.
le
Vocabulary
matin, the morning.
introduire, to put.
I'exemple (m.), the example.
le palier,
le
la
'introduirais
the landing.
bouton, the button, the knob.
chambre a coucher, the bed-
la cle, the key.
[room.
s'avancer a tatons, to grope one's
way.
doucement, gently, noiselessly.
par exemple, for instance.
a tatons, gropingly.
la serrure, the lock.
6 heures du soir, 6 o'clock P.M.
tourner, to turn.
2 heures du matin, 2 o'clock a.m.
tirer, to
take out.
atteindre. to reach.
de quelle maniere? in what man\nerf
vers, about, tozvards.
.
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
204
410. Text
1.
il
Si votre frere
allait
a un
monterait doucement
II
3.
Il^atteindrait
I'escalier.
palier
le
par exemple,
du matin.
rentrerait vers deux^heures
2.
bal,
s'avancerait
et
a
tatons vers la porte de sa chambre a coucher.
4.
dans
5.
la cle
II tirerait
de sa poche
et Tintroduirait
la serrure.
II
tournerait la cle et le bouton et ouvrirait
la porte.
(a
suivr^.)
411. Transposition
1.
Conjugate every sentence
j'allais.
2.
.
.
,
je rentrerais.
(Keep
in the conditional.
the imperfect in the clause beginning with
si.)
Ex.:
i.
Si
.
Replace the conditional and the imperfect
(a) by the present in the second person singular;
{h) by the future in the third person plural
the present after si)
(use
;
(c) by the past indefinite in the first person plural
(masculine)
;
{d) by the imperative in the second person plural.
Ex.
3.
Use
:
I.
Si vous allez.
.,
.
rentrez vers.
.
the interrogative forms.
412. Questions
1.
Qui
a un bal?
rentrerait vers
A.:
Mon
deux heures du matin
frere rentrerait.
2.
Qui monterait doucement
3.
(a)
Qui
.
.
Tescalier? (le)
est ce qui atteindrait le palier? (le)
s'il
allait
BEGINNER
(b)
4.
(a)
(b)
5.
(a)
(b)
S
FRENCH
205
Qui s'avancerait a tatons vers la porte de sa
chambre a coucher?
Qui est ce qui tirerait la cle de sa poche? (Ten)
Qui I'introduirait dans la serrure? (y)
Qui tournerait la cle et le bouton? (les)
Qui est ce qui ouvrirait la porte? (la)
(In the answers to the following questions, use the
second person plural of the conditional.)
6.
Si nous allions a
un
bal,
par exemple, a quelle heure
rentrerions nous?
7.
(a) Apres etre rentres, qu'est ce que nous ferions?
(b)
Comment
8.
(a)
Qu'est ce que nous atteindrions
le
monterions nous?
?
(b) Vers guoi nous avancerions nous?
(c)
9.
(a)
10.
(a)
De quelle maniere nous avancerions nous?
Que tirerions nous de notre poche? (eii)
(b) Oil rintroduirions nous?
Que
tournerions nous?
(b) Qu'est ce que nous ouvririons?
413.
1.
let
Grammar
They attained/ you do not
us attain,
I
2.
have attained, you* used to
We
attain,
had he attained?
?^ I attain, was
should not attain, did he attain
she attaining? you will attain,
shall
Drill
we have
not attained,
we
attain.
were introducing, have we introduced? they are
introducing, they had introduced, do not introduce, you did
not introduce,^ he introduces, will they introduce?
I
intro-
duced,^ she would have introduced, you used to introdiKe.
3. He opened,^ will you open? she has opened, had they
opened? we were opening, he does not open, shall we have
opened? you* would not have opened.
1
Use the
preterit.
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
2o6
414.
Translation
Do
your brothers go sometimes to a ball? 2. They
there.
3. At what time- do they go out every
4. They generally go out at 8 o'clock.
5. At
what time do they come home? 6. They come home about
I.
seldom go
evening?
half past one a. m.
7.
They open
hear them going up the
9. I
stairs.
the doors noiselessly, but
8.
Do
very seldom go out with them.
when they reach the door?
when we reached^ the door,
11.
I
they take you along?
10.
What do
On^ Monday,
they do
for instance,
the elder took^ the key of the
house out of his pocket and gave^ it to the younger, saying^
to him: " Open the door."
12. The latter took^ it and put^
into the lock.
13. Then he turned^ the key and the knob
and opened^ the door. 14. If I am with them, they do not
go up the stairs noiselessly. 15. When we have reached the
landing, we grope our way towards our bedrooms. 16. When
I have found my door, I put the key into the lock.
17. Then
I turn the key and the knob and I open my door.
18. I hear
my brothers opening theirs when I am already in my
it
room.
FORTY-THIRD LESSON
Rules
Review §§ I37, 234, 3o8, 364, 365.
The candle {having been)
415- La bougie allumee.
lighted.
La
ville prise.
The town {having been)
taken.
Past participles conjugated without any auxiliary must
be treated as adjectives.
1
Omit.
2
Use the past
indefinite.
^
Supply whiU
(en).
:
:: :
:
:: :: :
BEGINNERS FRENCH
207
416.
dormir
Infin.
Iteindre {to
pourvoir^
extinguish)
{to sleep)
{to provide)
craindre 385
or atteindre 408.)
(Cf.
(Cf. sortir 357.)
Past part.
dormant
dormi
eteint
pourvu
Pres. ind.
je dors
j'eteins
je pourvois
tu dors
tu eteins
tu pourvois
Pres. part.
\
\
..
V^^
i'ne
pourvoyant
eteignant
elle
etemt
jpou'-^oit
die
nous dormons nous eteignons nous pourvoyons
vous pourvoyez
vous dormez vous eteignez
Imperf. ind.
Preterit
Past indef
.
:
ils
)
dor-
elles
\
ment
ils
)
elles \
elles
\
P^^^voient
^^^^^"^"^
je
dormais
j'eteignais
je pourvoyais
je
dormis
j'eteignis
je
j'ai eteint
j'ai
j'ai
dormi
pourvus
pourvu
Future
je dormirai
j'eteindrai
je pourvoirai
Condit.
je dormirais
j'eteindrais
je pourvoirais
Imperat.
dors
eteins
pourvois
Pres. subj.
dormons
eteignons
dormez
eteignez
que je dorme que j'eteigne
Impf. subj.;
que je dor-
417.
que j'eteignisse quejepourvusse
Vocabulary
le
bee de gaz, the gas burner.
le
le
perfectionnement, the improvement.
rallumette
the bed.
mur, the wall.
(f.), the
la
lampe, the lamp.
wax
match,
la
bougie, the
lavabo, the washstand.
la
lumiere, the light.
the carpet.
la
commode,
le lit,
le
pourvoyons
pourvoyez
que je pourvoie
le tapis,
1
the bureau.
Is conjugated like voir (see 331), except in the
conditional.
candle.
preterit, future
and
208
BEGINNER
FRENCH
S
la sorte, the kind.
eclairer, to light up.
de lit, the bedside
la mousseline, the muslin,
[rug.
moderne, modern.
orner de,
descente
la
adorn with.
to
tapisser de, to paper,
hang with.
dormir sur
oreilles,
eleetrique, electric.
deux
les
to
sleep soundly.
frotter, to rub, scratch, strike.
eteindre, to extinguish.
allumer, to light.
a petites fleurs, with small fig
presser, to press.
ures.
418.
Mes
1.
freres
Text
{Sutfe et Fin)
prendraient
une
allumette,
la
une lampe, une bougie
ou un bee de gaz.
2. Si la maison etait pourvue des perfectionnements modernes, ils presseraient le bouton de la
frotteraient et allumeraient
lumiere eleetrique et eclaireraient
Ils
3.
un
verraient le
fauteuil,
descente de
mousseline
lit,
le
des chaises, une
lit,
les fenetres
ou de dentelle
la
chambre.
lavabo, la
table,
commode,
le
tapis,
la
ornees de rideaux de
et
les
murs
tapisses
d'un papier a petites fleurs.
4.
et
Ils^eteindraient
la
lumiere, se coucheraient
dormiraient sur les deux
419.
1.
first
2.
oreilles.
Transposition
Conjugate every sentence
in the conditional.
(The
clause of the second sentence should not be altered.)
Replace the conditional and the imperfect
(a) by the present in the third person singular;
(&) by the imperfect in the second person plural;
by the future in the first person plural;
(r)
(fl?)
by the imperative
in the first
person plural.
?
BEGINNER
(In c and
with
3.
20g
use the present in the clause beginning
d,
Use
the interrogative forms.
(a)
Vos
ils
une allumette? (en)
la f rotteraient
une lampe? (en)
pourvue des perfectionnements
moderhes, presseraient ils le bouton de la lu-
(c) Allumeraient
(a)
Questions
freres prendraient
(b) Est ce qu'ils
2.
FRENCH
si.)
420.
1.
S
ils
Si la maison etait
miere electrique? (le)
(b) Est ce qu'ils eclaireraient la chambre? (la)
3.
(a) Verraient
commode,
la
ils le lit,
les chaises, etc.?
(les)
(b)
De
quelle espece de rideaux les fenetres sont elles
ornees
4.
?
(c)
De quelle sorte de papier
(a)
Est ce
les
murs
sont
(b) iVpres Tavoir eteinte, se coucheraient
(c)
ils
tapisses
?
qu'ils eteindraient la lumiere?" (la)
Comment
dormiraient
ils?
ils?
(In the answers to the following questions, use the
first
person singular of the conditional.)
5.
6.
(a) Qu'est ce que vous prendriez?
(b)
La
(c)
Qu'est ce que vous allumeriez?
(a)
Si la maison etait pourvue des perfectionnements
(b)
Qu'est ce que vous eclaireriez?
frotteriez
vous?
modernes, que presseriez vous?
7.
(a) Quels meubles verriez vous?
(b) Est ce que vous verriez aussi
de
8.
lit,
les
le tapis, la
descente
rideaux, etc.? (les)
(a) Qu'est ce que vous eteindriez?
(b) Apres avoir eteint
(c)
Comment
la
lumiere, que feriez vous?
dormiriez vous?
BEGINNERS FRENCH
2IO
Grammar
421.
You were
1.
they have slept?
we had
sleep
2.
is
sleeping,
we
slept
?
do not sleep, will
I do not sleep,
slept,
they sleep?
slept,^ will
have you*
slept,
have
I
Drill
I
was not
sleeping, does she
?
She
will
have extinguished,
not extinguishing,
we extinguish? he
we extinguish, they
shall
extinguished,^
I
would not have extinguished, were they extinguishing?
I should not extinguish, let us extinguish, you had not extinguished, have they extinguished?
3.
we
extinguished.^
We provided,^ you will not provide, provide,
provided ? you would have provided, he
not use to provide,
I
is
have you*
providing, she did
have provided, are you providing?
will
he provide ? we used to provide, they provided.^
422. Translation
I.
Why
do you scratch a match?
3. I must light up the
a gas burner.
you not press the button of the
is
6.
provided with
not yet
Do you
see the staircase
out that lamp.
We
at last
door of
9.
We
all
?
7.
am
going to light
staircase.
electric light?
4.
5.
Why
bedroom.
do
Our house
the modern improvements.
Take another match. 8. Put
shall climb the stairs gropingly.
reach the landing.
my
I
2.
11.
Wait.
I
10.
cannot find the
While waiting, you hear your
and the
and
lights
strikes
a
match
He
13.
12.
friend putting the key into the lock, turning the key
knob and opening a door.
wax candle.
15. You can see
a
14.
Enter;
we
shall
sleep
in
this
room.
have chosen the largest in the house.
that I
Muslin curtains adorn the two windows. 17. Mine are
18. A blue paper with small
adorned with lace curtains.
16.
figures covers the four walls.
1
Use the
19.
Those of
preterit.
my bedroom
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
are
211
hung with a green paper with large figures. 20. Here
two beds, the washstand and the bureau that my
are the
mother has given me. 21. This carpet and this bedside rug
22. There are two armI (have) received^ from my aunt.
chairs and half a dozen chairs.
24. I feel
23. Sit down.
very tired. 25. Let us go to bed. 26. In what bed shall I
sleep ? 27. Take this one I shall take that one. 28. Let us
;
sleep.
29. Sleep soundly.
you have gone-
30.
I
shall put out the light
when
to bed.
423.
Reading Lesson
UNE SUPPRESSION SPIRITUELLE
En
1640, Louis treize assiegeait la ville d' Arras que les
Espagnols occupaient.
Ceux
ci .firent
graver sur une des
portes
Quand
((
les
Frangais prendront Arras,
Les souris mangeront
La
ville
prise,
quatrieme mot
et
les rats.))
un soldat frangais effaqa la lettre p du
on laissa subsister I'inscription ainsi mo-
difiee.
REPARTIE ROYALE
Lors de
gouta
le
la visite
vin que
le
de Louis quatorze a Beaune, Sa Majeste
maire de
cette ville lui offrit et le
trouva
excellent.
—
—
Oh Sire, dit le maire, il n'est pas comparable a celui
que nous avons dans nos caves.
Et que vous gardez sans doute pour une meilleure
!
occasion, lui repartit
1
le roi.
Supply them.
2
Use the past
future.
BEGINNER
212
S
FRENCH
FORTY-FOURTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ ii8, 243, 356, 364, 365, 377424.
regardent, or on se regarde.
lis se
They look
lis se
at themselves, or they look at one another,
regardent
They look
Tun
regardent les nns les autres, or reciproquement.
lis se
They look
at
one another.
Beside reflexive verbs there are reciprocal verbs which
1.
are conjugated on the
The
2.
when on
the subject.
is
other, one another are then translated
by nous,
se.
4.
uns
same model.
reciprocal verbs are used only in the plural except
Each
3.
vous,
Tantre, or reciproquement.
at each other.
To
avoid a misunderstanding,
les autres
Pun Tautre (two),
les
(more than two) or reciproquement may be
added.
425.
le tour,
le
Vocabulary
the turn.
retour, the return.
I'oreiller
(m.). the pillow.
se deshabiller, to undress.
se parler. to speak to
one another.
s'enfermer a double tour, to shut
one's self in by locking the door.
le
traversin, the bolster.
le
matelas, the mattress.
s'endormir, to fall asleep.
le
drap, the sheet.
se dire bonsoir,
le
couvre pieds, the counterpane.
le
bonsoir,
good evening, good
night.
la
couverture. the blanket.
baisser, to pull
down.
bid one an-
promptement. quickly.
immediatement. immediately.
comme,
de
double, double.
to
other good night.
as.
retour
from.
de,
on coming back
; ;
beginner's FRENCH
2I3
Text
426.
1. De retour du bal, mes soeurs se sont^enfermees a double tour dans leur chambre.
2.
le
Apres^avoir baisse
elles^ont^ouvert
les stores,
lit.
3.
Alors elles^ont vu
les oreillers, le traversin,
matelas, les draps, la couverture et le couvre
le
pieds.
promptement
4.
Elles se sont
5.
Apres^avoir eteint
deshabillees.
la lumiere, elles
se sont
comme
de cou-
couchees.
6.
Elles ne se
sont pas parle
tume.
7.
Apres
bonsoir, elles se
s etre dit
sontjmme-
diatement endormies.
Transposition
427.
,
I.
Replace the third person (a) by nous, (b) by vons.
2.
Replace the past indefinite
(a) by the pluperfect in the first person plural (masculine)
;
(b) by the past future in the second person plural
(feminine)
;
(c) by the past conditional in the third person plural
(masculine)
(d) by the preterit
;
in the
second person plural
(e) by the future in the first person plural;
(/)
by the imperfect
in the third
person plural;
(g) by the present in the second person plural
(h) by the imperative in the first person plural.
.
beginner's FRENCH
214
428.
•
(a)
I.
De
retour du bal, qu'est ce que vos soeurs ont
A.: Elles se sont.
fait?
(b)
Questions
Comment
.
.
se sont elles enfermees?
(a) Qu'est ce qu'elles ont baisse?
2.
(b) Qu'ont elles ouvert?
(a) Qu'est ce qu'elles ont vu?
3.
(b)
Ont
elles
vu
matelas
le
et le traversin?
(negative)
(les)
4.
Se sont
5.
(a) Est ce qu'elles ont eteint la lumiere? (la)
6.
Se sont
elles
lentement deshabillees ?
(b) Apres Tavoir eteinte, qu'ont
(b)
Quand
se sont elles
8.
De
fermes
.
mon
retour du bal, qui s'est enferme a double tour dans
A.:
Mon
frereet moi, nous nous
sommes
(a)
Qui a
baisse les stores? (les)
Qui a vu
lit?
(le)
les oreillers, les draps, la
couverture, etc.?
(les)
12.
en-
.
(b) Qui a ouvert le
11.
frere
nous as subjects.)
sa chambre?
10.
endormies?
In the answers to the following questions, use
et moi,
9.
elles fait?
comme de coutume?
(a) Est ce qu'elles se sont dit bonsoir?
7.
(
elles parle
Qui
s'est
(a)
Qui a
promptement deshabille?
eteint la
lumiere? (la)
(b) Alors, qui s'est couche?
13.
A
14.
(a)
qui n'avez vous pas parle
A
comme
-de
qui avez vous dit bonsoir?
(&) Qui s'est immediatement endormi?
coutume?
BEGINNERS FRENCH
Grammar
429.
r.
We
fell*
fall
Drill
have fallen asleep?
asleep, will they
am
I
you* were falling asleep,
asleep, they would fall asleep, I had not fallen asleep,
you fall asleep ? let us not fall asleep, he would not' have
falling asleep, has she fallen asleep
will
215
we used
fallen asleep,
We
?
to fall asleep.
one another good night, were you bidding one another good night? had they bidden one another
2.
shall bid
good night? you bid one another good night, they will not
have bidden one another good night, we have bidden one
another good night, they bade* one another good night, bid
one another good night, we should bid one another good
night, let us bid one another good night, vs^ould you not have
bidden one another good night?
430. Translation
2. Yes, my brother and P
I. Did^ you go^ to the ball?
went there and we enjoyed ourselves very^ much.^ 3. At
what time did you go home? 4. It was^ i o'clock a. m. when
we arrived at our house? 5. Did you light a lamp or a gas
burner ? 6. No, we groped our way towards the door of our
bedroom. 7. Nobody heard us coming home. 8. Did you
shut yourselves in by locking the door?
9. No, we did
not shut ourselves
with^
ball,
our
who
in.
10.
door open.
We
12.
fear nothing.
On coming
lighted the candle?
13.
My
We
sleep
from
that
11.
back
brother lighted
it.
15. /* pulled them down.
14. Who pulled down the shades?
18. (It is
opened
He*'
16. Who opened the bed?
17.
also) P (who) took the pillows and the counterpane and
it.
1
Use the
2
Put every past tense
3
Replace by
*
Supply
preterit.
:
there.
in the past indefinite
betake yourselves.
"^
*
throughout this exercise.
See 315.
Use the imperfect.
^
Omit.
;
beginner's FRENCH
2i6
threw them on a
on another
it
chair.
He^ took
19.
20. It
chair.
the blanket
was^ not cold.
and the mattress.
the bolster, the sheets
21.
and placed
We
kept only
While undress-
22.
we spoke to each other. 23. We conversed about what'^
we had done, said and heard at the ball. 24. Who ex-
ing,
P
tinguished the light?
25.
bed
going
26. After
first."*
each other.
2y.
We
extinguished
immediately
431.
it,
fell
went
for he^
we bade good
to bed,
to
night to
asleep.
Reading Lesson
ACROSTICHE
Pour comprendre
cet acrostiche, le lecteur doit se rap-
une piece d'or de 20 francs. Autrefois,
il valait 24 livres.
On I'appela louis parce que la fabrication
en fut commencee sous le regne du roi Louis treize. On
suppose que I'acrostiche suivant fut fait sur Louis quatorze,
peler que
le
lonis est
par quelque solliciteur pauvre.
Louis est un heros sans peur et sans reproche.
On
desire le voir.
Aussitot qu'on I'approche,
d'amour enflamme tous les coeurs
II ne trouve chez nous que des adorateurs;
Son image e§t partout, excepte dans ma poche.
Tin sentiment
FORTY-FIFTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 118, 243, 277, 286, 375He washes
II se lave les mains.
432.
II
lui lave les mains.
He
washes
his
his (own) hands.
(somebody else's)
hands.
Elle
1
me
See 315.
lave les mains.
2
She washes
Use the imperfect.
«
my
See 252.
hands.
i.
*
Supply
(At,
: : :
:: : : : :
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
217
Before nouns expressing parts of the body, the possessive
is generally replaced in French by the definite
and the possession expressed by a corresponding personal pronoun object.
adjective
article
433« J'ai bien dormi; je
well; I got up rather
me
suis leve assez tard.
/ slept
late.
Adverbs are placed
after
the
auxiliary
in
compound
tenses.
Exception. Adverbs especially expressing time and
and all adverbial phrases are placed after the past
place
participles in
434. Infin.
compound
:
tenses.
servir {to serve)
vetir {to dress)
(Cf. sortir,357.)
Pres. part.
servant
vetant
Past part.
servi
vetu
Pres. ind.
je sers
je vets
tu sers
tu vets
il
or
il
or
elle
vet
nous servons
nous vetons
vous servez
vous vetez
ils
Imperf
elle sert
or elles servent
ils
or elles vetent
je servais
je vetais
je servis
je vetis
j'ai servi
j'ai
Future
je servirai
je vetirai
Conditional
je servirais
Imperat.
sers, servons,
Pres. subj.:
que
que
.
ind.
Preterit
Past indef
.
Imperf. subj.
le
je vetirais
•
servez
je servisse
Vocabulary
bonjour, good day, good morn-
I'essuie
champ, the
main
(m.),
the
towel
(especially for the hands),
ing.
le
vets, vetons, vetez
que je vete
que je vetisse
je serve
435.
vetu
field.
la
main, the hand.
beginner's FRENCH
2l8
la dent, the tooth.
la serviette
de
s'aider
the haste.
la hate,
laver, to
(a), to help one another
toilette, the towel.
se servir, to
wash.
make
use.
se vetir, to dress (up).
brosser, to brush.
assez, rather, pretty.
souhaiter, to wish, bid.
profondement, soundly.
sur le champ,
at once.
tout de suite,
s'evciller, to
awake.
se pcigner, to
comb
one's hair.
a
la hate, hastily.
436.
1.
Mes
lendemain
2.
soeurs
Text
ont profondement dormi et
le
elles se sont^eveillees assez tard.
Elles se sent souhaite le bonjour et elles se
sont levees sur le champ.
3.
Elles se sont lave les mains et le visage et
elles se sont brosse les dents.
4.
Elles
se
sont
servies
d'essuie
mains
et
de
serviettes de toilette.
5.
Elles
se
sont
peignees
et
se
sont^aidees
Tune Tautre.
6.
Enfin
elles se sont
7.
Elles
se
salle
sont
vetues a
la hate.
rendues tout de suite
a
la
a manger.
Transposition
437.
1.
Replace the third person (a) by nous, (b) by vous.
2.
Replace the past indefinite
(a) by the past conditional in the first person plural
(feminine)
:
(b) by the pluperfect
(masculine)
;
in
the second
person plural
?
beginner's FRENCH
(c) by
the
2ig
future in the third
past
person plural
(masculine; more than two.
See 424. 4)
(d) by the imperfect in the second person plural (masculine)
(e)
;
by the present
culine)
;
person plural (mas-
in the first
;
(/) by the future in the third person plural (masculine)
;
(g) by the preterit in the
culine)
person plural (mas-
first
;
(h) by the imperative in the second person plural
(masculine).
Questions
438.
1.
(a)
Comment
(b)
Le lendemain,
(a)
Que
vos soeurs ont
elles
dormi?
sont elles eveillees de bonne
se
heure ?
2.
se sont elles souhaite?
Se sont elles levees sur le champ?
(a) Se sont elles lave les mains? (les)
(6) Est ce qu'elles se sont lave le visage?
(c) Se sont elles brosse les dents? (les)
(b)
3.
4.
De
5.
(a)
quoi se sont
Se sont
(b) Se sont
6.
Comment
7.
Ou
elles
(le)
elles servies?
peignees
elles aidees
?
reciproquement
se sont elles vetues?
se sont elles rendues tout de suite?
(In the answers to the following questions, use votre
cousin et vous, vous as subjects.)
1.
(a) Qui a profondement dormi
vous, vous
2.
(b)
Qui
(a)
A
.
.
^..\Votre frere
?
.
tard
le
lendemain?
qui avons nous souhaite
le
bonjour?
(b) Qui
s'est eveille assez
s'est leve
sur
le
champ?
(le)
et
BEGINNERS FRENCH
220
3.
(c)
Qui
Qui
Qui
Qui
s'est servi d'essuie
(a)
(b)
4.
lette?
5.
6.
7.
(les)
visage? (le)
est ce qui s'est brosse les dents? (les)
mains
de serviettes de
et
toi-
(en)
Qui
Qui
Qui
peigne?
s'est
hate?
s'est
vetu a
s'est
rendu tout de
la
suite a la salle a
Grammar
439.
1.
mains ?
s'est lave les
s'est lave le
manger? (y)
Drill
I dress myself, will they dress
themselves? she has
dressed herself, dress yourself, they would have dressed
themselves, she
was dressing
we dress
we should
yourselves, do
yourselves,
you did not dress*
?
have dressed
not dress ourselves, had they not
herself,
ourselves
you
will not
dressed themselves?
2.
I
make use
of pencils,
we used
to
they did not make* use of them, will he
make use
make use
make use
of them,^
them?
of
make use of paper, I should. make
use of it,^'let us not make use of it, you have not made use
of it, had she made use of it ? we shall have made use of it,
you* would have made use of it.
of them; they
440.
When my
Translation
P
awoke* the next day, we
each other good morning.
2. I asked him:*^ "Did you sleep well?"
3. He answered
me that he had slept soundly. 4. I said to him " You may
I.
brother and
spoke to each other and
we bade
:
still
remain
sleepy?
6.
in^
I
bed one or two hours.^
am
going to get up."
*
Use the preterit.
Put every past tense
•
Say: at the.
1
2
g^e 182.
in the past indefinite.
'
5.
7.
Are you no longer
I got up at once.
'
See 315.
^
Supply
Say: one hour or two.
i.
to.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
My brother asked me
"
221
" 9. I answered
had awakened later
than usual.
11. My brother got up with me.
12. I had
already washed my hands and he had already washed his
8.
him:^ "
face
of
It is
when
them
heard at
What
time
quarter past seven."
10.
:
I
the waiter brought us towels.
once.
at
He had
14.
Go^ to the dining room."
have not yet dressed. 18.
I shall
dress quickly.
16.
Do
I shall
20.
13.
We
already dressed
last the bell for^ the breakfast.
"
19.
is it ?
15.
I
made use
when we
said to
not wait for me.
much
hasten as
And
him:
17. I
as I can.*
he went^ at once to the
dining room.
441. Reading Lesson
LA TOM BE ET LA ROSE
La tombe
((
a
dit
la rose:
Des pleurs dont
I'aube t'arrose
Que f ais tu, f leur des amours ?
La rose dit a la tombe:
« Que fais tu de ce qui tombe
»
Dans ton gouffre ouvert toujours?))
La rose dit « Tombeau sombre,
:
De
ces pleurs je fais dans I'ombre
Un
parfum d'ambre
et
de
miel.))
La tombe dit « Fleur plaintive,
De chaque ame qui m'arrive
:
Je fais un ange du
ciel.))
Victor Hugo.
1
Supply
to.
2
Say:
3
of.
6
Betake
Cf. note 3.
thyself.
*
Use the future.
:
BEGINNER
222
S
FRENCH
FORTY-SIXTH LESSON
Rules
Review the formation of tenses (p. 137), the present
and present subjunctives of the preceding irregu-
participles
lar verbs.
442.
The
INFINITIVE
PRESENT PARTICIPLE
parler
parlant
punir
punissant
perdre
perdant
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
que je parle
que je punisse
que je perde
present subjunctive of any verb
present participle by replacing -ant by
is
- e,
formed from the
-es, -e, -ions, -iez,
-ent.
443- Exceptions.
Infin.
Pres. part.
:
Pres. subj.
:
^
avoir (to have)
etre (to be)
ayant
etant
que j'aie, that I may have
que tu aies
que tu
qu'il ait
qu'il soit
qu'elle ait
qu'elle soit
que nous ayons
que vous ayez
que nous soyons
que vous soyez
qu'ils aient
qu'ils soient
qu'elles aient
qu'elles soient
make)
que
je sois
sois
pouvoir (to be able,
Infin.:
faire (to do, to
Pres. part.
faisant
pouvant
Pres. subj.
que je fasse
que tu fasses
que je puisse
que tu puisses
qu'il fasse
qu'il puisse
qu'elle fasse
qu'elle puisse
may, can)
BEGINNERS FRENCH
223
que nous fassions
que vous fassiez
que nous puissions
que vous puissiez
qu'ils fassent
qu'ils puissent
qu'elles fassent
qu'elles puissent
Faire, pouvoir
and etre are the only verbs the present
is irregular throughout.
The first and
subjunctive of which
second persons plural of the other irregular verbs are regular.
444.
II
I.
faut qu'il soit puni.
necessary that he
// is
should be punished.
do
que je fasse ce
se peut
II
Pensez vous
2.
travail.
It
may
be that I shall
work.
this
qu'il
Do you
vienne?
think that he
may
come?
Je ne pense pas
3.
Je veux
qu'il vienne.
/ do not think he will come.
(je doute, je suis heureux, je regrette, je
crains, je suis triste, etc.) qu'ils reussissent.
I
am
happy, I regret, I fear, I
am
/ wish (I doubt,
sad, etc.) that they should
succeed.
4.
Vous
etes le seul (le meilleur)
ami que
j'aie.
You
are
the only (the best) friend I have.
to
5. Je veux vous parler avant que vous partiez.
speak to you before you go away.
The
replaces
The
It is
subjunctive
mood
The
has no future tense.
/ zvish
present
it.
subjunctive
used
in
mood
is
not used in a principal clause.
secondary clauses
in the
following cases
:
SECONDARY
CLAUSE
PRINCIPAL CLAUSE
'
1.
Impersonal verbs implying necessity or
uncertainty.
2.
Negative or interrogative verbs.
3.
Verbs expressing
except hope.
4.
Superlatives.
will,
feeling,
emotion
m
c
n
:: :
:: ::
:
:
BEGINNER
224
5.
FRENCH
S
After one of the following conjunctions
™"^'
afin que,
in order that.
pour que,.\
de peur que,
de crainte que,
bien que,
\
although.
**
in
c
J
avant que, before.
lest.
a moins que, unless.
sans que, without.
jusqu'a ce que,
o
////.
que (used for any of the above conjunctions
and for si), and a few others.
445. Infin.
:
vouloir {to will,
ecrire
wish, want)
{to write)
Pres. part.
ecrivant
voulant
Past part.
ecrit
voulu
Pres. ind.
j'ecris
je
tu ecris
tu veux
il
or
elle ecrit
il
veux
or elle veut
nous ecrivons
nous voulons
vous ecrivez
vous voulez
ils
or elles ecrivent
ils
or elles veulent
Imperf. ind.
j 'ecrivais
je voulais
Preterit
j'ecrivis
je voulus
j'ai ecrit
j'ai
Past indef
Future
.
j
:
voulu
je voudrai
'ecrirai
Condit.
j'ecrirais
je voudrais
Imperat.
ecris, ecrivons, ecrivez
veuille, veuillez
Pres. subj.:
que
que
j'ecrive
que
je veuille^
j'ecrivisse
que
je voulusse
Imperf. subj.:
Sonffrir {to suffer)
is
entirely conjugated
on the same*
model as ouvrir (which see 400).
446. Vocabulary
le
medecin, the physician.
la langue, the tongue.
le
docteur, the doctor.
la
le
pharmacien, the druggist.
le
pouls, the pulse.
garde malade. the nurse.
gauche, left.
1
The
1st
prescription, the prescription.
la
and 2d persons plural are regular.
See 443.
BEGINNER
S
possible, possible.
FRENCH
faire
225
preparer,
to
have
{some-
thing) prepared.
penser, to think.
se porter (bien), to be {in
tater, to feel.
soigner, to attend, to take care of.
good
health).
guerir, to cure.
dangereusement, dangerously.
souffrir, to suffer.
tot,
ecrire, to write.
^^^" ^^^'
pour que,
remettre, to hand, give.
vouloir, to will, want, wish.
send
faire venir, to
for.
soon.
j
in order that.
)
necessary.
il
faut,
il
vaut mieux,
it is
it is
better.
447. Text
1.
Quand vous ne vous
que vous
gardiez
restiez
le
portez pas bien,
il
faut
dans votre chambre et que vous
lit.
mieux que vous fassiez venir un
2. II vaut
medecin afin qu'il vous soigne.
vient, vous lui dites: "Docteur,
3. Quand^il
je souffre beaucoup; je veux que vous me guerissiez le plus tot possible."
4.
Vous
lui
tendez la main gauche pour qu'il
pouls et vous lui montrez votre
vous tate le
langue afin qu'il puisse I'examiner.
5. II ne pense pas que vous soyez dangereusement malade.
6. II ecrit une prescription et la remet a la
garde malade pour qu'elle la fasse preparer chez
le pharmacien.
448.
I.
Transposition
Replace everywhere the second person by the
second and third persons singular.
discourse.
Ex.:
i.
Quand
je
No
change
ne me...,
il
first,
in the direct
faut que je.
.
.
beginner's FRENCH
226
Replace the second person by the
2.
first
and third per-
sons plural, the third singular by the third plural and mededocteur and garde malade by medecins, doctenrs and
cin,
garde malades.
In the direct discourse, use the
first
person
plural.
No
3. Replace the present indicative by the future.
change in the direct discourse and in the subordinate clauses
except in the one beginning with quand.
Questions
449.
(a)
1.
Quand
je ne
me
porte pas bien, ou faut
A.: M., quand vous ne.
reste?
.
il
.,
il
que
je
faut que
vous ...
(5) Que faut
2. (a) Qui vaut
que
il
je
garde?
mieux que je fasse venir?
(b) Pourquoi vaut il mieux que j'en fasse venir un?
(a)
3.
Quand
il
il
que faut
vient,
il
(b) Qu'est ce que je veux que
que je lui dise?
medecin fasse?
le
4.
(a) Qu'est ce qu'il faut que je
5.
que je la lui tende?
(c) Que demande-t-il que je lui montre?
(d) Pourquoi demande-t-il que je la lui montre?
Le medecin pense-t-il que je sois dangereusement
(b) Pourquoi veut
lui
tende?
il
malade ?
(a) Enfin, que faut
6.
A
il
que
le
docteur fasse?
mieux qu'il la remette?
(c) Qu'est ce que je veux que la garde malade fasse?
(b)
qui vaut
450.
I.
we
il
Grammar
Drill
She has not wished, are you wishing? I was wishing,
you had wished, we wished,^ would you
shall not wish,
wish
?
she will not have wished, he
wished,
I
am
is
wishing,
sorry that he wishes to^ depart.
1
Preterit
*
Omit.
I
should have
.
BEGINNER
2.
Were we
P'RENCH
S
22^]
writing? write, will he write? you wrote,^
we should write, I have not written, she is
had written, we should have written, you*
they do not write,
writing, you*
must^ write.
She has not suffered, shall we suffer? they did not
am suffering, you would not have suffered, you*
would suffer, we have suffered, let us not suffer, I had
suffered, were you suffering? I do not wish you to^ suffer.
3.
suffer,^ I
451. Translation
I.
My
remain
in
What
4.
deal.
father
6.
is
dangerously
room.
his
3.
He
We
2.
ill.
wish him
must^ keep his
(the)
to*
bed.
5. He suffers a great
must® send for your physician as soon as pos-
the matter with him?^
is
You
you [should] also send for a nurse
[may] take care of him. 8. When the
physician comes,^ you will say to him " Doctor, we wish
you to^ attend our father." 9. When he enters^ the^ bedroom, he will say " Good day, sir how are^ you ? What
is the matter with you?^^
Where do you suffer? Hold out
your left hand to me, in order that I [may] feel your pulse.
10. You must® also show me your tongue in order that I
[may] examine it." 11. Afterwards, he will sit down at the
desk.* 12. He must® write a long prescription.
13. After
handing it to the nurse, he will get up and go out. 14. You
must® wait for him in the anteroom. 15. You will ask him :"
''Can you cure him? what must® we do?"
16. He will
answer you '' It^^ jg nothing he must® remain in^^ bed. It
sible.
7.
It is better that
in order that she
:
:
;
:
is
;
possible that I
[may] cure him within a few days.
17.
You
must® have the prescription prepared as soon as possible."
18. You will send the nurse to your druggist.
1
Preterit.
* Cf.
^
W
2
Say
note 3 above.
Use the future.
Cf. note 6 above.
:
il faut
^
»
11
que
tii
.
.
.
cf „ote ^ above.
Supply ////r;,
Supply to.
1* Say
at the.
:
^
Say
«
^
12
that you should
Say: what has he.
Use: se porter.
Replace by that.
:
.
5*
.
::
:
:: : :
228
BEGINNERS FRENCH
FORTY-SEVENTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 305, 444, 445-
Do yon
452. Craignez vous que je tombe?
fear I shall
fallf
Je crains que vous ne tombiez. / fear you will fait.
Je ne crains pas que vous tombiez. / do not fear you will
fall.
-
Formerly, after verbs meaning fear (craindre, avoir peur,
take care (prendre garde) and prevent (em-
trembler),
pecher),
when used
affirmatively,
tions de penr que, de crainte que, a
and after the conjuncmoins que (see 444* 5)>
was required before the verb of the secondary
According to the new decree,
the particle ne
clause, although affirmative.
ne^may be
out in this case.
left
453.
Infm.
mourir
mourant
mort
je meurs
tu meurs
Pres. part.
Past part.
Pres. ind.
vivre
rire
{to die)
{to laugh)
ri
vecu
je ris
je vis
tu ris
tu vis
il
ille
["•'^'^
.
Preterit
Past indef
.
.
nt
lis
riez
)
.
"^"^
f"^^^^^^*
mourais
je
mourus
je suis
vous
mort(e)
vit
\
lis
je
r
11
elle
)
nous rions
dies
Imperf
)
i
11
elle
nous mourons
vous mourez
)
{to live)
vivant
riant
nous vivons
vous vivez
ils
)
..
).
.
,
vivent
elles }
elles
je riais
je vivais
je ris
je
j'ai ri
j'ai
J
vecus
v^cu
::
:
.
BEGINNER
mourrai
S
FRENCH
229
Future
je
Condit.
je mourrais
Imperat.
meurs
ris
mourons
rions
mourez
riez
que je menre^
que je rie
queje mourusse que je nsse
Pres. subj.
Impf
.
subj
je rirai
je vivrai
je rirais
je vivrais
vis
vivons
vivez
que je'vive
que
je vecusse
454. Vocabulary
le
surlendemain, two days
later.
I'intervalle (m.), the interval.
le
medicament, the medicine.
devenir, to become.
revenir, to
la visite, the visit.
rire de, to
la crainte, the fear.
en vouloir
the
la pilule,
la cuilleree,
la
against,
pill.
the spoonful.
convalescence,
the
convales-
desagreable, disagreeable.
at.
to
a,
bear a grudge
very
be
much
dis-
to
be-
convalescent.
toutes les
deux heures, every two
hours.
to order, to prescribe.
remercier de, to thank for.
s'en aller, to go away.
parti r, to depart, to
laugh
entrer en convalescence,
come
avaler, to swallow, to take.
mourir,
back.
pleased with.
cence.
ordonner,
come
revivre, to revive.
avant que, before.
a moins que, unless.
go away.
quoique,
although.
bien que,
de plus en plus, more and more.
to die.
455. Text
1.
faut
2.
Avant que
que
Je
le
docteur parte (s'en
remercie de sa
je le
lui dis qu'il faut qu'il
aille),
il
visite.
revienne
le surlen-
je ne meure dans Tintervalle.
craintes et je lui e'n veux,
mes
de
3.
quoique (bien que) ce soit le meilleur^ami que j'aie.
demain, a moins que
rit
II
1
The
1st
and 2d persons plural are regular
(see 443).
)
BEGINNER
230
FRENCH'
S
Il^ordonne que j'avale une pilule toutes les
deux^heures et que je boive une cuilleree d'un
4.
medicament desagreable avant chaque repas.
5. Ma famille craint que je ne devienne de plus
en plus-dangereusement malade.
6. Mais, apres quelques jours,
-j
entre en con-
valescence, je revis, je suis gueri(e).
Transposition
456.
1.
Replace everywhere the
first
person singular
(a) by the second and third persons singular;
(b) by the
first,
second and third persons pkiral and
docteur by docteurs.
2.
Replace the present indicative by the future.
3.
Use
the interrogative forms.
457. Questions
1.
le
Avant que
docteur s'en
le
aille,
de quoi faut
il
que vous
remerciiez?
2.
(a)
Que
(b)
Le medecin
tervalle
3.
(a)
De
quoi
(b) Faut
(c)
4.
5.
6.
vous
lui dites
il
?
craint
(
qu'il faut qu'il fasse?
il
que vous mouriez dans V'm-
Negative.
rit il?
que vous
N'est ce pas
le
lui
en vouliez?
(Negative.)
meilleur ami que vous ayez?
ordonne que vous avaliez?
que vous en avaliez une?
(c) Qu'ordonne-t-il que vous buviez?
(a)
Qu'est ce
(b)
Quand
faut
(d)
Quand
faut
qu'il
il
il
que vous en buviez une?
Qu'est ce que votre famille craint?
(a) Apres quelques jours, que faites vous?
(b) Est ce que vous revivez?
(c)
£tes vous gueri(e)
?
1
BEGINNERS FRENCH
458.
1.
We
Grammar
23
Drill
were starving;^ are you very thirsty?^ we are
f they died ;* she will have starved ;^ let u§
tired to death
you* shall not die; is she starving?^ we should be very
you would have been tired to death ;^ he wants us
die;
thirsty;^
die.
to**
2.
We
are not laughing, they have laughed, were you
had not laughed, will you laugh ? I am laughing,
they laughed,* you* would have laughed, they would not
laughing ?
I
we must®
laugh, laugh,
3.
We
live,
we have
shall
have
ing? you
lived,
not
we
not laugh.
he is living, were they livyou would not live, she had
lived,* will they live?
lived,
lived, let
us
459.
I
.
I
Translation
say to the physician
as possible.
2.
I
fear that
:
You must^ come back
my
father will die.
laugh at
my
you.
Before you depart, you must^
is
fear that they will
live, I
live.
4.
much
fears or I shall be very
dangerously
ill.
5.
You must
tell
3.
as soon
Do
not
displeased with
me
whether^ he
not® laugh at me.
6.
You
my father has. 7. I wish you to^^
cure him quickly. 8. When the nurse comes" back, your
father must*^ take two pills every three hours. 9. When must
10. It is not disagreeable.
11. He
he^^ take the medicine?
are the best friend that
must*^ take
it
before his meals.
How many
12.
spoonfuls
You
?^*
must^
do you prescribe (for) him to^^
13.
send
for
me
give him two spoonfuls.^* 14. You must not®
(more
and
more
unless in the interval he becomes worse
drink
^
mourir de faim.
*
Preterit.
*
Say:
Say:
Say:
'
'
^
it
^1
Use
^8
Cf. note
.
.
5
above.
mourir de fatigue.
.
.
.
.
.
the future.
^
soif.
Say: that we should
not necessary that we
will be necessary that you
is not necessary that you ...
it is
it
^ mourir de
.
.
^
"^^
*'^
^*
Say: if.
Say: that you should
Cf. note 7 above.
Supply of it
:
.
.
.
:
:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
2^2
sick).
The physician comes back two days
15.
you send for him.
You say to him:
we have, we* shall
16.
the best friend that
my
pleased with you unless you cure
He
17. "
days."
will not die.
laugh at your fears.
will
20.
He
will
thank
21.
will revive.
me
my
for
19.
He
later before
" Although
be very
you are
much
dis-
father within a few
In five or six days you
18.
He
will
will
be cured.
become convalescent.
22. And you
visits."
460. Reading Lesson
UN
Un
COURTISAN PRIS AU PIECE
XIV
au marechal de Grammont:
je vous prie, ce petit
madrigal et voyez si vous en avez jamais vu un si imperParce qu'on sait que depuis peu j'aime les vers,
tinent.
«
matin, Lx)uis
Monsieur
le
on m'en apporte de toutes
Le marechal,
dit
marechal,
les
lisez,
fagons.w
lu, dit au roi:
Votre Majeste juge divinement bien de toutes choses
est vrai que voila le plus sot et le plus ridicule madrigal
apres I'avoir
«
il
que
j'aie
Le
jamais
roi se
« N'est
lu.))
mit a rire
et lui dit
pas vrai que celui qui
il
I'a fait est
bien fat?
—
n*y a pas moyen de
donner un autre nom.
— Oh bien
bonneque vous m'ayez
moi qui
ment;
— Ah!
trahison que Votre Majeste me
rende!
brusquement.
— Non, monsieur marechal, premiers sentiments
Sire,
lui
il
!
I'ai
sire,
je
I'ai
parle
je suis ravi
c'est
si
fait.
quelle-
le
!
lu
les
le
sont tou jours les plus naturels.))
Le
roi a fort
que voila
la
ri
de cette
folic et tout
le
monde pense
plus cruelle petite chose que Ton puisse faire
a un vieux courtisan.
Mme
de Sevigne.
:
:: : : :.:
BEGINNERS FRENCH
233
FORTY-EIGHTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 443, 444, 452.
461.
Infin.
paraitre
instruire (/o
Pres. part.
Past part.
:
Pres. ind.
:
instruisant
taire (not
(to appear)
instruct, teach)
to
say)
paraissant
taisant
paru
tu
instruit
instruis
je parais
je tais
tu instruis
tu parais
tu tais
1
il
il
instruit
>
\'
die
parait
Itait
elle
elle
nous instruisons nous paraissons nous taisons
vous instruisez vous paraissez
vous taisez
ils
elles
Impf
)
.
.
V incfriiic/anf
instruisent
ils
)
\
elles
)
ils
.
paraissent
|tai
taisent
elles
)
j'instruisais
je paraissais
Preterit
j'instruisis
je
Past indef
j'ai instruit
j'ai
Future
j'instruirai
je paraitrai
je
Condit.
j'instruirais
je paraitrais
je
tais
.
ind.
Imperat.
Pres. subj.
Impf. subj.
je tus
paru
j'ai
tu
me
me
tairai
tairais
instruis
parais
instruisons
paraissons
taisons
instruisez
paraissez
taisez
que j'instruise
que je paraisse
que j'instruisisseque je parusse
Decouvrir (to uncover)
307), and convenir
(see 366),
je taisais
parus
(to
is
conjugated
agree,
to
que
que
je taise
je tusse
like couvrir
he proper)
like
(see
venir
.
beginner's FRENCH
234
462.
le
parapluie, the umbrella.
le
samedi, Saturday.
Vocabulary
convenir, to be proper.
se laire, to be silent.
incertain, -e, threatening.
se decouvrir, to take off one's hat
or cap.
respecti-f, -ve, respective.
rare, rare.
excepte, except.
gronder, to scold.
de peur que,
^''''
de crainte que,
. 1
en classe, to school.
instruire, to instruct, to teach.
paraitre, to appear, to seem.
463.
1.
Les parents veulent que leurs^enfants
en classe chaque
jour,
dimanche, afin que
2.
Text
Lo;-sque
mieux
qu'ils
le
les
excepte
le
aillent
samedi
et
le
maitres lesjnstruisent.
temps paralt
incertain,
il
prennent leurs parapluies de peur
vaut
qu'il
ne pleuve.
est tres rare qu'ils soient
en retard.
3.
II
4.
En^entrant dans leurs classes respectives,
il
convient qu'ils se decouvrent, qu'ils se taisent et
qu'ils s'asseyent
5.
suite
II
a leurs places accoutumees.
faut qu'ils se mettent au travail tout de
de crainte que
le
maitre ne les gronde.
464. Transposition
Replace every third person plural representing enfants
by the other persons singular and plural. Ex.: i. Mes
1.
parents veulent que
que tu
2.
.
j'aille
en classe.
.
Tes parents veulent
Replace everywhere the present of the indicative by
the future.
3.
.
.
Use
the interrogative forms.
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
Questions
465.
1.
(a)
Quels jours de
la
semaine nos parents veulent
que nous allions a Tecole?
vous y
(b) Faut il que nous y allions
.
.
2^$
A.:
ils
veulent que
Ils
.
le
samedi
et
le
di-
manche ?
(c)
Pourquoi nos parents veulent
allions
2.
(a)
Lorsque
le
temps parait
incertain,
mieux que nous prenions?
(b) Pourquoi vaut il mieux que nous
3.
4.
que nous y
ils
?
que vaut
les
il
prenions?
Sommes nous souvent en retard?
(a) En entrant dans nos classes respectives, que
con-
que nous fassions?
(b) Convient il aussi que nous nous taisions?
(c) Oil convient il que nous nous asseyions?
vient
5.
(a)
A
il
quoi faut
il
que nous nous mettions tout de
suite ?
(b) Pourquoi faut
il
que nous nous y mettions tout
de suite?
466.
Grammar
Drill
1
They taught^ their pupils had they taught you ? she
was teaching her daughter teach us would she teach you ?
we have taught them I teach the pupils will you teach me?
;
;
he wishes
me
;
;
;
to teach his sons.
"Will he appear? they
have appeared, she does not
appear, you would not appear, appear, had you appeared?
you appeared,^ I should not have appeared, we were ap2.
pearing, I fear that the weather will appear threatening.
3.
Let us be
silent,^ is
we should
we have been
silent,
she silent?
1 Preterit.
not be
silent,
silent, will
they were
you be
silent?
beginner's FRENCH
2'}^(i
she had not been
been
silent, I
silent,
you were
wish you to be
467.
silent,
you would not have
silent.
Translation
I. On^ what days do you go to school?
2. We must
go there every day except Saturday and Sunday. 3. Who
wishes you to go there? 4. Our parents wish us to go
there.
6. They
5. What do they wish the teachers to do?
wish them to educate us. 7. Do you take your umbrellas
every day?
it
8.
It is
rare that
we
be better for you to take them?
when
take them.
10.
We
9.
When
will
them
Why do
shall take
the weather appears to be threatening.
11.
you hurry? 12. We are late and we hurry lest our parents
and our teachers should scold us. 13. Do you fear that it
will rain ?
14. Yes, the weather seemed to be threatening
this morning.
16. What
15. I fear that you will be late.
does the teacher want you to do when you enter your
respective class rooms?
17. He wants us to take off our
hats.
18. Is it proper that you should be silent on^ entering
the school?
19.
Yes, but
it
is
rare that
When
we
are
silent.
you are seated at your usual places, what does
the teacher say to you? 21. " Gentlemen, be silent, start to
work at once lest I scold you or punish you." 22. And we
are silent and start to work at once.
20.
1
Omit.
2 gn.
::
::
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
237
FORTY-NINTH LESSON
Rules
Review §§ 444, 452; note
e,
bottom of
468.
p. 138.
SECOND CONJUGATION
FIRST CONJUGATION
punir
Infin.
parler
Preterit
je parlai
je punis
tu parlas
tu punis
que je parlasse,
that I might speak
que tu parlasses
que
Impf. subj.
:
je punisse,
might punish
que tu punisses
that I
or
qu'il or elle parlat
qu'il
que nous parlassions
que vous parlassiez
que nous punissions
que vous punissiez
elle
punit
qu'ils or elles parlassent qu'ils or elles punisser
;
THIRD CONJUGATION
Jnfin.
perdre
avoir
Preterit
je perdis
j'eus
tu perdis
tu eus
que
que
Impf. subj.
:
je perdisse,
might lose
j'eusse,
que tu perdisses
might
que tu eusses
qu'il or elle perdit
qu'il or elle eut
que nous perdissions
que vous perdissiez
que nous eussions
que vous eussiez
that I
that I
hofue
qu'ils or elles perdissent qu'ils or elles eussent
;
Infin.
gtre
Preterit
je fus
tu fus
Impf. subj.
:
que
je fusse,
that I
que tu fusses
qu'il
or
que nous fussions
might he
elle fut
que vous fussiez
qu'ils
or
elles
fussent
:: :
BEGINNERS FRENCH
238
The
first
person singular of the imperfect subjunctive
of any verb, regular or irregular,
formed by adding
is
-se
to the second person singular of the preterit.
469. Je suis content
)
Je serai content
/
qu'il travaille.
C qu'il ait travaille.
am
glad
I shall he
glad
)
that he works.
\
that he has worked.
Je doutais
je doutai
j'ai
qu'il partit.
doute
qu'il fut parti.
je douterais
I used to doubt
I doubted
I
I have doubted
that he departed,
that he
had departed.
I should doubt
SEQUENCE OF TENSES
PRINCIPAL CLAUSE
SECONDARY CLAUSE
Present.
Present subjunctive.
Future.
Past subjunctive.
Imperfect.
Imperfect subjunctive.
Preterit.
Compound
Pluperfect subjunctive.
tenses.
Conditional.
470. Infin.
:
acquerir (fa
croire (to believe;
acquire)
see 263).
Pres. part.
acquerant
croyant
Past part.
acquis
cm
Pres. ind.
j'acquiers
je crois
tu acquiers
tu crois
il
or
elle
acquiert
il
or
elle croit
nous acquerons
nous croyons
vous acquerez
vous croyez
ils
or
elles
acquierent
\\s
or elles croient
:: : :: :: ::::::
:
BEGINNER
Iniperf ind.
:
.
S
FRENCH
239
je croyais
j'acquerais
je crus
'acquis
Preterit:
j
Pastindef.
j'ai
Future:
j'acquerrai
je croirai
Condit.
j'acquerrais
je croirais
Imperat.
acquiers
crois
Pres. subj.
Impf. subj.
acquis
j'ai
cru
acquerons
croyons
acquerez
croyez
que j'acquidre^
que j'acquisse
que
que
Infin.
savoir (to
Pres. part.
sachant
Past part.
su
Pres. ind.
je croie
je crusse
know thoroughly)
je sais
tu sais
,
or elle sait
il
nous savons
vous savez
ils
Imperf. ind.
or elles savent
jc savais
:
Preterit
je sus
Pastindef.
j'ai
Future:
je saurai
Condit.
je saurais
su
Imperat.
sache, sachons, sachez
Pres. subj.
que
que
Impf. subj.:
Connaitre
(to
je sache
je susse
know,
to
be acquainted with)
is
con-
jugated like paraitre (see 461).
Connaitre is never used before a clause, and savoir
never used before a name of a person.
1
The
first
and second persons plural are regular.
is
.
BEGINNER
240
FRENCH
S
471. Vocabulary
progres, the progress.
le
essentiel, -le, essential.
-
the seal.
le zele,
satisfait (-e)
the heart.
le coeur,
I'effort (m.), the effort.
jeunes gens (m.
work.
acquerir, to acquire.
the care.
le soin,
les
la
travailler, to
devoir, the written exercise.
le
de, pleased with.
exiger, to require.
croire, to believe.
pi.), the
young
connaitre, to be acquainted with.
people.
savoir, to knozv.
connaissance. the knowledge.
jamais, ever.
la legon,
par coeur, by heart.
de leur mieux, the best they can
or could.
the lesson.
studieu-x,
-se,
studious.
rapide, rapid, quick.
472. Text
1.
Le
maitre voulait que ses^eleves acquissent
beaucoup de connaissances
et fissent
des progres
rapides.
2.
ILexigeait
grand
3.
qu'ils
travaillassent avec le
plus
zele et qu'ils sussent leurs le9ons par coeur.
II
mieux a
de leur
que leurs devoirs fussent
etait essentiel qu'ils repondissent
ses questions et
avec le plus grand soin.
Cependant, les^eleves ne craignaient pas que
leur maitre les punit.
5. Celui ci etait satisfait de leurs^efforts et il
croyait que c'etaient les jeunes gens les plus stuecrits
4.
dieux
qu'il
eut jamais connus.
473. Transposition
I.
Replace every third person plural representing §Uves
i. Le maitre
plural. Ex.
by the other persons singular and
voulait que j 'acquisse
.
.
:
.
..
.
BEGINNER
2.
FRENCH
S
24I
Replace the imperfect indicative (except c'etaient in 5)
(o) by the preterit. Ex. i. Le maitre voulut que.
:
(b) by
the
past
voulu que
(c)
by the
que.
3.
469).
.
Ex.:
indefinite.
.
Le maitre a
i.
.
conditional.
Ex.
i.
:
Le maitre voudrait
.
Replace the imperfect indicative by the present (see
Ex.:
I.
Le maitre veut que
ses eleves acquierent.
4. Replace the imperfect indicative
every third person plural representing eleves by the
person plural.
Ex.:
i.
Le
.
by the future and
•
first
maitre voudra que nous acque-
rions ...
474. Questions
1.
(a)
Qu'est ce que
A.:
siez?
.
.
(a)
(b)
Comment
(a)
(b)
3.
maitre voulait que vous acquis-
voulait que nous.
Que voulait il que vous fissiez?
Comment exigeait il que vous travaillassiez ?
Comment exigeait il que vous sussiez vos legons?
De quelle maniere etait il essentiel que vous
(b)
2.
le
II
repondissiez a ses questions?
ecrits
etait
il
essentiel
que vos devoirs fussent
?
4.
Qu'est ce que vous ne craigniez pas que
5.
(a)
(&)
475.
I.
le
maitre
fit ?
De quoi celui ci etait il satisfait?
Que croyait il que vous fussiez?
Have
Grammar
they acquired?
we
Drill
v^ere not acquiring, he
is
acquiring, will you acquire? you* acquire, will she acquire?
acquire, they will have acquired,
you acquired/ we had not
acquired.
1
Preterit.
BEGINNER
242
FRENCH
S
2. Would you believe? she had not believed, we believe,
we used to believe, one would have believed, we believed,^
does she believe ? we shall believe, let us believe, they did not
believe.^
3. They have known, did you know?^ we knew,^ you
would know, know, you will not have known, do they know ?
we shall not know, you* do not know, you must know.
4. They are acquainted with, she was acquainted with,^
you will not be acquainted with, were we acquainted with?^
they had been acquainted with, are you acquainted with?
we have
not been acquainted with.
476. Translation
I.
What did your teachers wish^ you to* do? 2. They
me to^ work the best I could. 3. They wished me
wished
to**
be very industrious.
know your
lessons?
4.
How
did they require you to^
They required every pupil to*^ know
was rare that we knew them by heart.
5.
them by heart, but it
Had you to® write your exercises with much care? 7. Yes,
each exercise had to^ be written with the greatest care.
8. What was it essential for the students to* do? 9. It was
6.
essential for us to® reply the best
of the teachers.
day?
II.
10.
What
we
could to the answers
did your teachers
Every teacher used
to scold us
12. "I should wish your progress
wish you to^ work with more zeal.
to^
I
tell you every
and to tell us:
be quick,
of you to^ acquire a great deal of knowledge.
parents wish us to° teach you, but
pleased with your efforts.
^
Preterit
'
Put
Say
Say
Say
*
^
*
14.
You
2
it
I
should
should wish each one
is
13.
rare that
are the
least^**
Your
we
are
studious
imperfect.
in the imperfect every past t«ise of the principal clauses.
:
that you should ...
*
Cf. note 4 above.
:
was
'
Cf. note 6 above.
:
that the students should ...
^
Cf. note 8 above.
it
necessary that you ...
^^
mains.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
243
known." 15. Did you fear
punish
you? 16. No, we used to
would
that your teachers
amiable men that we had
most
believe that they were the
ever known.
young people
that I have ever
477. Reading Lesson
BONS MOTS DE DIOGENE
I
Diogene, voyant un maladroit lancer des javelots,
s'asseoir pres
il
repondit
:
du but
et
comme on lui en demandait
ne me frappe.))
le
alia
motif,
« Je crains qu'il
II
Un
et
jour, le
meme
philosophe visitait
la ville
voyant qu'elle avait des portes tres grandes
fiques bien qu'elle
f ut petite,
il
s'ecria
:
«
de
et
Myndus
magni-
Habitants de
Myn-
dus, fermez vos portes de peur que votfe ville ne s'enfuie.))
l'animal le plus nuisible
On
demandait au philosophe Bias quel
plus nuisible.
le
II
repondit
tyran est I'animal
le
:
<(
etait I'animal le
Si vous parlez des betes feroces,
plus nuisible que je connaisse;
vous parlez des animaux apprivoises,
c'est
le
si
flatteur.))
REPONSE DE SOCRATE
Dans
sa derniere entrevue avec son mari, I'epouse de
Socrate, Xantippe, connue pour son
criait
en pleurant
—
:
«
Mourras
ment?
Prefererais tu,
condamne justement?))
lui
humeur acariatre, s'econdamne injuste-
tu done
repondit
il,
que je mourusse
;
POEMS FOR MEMORIZING
List of
poems
for
memorizing prescribed for elementary classes by
the Regents of the University of the State of
New
York.
prescribed poems have been given as reading lessons
Mendiante," on page 163, and
"La Tombe
et la
:
Two
of the
"
Petite
La
Rose," on page 221.
LE COLIMAgON
Sans ami, comme sans
famille,
Ici
bas vivre en etranger;
Se
retirer
Au
signal
dans sa coquille
du moindre danger;
S'aimer d'une amitie sans bornes,
De
En
soi seul
emplir sa maison
sortir suivant la saison,
Pour
faire a
son prochain
les
cornes;
Signaler ses pas destructeurs
Par les traces les plus impures;
Outrager les plus belles fleurs
Par ses baisers ou ses morsures;
Enfin, chez soi comme en prison
Vieillir,
de jour en jour plus
triste;
C'est I'histoire de I'egoiste,
Et
celle
du colimagon.
Arnault.
244
;
:
beginner's FRENCH
245
LA FEUILLE DESSECHEE
De
ta tige detachee,
Pauvre
Ou
feuille dessechee,
—
Je n'en sais
L'orage a brise le chene
vas tu ?
Qui
De
seul etait
mon
rien,
soutien.
son inconstante haleine
Le zephir ou I'aquilon
Depuis ce jour me promene
De
De
a
la foret
montagne au
la
Je vais ou
Sans
la plaine,
me
le
vent
vallon.
me mene,
plaindre ou m'effrayer;
Je vais ou va toute chose,
Ou va la feuille de rose
Et
la feuille
de laurier.
Arnault.
LE PETIT PIERRE
Je suis
le petit Pierre,
Du
faubourg Saint Marceau,
Messager ordinaire,
Facteur
J'ai plus
Pour
et
porteur d'eau.
d'une ressource
faire
mon chemin
Je n'emplis pas
Mais
je
ma
gagne mon
bourse;
pain.
Je n'ai nl bois, ni terre,
Ni chevaux,
ni laquais
;;
beginner's FRENCH
246
Petit proprietaire,
Mon
fonds est deux crochets.
comme
Je prends
arrive
il
bon grain
Dieu veut que chacun vive,
Et je gag^e mon pain.
L'ivraie et le
Contre un bel edifice
J'ai place
mon
comptoir
La, sans parler au Suisse,
On
peut tou jours
me
voir.
Pour n'oublier personne,
Je
me
Et
la
leve matin
joumee
Quand
je
Comme
Feu
On
bonne
est
gagne mon
le
Blaise,
pain.
disait Blaise,
mon
parrain.
est tou jours a I'aise
Lorsque Ton n'a pas faim.
Dans
les
jours de misere
Je m'adresse au voisin;
II a pitie de Pierre,
Et
je trouve
mon
pain.
Boucher de Perthes.
BEAU SOIR
Lorsqu'au soleil couchant les rivieres sont roses
Et qu'un tiede frisson court sur les champs de ble,
Un conseil d'etre heureux semble sortir des choses
Et monter vers
le
cceur trouble.
:
BEGINNER
Un
S
FRENCH
247
charme d'etre au monde
Cependant qiron est jeune et que le soir est beau,
Car nous nous en allons, comme s'en va cette onde
nous au tombeau.
EUe a la mer,
conseil de gouter le
—
Paul Bourget.
ETOILES FILANTES
Dans
les nuits
d'automne, errant par
Je regarde au ciel avec mon desir,
Car si, dans le temps qu'une etoile
On
forme un souhait,
il
file,
doit s'accomplir.
Enfant, mes souhaits sont toujours
Quand un
la ville,
les
memes:
astre tombe, alors, plein d'emoi,
Je fais de grands voeux afin que tu m'aimes
Et qu'en ton exil tu penses a moi.
A
cette chimere, helas
!
N'ayant que cela pour
je
me
veux
croire,
consoler.
Mais voici Thiver, la nuit devient
Et je ne vois plus d'etoiles filer.
noire,
FRANgOIS COPPEE.
CONSEILS A UN ENFANT
Oh!
bien loin de
la
voie
Ou
marche le pecheur,
Chemine ou Dieu t'envoie!
Enfant! garde ta joie!
Lis! garde ta blancheur!
!:
;
beginner's FRENCH
248
Sois humble! que t'importe
Le
riche et le puissant!
Un
La
souffle les emporte.
force la plus forte,
un
C'est
coeur innocent!
Bien souvent Dieu repousse
Du
pied
les
Mais dans
Ou
hautes tours
le
nid de mousse,
chante une voix douce,
regarde toujours
II
Victor Hugo.
PARTANT POUR LA SYRIE
Partant pour
Le jeune
la Syrie,
beau Dunois
Venait prier Marie
De
benir ses exploits:
Faites,
((
Lui
dit
Que
«
Et
et
il
Reine immortelle,))
en partant,
j'aime la plus belle
sois le plus vaillant.))
trace sur la pierre
II
Le serment de I'honneur
Et va suivre a
la
Le comte, son
seigneur.
Au
noble voeu fidele,
II dit
«
guerre
en combattant
Amour
a
la plus belle,
Honneur au
plus vaillant.))
; ;
;
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
On
lui doit la victoire:
((
Vraiment,)) dit
((
Puisque tu
ferai ton
Je
249
De ma
fille
seigneur,
le
fais
ma
gloirti,
bonheur.
Isabelle
Sois I'epoux a I'instant,
Car elle est la plus belle
Et toi le plus vaillant.))
A
I'autel
de Marie
lis contractent
deux
tous
Cette union cherie
Qui seule rend heureux.
Chacun dans la chapelle
Disait en les voyant:
((
Amour
a la plus belle,
Honneur au
plus vaillant.))
La Reine Hortense.
TROIS FILS D'OR
La
bas sur
la
mer comme
Je voudrais m'enfuir
Mais
j'ai
A
mon
lie
L'un
Le
est
et
I'hirondelle
plus loin encor
beau vouloir, puisque
coeur avec trois
son regard
;
la cruelle
fils d'or.
I'autre son sourire
troisieme enfin est sa levre en
Mais
je I'aime trop, c^est
Avec
trois fils d'or elle a pris
un
f leur
vrai martyre:
mon
ccEur.
!
!
BEGINNERS FRENCH
250
si je pouvais denouer ma chaine
Adieu! pleurs, tourments
je prendrais I'essor.
Mais non non
Mieux vaut mourir a la peine
Que de vous briser, 6 mes trois f ils d'or
Oh,
—
!
!
Leconte de
Lisle.
CHANSON DE BARBERINE
Beau
chevalier qui partez pour la guerre,
Qu'allez vous faire
Si loin d'ici?
Voyez vous pas que
la nuit est
profonde,
Et que le monde
N'est que souci ?
Vous
qui croyez qu'une
De
la
amour
delaissee
pensee
S'enfuit ainsi,
Helas! helas! chercheurs de renommee,
Votre fumee
S'envole aussi.
Beau
chevalier qui partez pour la guerre,
Qu'allez vous faire
Si loin de nous?
J*en
vai's
pleurer,
moi qui
Que mon
fitait si
me
laissais dire
sourire
doux.
Alfred de Musset.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
251
AUXILIARY VERBS
I.
Avoir
PRESENT INFINITIVE
avoir,
to
PAST INFINITIVE
avoir eu, to have had.
have.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE
PAST PARTICIPLE
ayant, having.
eu, -e, had.
PRESENT INDICATIVE
j
'ai,
/ have.
or
elle a.
il
nous avoiis.
vous avez.
{\s
/ have had, I had.
tu as^^^.
tu as.
il
PAST INDEFINITE
j'ai_£t4,
or
or elle a eu.
nous avons eu.
vous avez eu.
ils or elles ont eu,
elles ont.
IMPERFECT
j'avais, / had, I
used
PLUPERFECT
to have.
tu a-^ais.
il
tu
or elle avait
il
.
nous avioflg.
vous aviez.
ils
or elles
j'avais eu, /
or
elle avait eu.
nous avions eu.
vous aviez eu.
avaient.
ils
or elles avaient eu.
PAST ANTERIOR
PRETERIT
j'eus,
/ had.
j'eus
tu eus.
il
eUj,
il
or elle
or elles eurent.
ils
eu.
or elles eurent eu.
FUTURE
or will have.
tu auras.
or elle aura.
nous aurons.
vous aurez.
ils
^t
nous eiimes eUj,
vous eutes eu^
j'aurai, / shall
il
/ had had.
tu eus^fiu,
or elle eut.
nous pjjrrip^
vous eutes.
ils
had had.
avals eu.
or elles auront.
PAST FUTURE
j' aurai
eu, / shall
have had.
tu auras^ eu.
il or elle aura eu.
nous aurons_eu.
vous a urez e u.
ils or elles auront
eu.
beginner's FRENCH
252
PRESENT CONDITIONAL
/
PAST CONDITIONAL
would or should have.
/
would or should have had.
'aurais_ey.
j'aurais.
j
tu aurais.
tu aura is eu^
or
il
elle aurait.
il
ils
or eile aurait _fiu,
nous auriong.fiii.
vous auriez eu.
nous aurions.
vous auriez.
or elles auraient.
ils
or elles auraient eu.
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
that I
may
PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
have, that I have.
that I
que j'aie.
que tu aies,
or qu'elle ait
qu'il
que nous ayons.
que vous ayez.
qli^ls or qu'elles
qu'il
ait
^u.
PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
that I might have had.
que j'eusse eu.
que tu eusses eu.
que j^gusse.
que tu Qijssfcs.
^.
qu'il
or qu'elle eut eu.
que nous eussions eu.
que vous eussiez eu.
que nous eussion§.
que vous eussiei.
qu'ils
or qu'elle
qu'ils or qu'elles aient eu.
aient.
IMPEgPECT SUBJUNCTIVE
or qu'elle
had.
que nous ayons eu.
que vous ayez eu.
that I might have, that I had.
qu'il
may have
que j'aie eu.
que tu aies eu.
qu'ils or qu'elles eussent eu.
or qu'elles eussent.
IMPERATIVE
aie,
have.
ayons,
let
ayez, have.
us
liave,
BEGINNER
2.
FRENCH
S
Etre
PRESENT INFINITIVE
PAST
avoir ete, to have been.
PRESENT PARTICIPLE
PAST PARTICIPLE
etant, being.
ete, been.
PRESENT INDICATIVE
am.
PAST INDEFINITE
j'ai ete,
tu es.
/'
'
;
.'
or^We est
il
or elles sont
have been, I was.
/
tu as ete.
or
elle
a ete.
nous avons ete.
vous avez ete.
nous sgrnmes.
vous etfis.
ils
ils
.
or elles ont ete.
IMPERFECT
j'etais,
/ waSj I used to be.
tu etais.
il
or elle
PLUPERFECT
j
'avals ete, /
etait.
il
wCriJG^
or elles etaient.
or
elle avait ete.
nous avions ete.
vous aviez ete.
ils
or elles avaient ete.
PRETERIT
PAST ANTERIOR
je fus, / was.
j'eus ete, /
tu fus.
tu eus ete.
il
or ellefut.
il
nous fumes.
vous futesT"
ils
had been.
tu avals ete.
nous etions.
vous etiez.
ils
INFlit^ITIVE
etre, to be.
je suis, /
il
253
'^
"^
r-O^t
or elles furent.
or
had been.
elle eut ete.
nous eumes ete.
vous eutes ete.
ils
FUTURE
or
elles
eurent ete.
PAST FUTURE
je serai, / shall or will be.
j'aurai ete, / shall
tu seras.
tu auras ete.
il
or elle sera.
nous serons,
vous serez.
ils
or
elles seront.
have been.
il or elle aura ete.
nous aurons ete.
vous aurez ete.
ils
or elles auront ete.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
254
PRESENT CONDITIONAL
je serais, /
should
PAST CONDITIONAL
j'aurais ete, / should have been.
be.
tu aurais ete.
tu serais.
or
il
elle aurait ete.
nous aurions ete.
vous auriez ete.
nous serions.
vous seriez.
ils
or
il
elle serait.
or elles seraient.
ils
or elles auraient ete.
PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
que
je sois, that I
may
PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
que
be, that
qu'il
ete,
that I
que tu aies
sois.
or qu'elle
ete.
or qu'elle
qu'il
soit.
ait ete.
que nous soyons.
que vous soyez.
que nous ayons ete.
que vous ayez ete.
qu'ils or qu'elles soient.
qu'ils
IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
that I might have been.
que j'eusse ete.
que tu eusses ete.
que je fusse.
que tu fusses,
or qu'elle
fut.
que nous fussions.
que vous fussiez.
or qu'elles aient ete.
PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
that I might be.
qu'il
may have
been.
I be.
que tu
j'aie
qu'il
or qu'elle eut ete.
que nous eussions ete.
que vous eussiez ete.
,
qu'ils or qu'elles fussent.
qu'ils
or qu'elles eussent
IMPERATIVE
sois. be.
soyons,
let
soyez, be.
us be.
ete.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
257
.->
§22 si
I
Mm
IK
1
s/
p
o
a
t«
in
.^1
o
^
iz
O
O-
2
2
<2
§
§\
^ a .J2\2 5
CJCJOOOCJT34
$2
CO
.2
S
ico
'Of'O
5|
^
J-o'
-(u| oj
col'-
'3
1^
4:: |::3
^1
I
vs
^^
§
a pit
;:2l
a
§
g
g
2
2
<2
S gl
5l|
S
S •ill
-3
"«
4)
<U^
?
gs
3
Pm
a "si
3
o S
BEGINNER
258
=
cr
g
E ^
S
^/^/S
S|£'S
'3
5
cj c
5:
o
S
FRENCH
3 S rt rs
o [a cu\c
i st
a'
J5 "3
cu cr E.
2\^
d-\2:
3
cr
1
t
BEGINNER
,
V
>
2?
1
S
FRENCH
1
D
3
0)
1
o"
259
C
CO
CO
>
4)
CO
1
CO
»}
to
3
'3
CO
to
*c3
'2
*c3
*3
•"
'rt
>
^
<U
0)
>
*>
>
2
'c3
'2
«Li
">
*c3
>
>
g-g
*c3
1>
*§
M
C4
h
13
S
I
1.-
*3
3
(U
•X.
.b
u
ci
CO
1
4J
CO
*>
1
>
s
CO
CO
CO
3
'3
CO
to
.S2
.2
2
2
'c3
'rt
cJ
>
•+3
rt
>
^
§
>
.;5
-5
>
>
<u
^
2
3
>
H
CO
§
U
S
CO
.rl
CO
(0
1
CO
*>
"0*
CO
S.-Z
3
CO
1
CO
CO
.2
CO
1
3
3
3>
to
to
13 1
3
to
to
cr
CO
3
1^
to
CO
CO
.S
3
'c3
'rt
>
>
3
CO
>
>
>
>
>
.2
3
>
tn
3
CO
CO
»—
r
.H.-C
CO
CO
0)
CO
0)
CO
M
CO
to
CO
CO
CO
*3 *3
C
+3
CO
•1
.1
03
>
s
>
rt
>
>
.2
>
>
1
<u
cu
,
0)
?
?
0^
<
Pm
z
£:
0)
(U
^S..
^ ^
3"
to
1
to
CO
1^
3
1
to
*->
c
CTJ
«<
Ph
«3 ^
«*3
M
c
>
^
c
c«
g
CO
to
0)
ti
"G
>
p^
(U
<U
CO
13 1
CO
'3
CO
OJ
'c3
.^
,3
CO
V
? 3
3" C
to
3
>
'3
*->
3 c
to
3
'{3
c
C\J
to
s!
i:-
> *
3
3 ^j
cf 3
3 c4
>
3"
s
0)
3"
>
>
3
3
3
>
>
>
>
c;J
>
>
II
>
>
1
1
1
f
1
^
2
%
%
c/
CO
1
to
0)
«»
.-^
1
Si
i
VO
in t^
CO t^
CO
CO
-•^
5
«4-l
n
ca
m «
1
so
-M
i|
s
^^
CO
S
i
^g
^•*4
V.
>
M
(U
1»
5
»—
^
2,
13
2^ '5 '^
^
^^
1
3-
3S
>
1>
S
^
9
'3 "^ •a
<M
>>
> >
'co
m
M
CO
CO
5 1
1
>•
In
s
1
'
ABBREVIATIONS
adj..
adjective.
m..
masculine-
art.y
article.
n..
noun.
cond.y
conditional.
part,.
participle.
conj.,
conjunction.
plur..
plural.
dent.,
possessive.
demonstrative.
poss..
/..
feminine.
pres..
present.
A/.,
future.
prep..
preposition.
imperfect.
pret.
preterit.
impers., impersonal.
pron..
pronoun.
imperf.
indie.
indicative.
prop..
proper.
inUrj.,
interjection.
sing..
singular.
irr..
irregular.
sub;.,
subjunctive.
,
!
VOCABULARY
FRENCH-ENGLISH
I.
ah! interj., oh
ai, pres. indie,
of avoir.
a, pres. indie,
aider, to help.
a, prep., to,
aie, pres. subj. of avoir.
of avoir.
at, in, on, for.
wing.
abricot, m., apricot.
aile,
abricotier, m., apricot tree.
aillent, pres. subj. of aller.
acariatre, pee/ish.
aimable, amiable, kind.
aimer, to love, like, be fond of;
fond of one's self.
s*
, to be
aine, m., elder or eldest son or
accident, m., accident.
—
accompagner, to accompany.
accomplir, to accomplish s' , to
be accomplished.
accord, m., agreement
etre d'
;
;
—
brother.
—
ainsi,
-e, usual.
s*
—
,
to
aise,
et
—
f.,
de suite,
ease,
a j outer, to add.
Alfred; see Musset.
alite, -e, bedridden.
acheter, to buy.
acquerir, irr., to acquire, get.
acquissent, imperf. subj. of ac-
allee,
f.,
lane;
contre
—
,
side
path.
querir.
allemand,
acrostiche, m., acrostic.
acteur, m., actor.
f.,
so;
forth.
air, m., air.
direct one's
steps.
actrice,
thus,
and so
to agree.
accoutume,
acheminer:
f.,
German.
go; s'en
—
,
to
go
away.
actress.
adieu, m., good-by, farewell.
administrateur, m., administrator.
admirer, to admire.
adorateur, m., worshipper.
adresse, f., address.
adresser, to ask s' , to apply.
affecter, to affect, pretend.
afin que, in order that.
agreable, agreeable, pleasant.
;
-e,
aller, irr., to
allumer, to light.
allumette, /., match.
alors, then.
ambassadeur, m., ambassador,
ambassadrice, /., ambassadress.
ambre, m., amber.
ame, f., soul.
amener, to bring.
—
ami, m., friend.
261
BEGINNERS FRENCH
262
amie,
friend.
/.,
assistants, w. pi, persons pres-
amiral, m., admiral.
amitie, f., friendship, affection.
amour, m. or f., love, affection.
amuser, to amuse; s' , to enjoy
one's self.
—
an, m., year.
ange, m., angel.
anglais, -e, English.
animal, m., animal.
annee, f., year.
anniversaire, m., anniversary;
de naissance, birthday.
annoncer, to announce.
antichambre,
f.,
at.
astre,
tn.,
heavenly body.
—
attarder, to delay; s* , to tarry.
atteindre, irr., to reach.
attendre, to wait for.
attention, /., attention.
attrister, to sadden, afflict.
—
anteroom.
aiOVLt{pronounce ou), m., August.
apercevoir, irr., to perceive, notice,
ent.
assister a, to attend, be present
see.
au {contraction of a
aube, f., dawn.
aucun, -e, any, no, none.
auditoire, m., congregation.
aupres de, prep., near,
aussi, also, as.
[soon
aussitot, at once
que,
autant, as much, as many.
;
appeler, to call.
applaudir, to applaud.
apporter, to bring.
automne (do not sound
m.,
approcher de, to approach.
autre, other.
aux (contraction
to stop.
arroser, to water, bathe, wet.
or
in.
f.,
quels), to or at which.
avaler, to swallow,
avancer; s'
a tatons, to grope
—
artist.
avant que,
avec, with.
to seat
;
s*
—
,
to sit
down.
—
avant, prep., before; en
ward,
aspect (pron. aspe), m., aspect,
view.
irr.,
of a les), to or
auzquels (contraction of a les-
as, pres. indie, of avoir.
asseoir,
avenue,
/,,
irr.,
to
have
;
— besoin de,
— six
assieger, to besiege.
assiette,
a,
assiettee,
/".,
plateful.
assis, -e, past part, of asseoir.
for-
avenue.
to be in need of. need
ans, to be six years old
plate.
,
conj., before,
avis, m.. advice.
avoir,
assez, enough, rather.
f..
m),
at the.
one's way,
arriver, to arrive.
artiste,
the
autrefois, formerly.
Arnault, prop, n., a French poet
(1766-1834).
Arras {pronounce the s), f., Arras, a city in northern France.
,
as
automobile, /., automobile.
autour de, prep., around.
aquilon, m., north wind.
arbre, m., tree.
—
as,
fall.
apres, prep., after.
apres midi, ;;/. or f., afternoon.
s'
—
autel, m., altar.
apprivoise, -e, tame.
arreter:
le), to or at
the.
;
there
avril,
;«.,
is
;
il
y
or there are.
April.
ayez, ayons, pres.
siibj.
of avoir.
BEGINNER
B
S
FRENCH
263
bissextil, -e, leap
(year).
Wane, blanche, white.
blancheur, f., whiteness.
ble, m., wheat.
baiser, m., kiss.
baisser, to pull
down.
bal, m., ball.
bleu, -e, blue.
broom.
balai, m.,
—
bande; plate
,
f.,
banc, m., bench.
Barberine, prop,
n.,
blond, -e, blond, light,
boire, irr., to drink.
border.
Barberine.
Bastille, f.. Bastille, a famous
prison, destroyed by the Parisian people on July 14, 1789.
bas, -se, low see ici and la.
bateau, m., boat.battre, irr., to beat; se
,
to
;
—
fight.
beau, bel, belle, beautiful; avoir
—
do something
{infin.), to
in
vain.
deal.
Beaune, prop, n., small city in the
department of Cote d'or, fa-
mous for its wine.
bee de gaz, m., gas burner.
bel, belle; see beau.
benir, to bless.
besoin, m., need
be in need
;
avoir
—
de, to
of, need.
bete,
f., beast, animal.
beurre, m., butter.
Bias {sound the s), prop, n., one
of the seven wise men of
Greece (b. c. 600?).
bibliotheque,
bicyclette,
bien, well
/.,
f.,
—
marche,
good;
cheap;
mot, witticism.
bonbon, m., candy.
bonheur, m., happiness.
[day.
bonjour, m., good morning, good
-ne,
—
bonnement, simply, frankly.
bonsoir, m., good evening.
bonte, f., kindness.
bord, m., bordeir, edge.
borne, f., limit sans
;
bound-
bosquet, m., grove, thicket.
Boucher de Perthes, prop, n., a
French poet (1788-1868).
boue, f., mud.
bougie, /., wax candle.
boulevard, m., boulevard.
Bourget (Paul), prop, n., a modern French novelist.
bourse, f., purse.
bouton, m., button, knob.
branche, f., branch.
brave, brave, good.
briller,
to shine.
briser, to break.
f.,
brush.
brusquement, abruptly, rudely.
beer.
{sound the
s,
brun, -e, brown.
brunir, to turn brown.
very.
billet, m., ticket.
—
less.
brosser, to brush.
bijou, m., jewel.
bis
box.
f.,
bon,
brosse,
library.
bicycle.
bien que, conj., although.
bienvenue, /., welcome.
f.,
wood.
boite,
;
beaucoup, much, many; a great
biere,
bois, m.,
fair.
[encore.
s), adv.,
bravo,
biscuit, m., biscuit, cracker.
bureau, m., desk.
but, m., aim.
buvez, pres. indie, of boire.
buviez, pres. subj. of boire.
.
BEGINNER
264
S
FRENCH
cet; see ce, adj.
—
cetera; et
, and so forth.
cette; see ce, adj.
C = ce.
cacher, to hide.
cadet, m., younger, youngest son
or brother.
cafe,
;;/.,
ceux; see celui.
chacun, -e, pron., each one, every
one.
chaine,
coffee.
chain, fetter.
f.,
cahier, m., note book.
chaise,
calembour, m., pun.
calme, calm.
campagne, f., country.
chambre, f., room;
bed room.
capitale,
champ, m.,
f.,
map.
cause, f., cause.
causer, to chat.
cave,
f.,
adj., this, that
.
ce,
.
.
.
f.,
ce
ces, pi.
. . .
ces
.
.
.
. .
.
dem.
cet
ci,
la, cet
ci,
.
.
this,
la, cette
la, that, those.
. .
.
;
ci,
.
.
,
chapeau, m., hat.
ce, cet, m., cette,
;
le
chanter, to sing.
cellar.
ci,
cette
these ce
... la, ces
;
chanson, f., song.
chansonnette, f., Jittle song,
chant, m., singing, song,
car, conj., because, for.
carte,
field
— a coucher,
sur
— on the
spot, at once.
capital.
f.,
chair.
/.,
dem. pron.,
that, he,
she,
it,
chapelle,
chapel,
/.,
chaque, adj., each, every,
charger, to intrust, ask.
charmant, -e, charming, pleasant,
charme, m., charm,
charme, -e, pleased,
chateau, m., castle.
chaussee, /., causeway, street,
chef d'oBUvre, m., masterpiece.
de f er,
chemin, m., way, road
they.
ceci, pron., this.
ceder, to yield.
cela, pron., that.
;
—
railroad,
celebre, celebrated.
celebrer, to celebrate.
cheminer, to walk, go, advance,
sec celui.
celui, m., celle, /., ceiix, celles, pi
dem. pron., this, that, these,
those, the one, the ones.
chene, m., oak.
cher, chere, dear, expensive,
celle;
celui
ci,
celles
ci, f., ceux ci,
dem. pron., this,
m., celle
ci,
pi.
this one, these, the latter.
celui la, m., celle la,
ceux
f.,
la,
celles la, pi. dem. pron., that,
that one, those, the former.
cent, hundred.
centaine,
f.,
cependant,
ceremonie,
to find.
chercheur, m., seeker.
cheri, -e, beloved, dear,
cherir, to be fond of, like.
cheval, m., horse,
chevalier, in., knight,
cheveu, m., hair.
chez,
at,
about one hundred.
shop)
however;
home
—
que,
f.,
ceremony.
to,
of;
;
soi, at
while.
look for, seek, try
chercher, to
chimere,
—
the house (or
moi, home, at
nous, among us ;
in
—
home.
f.,
idle fancy.
certain, -e, certain.
chocolat, m., chocolate,
ces; see ce, adj.
choisir, to choose, select.
—
,
BEGINNER
choix, m., choice.
chose,
thing; quelque
/.,
—
w.,
something.
cle,
f.,
f.,
fifth.
class,
classroom
key.
;
en
—
[to school.,
consonant,
/.,
contre-allee,
f.,
—
convenir,
bell.
side path,
f.,
convalescence;
become con-
to
,
cocher, m., coachman.
coeur, m., heart.
coquille,
;
faire les
coin, m., corner.
couchant, setting.
colimagon, m., snail.
combattre, irr., to fight.
combien, how much, how many.
comedie, /"., comedy.
comique, comic.
commander, to command, order.
coucher, to put to bed
comme, as, like, how.
commencement, m., beginning.
cousine,
to lead, take, drive.
;
,
to
—
court, pres. indie, of courir.
comparable, comparable.
composer, to compose.
comprendre, irr. (like prendre),
to understand.
comptoir, m., counter, desk.
comte, m., count.
condamner, to condemn.
behavior.
confortable, comfortable.
confusion, f., confusion.
connaissance, f., knowledge ac[tre.
quaintance,
connaisse, pres. subj. of connaiconnaitre, irr., to be acquainted
with, know.
—
color,
/.,
court, -e, short.
f.,
se
s a, to
coup, m., blow; time; rap.
courage, m., courage.
courir, irr., to run.
commencer, to begin.
[drawers.
comment, how.
commode, f., bureau, chest of
irr.,
;
—
go to bed; set; chambre a
bedroom.
couleur,
to
be proper.
shell.
f.,
come, f., horn
laugh at.
coiffer, to fix the hair of.
venir),
(like
irr.,
(impers.)
agree;
clocher, m., steeple.
conduite,
on.
valescent.
climat, m., climate.
conduire,
go
contractor, to contract,
contre, against.
convalescence,
entrer en
clerc, m., divinity student.
f.,
to advise.
content, -e, pleased.
continuer, to continue,
clement, -e, clement, mild.
cloche,
past part, of connaitre.
-e,
conseil, m., advice,
consonne,
cinq, five.
classe,
265
consoler, to console.
of del.
cinquieme,
FRENCH
conseiller,
see ce and celui.
del, m., sky, heaven.
pi.
S
connu,
,
ci;
cieux,
,
courtisan, m., courtier.
cousin, m., cousin.
cousin.
/.,
couteau, m., knife.
coutume,
—
/.,
custom; comme de
as usual.
couverture, /., blanket.
couvre pieds, m., counterpane,
(like ouvrir), to
couvrir, irr.
,
cover.
craindre,
crainte,
irr.,
f.,
to fear,
fear,
crayon, m., pencil,
creme, f., cream,
cri,
111.,
cry.
crier, to cry,
exclaim,
critiquer, to criticise.
crochet, m., rag-picker's hook.
,
;
BEGINNER
266
S
FRENCH
croire, irr., to believe,
descente {f.) de
cruel, -le, cruel,
deshabiller,
cueillir, irr., to gather, pick,
cuilleree,
/.,
to
desirer, to desire.
desobeir a, to disobey.
desquels
de
lesquels.
desseche, -e dried up.
=
d'
— de.
dessert,
f.,
de,
f.,
of,
date.
from,
+
dessert.
tn.,
dessiner, to draw.
lady.
danger, m.. danger.
dangereusement, dangerously.
dans, in, into, to.
danser, to dance.
date,
—
;
to undress one's self.
desir, m., wish.
spoonful.
cure, m., curate, priest
dame,
lit, bedside rug.
undress
se
by,
with
;
than
any, some.
debout, adv., standing, erect,
decembre, m., December.
decor, m., scenery,
decouvrir, irr. {like couvrir), to
—
uncover
se
,
to take off
one's hat or cap
defendre, to forbid.
deja, already.
dejeuner, to breakfast.
delaisser, to forsake.
delicieu-x, -se, delicious, delightdemander, to ask, ask for. [ful.
;
demeurer, to live, reside,
demi, -e, half,
destination,
destination.
f.,
detacher, to detach.
deux, two.
deuxieme, second.
devant, before (place),
[come.
devenir, irr {like venir), to bedevenu, -e, past part, of devenir.
deviens, prcs. indie, of devenir:
deviner, to guess.
have
devoir, must, ought, to
to,
be obliged to owe.
devoir, m., duty
written exerdevorer, to devour.
[cise.
;
;
dictionnaire, m., dictionary.
diete,
/.,
Dieu,
;».,
diet.
God.
difference,
f.,
difference.
difficile, difficult.
diligent, -e, diligent, industrious.
dimanche, m., Sunday.
demoiselle, f., young lady,
denouer, to untie.
diner, to dine; m., dinner.
Diogene, prop, n., Greek Cynic
philosopher (b. c. 4i9?-324?).
dent,
dire, irr., to
f.,
dentelle,
tooth,
/".,
lace,
—
,
say, tell
deposer, to lay down,
directement, directly.
depouiller, to strip,
directeur,
depuis, since, from,
diriger, to direct
demi-er,
ere, last.
;;?.,
manager.
;
se
—
,
to direct
one's steps.
derober, to steal.
discours, m., speech.
derriere, behind.
dit, pres. indie,
des {contraction of de les), of
or from the.
desagreable, disagreeable,
descendre, to come down, go
dit, -e,
down.
se laisser
;
to let one's self believe.
and
of dire.
pret.
past part, of dire.
divertir, to
amuse
;
se
—
,
to en-
joy one's self.
divinement, divinely, admirably.
division,
f.,
division.
;
!
BEGINNER
FRENCH
elancer:
dix, ten.
s'
—
spring,
to
,
indie, of devoir.
dois, doit, pres.
done, therefore ; then see ecouter.
donner, to give.
dont, whose, of whom, of which.
;
to sleep.
elephant, m., elephant,
eleve, m. or f., pupil,
elle,
she,
it,
her.
elles, they,
them,
eloigner:
—
s*
go away,
to
,
embellir, to beautify,
doucement, gently, noiselessly.
double, double; see enfermer.
eminent,
-e,
double.
emmener,
to take along,
doubler, to
douleur,
empereur, m., emperor,
doute, m., doubt.
dou-x, -ce, sweet, soft.
douzaine, f., dozen
half a dozen.
douze, twelve.
dotizieme, twelfth.
drap, m., sheet.
drapeau, m., flag,
drogue, /., drug.
demi
tine
;
—
,
emplir, to
fill
up.
employer, to employ, use.
emporter, to carry away.
en, prep., in, into
;
as
a.
en, pron., of him, of her, of
them
;
for
it,
about
it,
it,
from
of
it
thence.
encor (poetical), encore,
droit, -e, right.
—
right side; de
on
,
f.,
the right.
du {contraction of de le), of or
droite,
from
eminent, great,
emoi, m., emotion, excitement.
grief.
/.,
iXy
electrique, electric,
docteur, m., doctor.
irr.,
2(i'J
away,
dixieme, tenth.
dormir,
S
encre,
f.,
yet.
still,
ink.
encrier, m., inkstand.
endormir,
—
s*
,
irr.
dormir)
(like
:
to fall asleep,
enfant, m. or f., child,
enfermer, to shut; s'
a double
tour, to shut one's self in by
locking the door.
the.
—
Dumoulin, proper name.
Dunois, proper name.
enfin, at last.
£
enflammer, to inflame.
enfuir,
eau,
water.
f.,
eclairer, to light up.
ecole,
f.,
ecouter,
school
to
;
a
1'
—
listen
,
to ,school.
to;
ecoutez
done, do believe.
effacer, to erase, scratch out.
effort, m., effort.
effrayer, to frighten;
frightened.
s'
—
,
to be
church.
ah
s*
—
,
to
!
— bien!
enti-er, -ere, entire.
entonner, to strike up.
entourer, to surround.
entre, prep., between.
entree, f., entrance.
entrer, to enter;
dans, to en-
—
egoiste, selfish.
eh, interj.,
:
afterwards.
entendre, to hear,
enthousiasme, m., enthusiasm,
edifice, m., building.
/.,
(like fuir)
ensuite,
ecrire, irr., to write.
eglise,
irr.
run away.
enigme, f., enigma, riddle,
enlever, to take away,
enorme, enormous,
flee,
well
ter.
;
BEGINNER
;68
entretenir,
{like tenir), to
irr.
entertain
s'
,
to converse.
entrevue, f., meeting.
envoler; s' , to take flight.
envoyer, irr., to send.
epouse, f., wife.
—
;
—
epoiiz,
in.,
equipage,
errer, to
FRENCH
examiner, to examine,
excellent, -e, excellent
excepte, except,
exclamation,
/.,
exclamation,
executer, to play; carry out
execution, f., execution,
exemplaire, exemplary,
exemple, m., example ; par
husband.
equipage.
in.,
S
wander.
escalier, m., staircase.
exercice, m., exercise,
espace, m., space.
Espagnol, m., Spaniard.
espece, f., sort, kind.
exiger, to require,
exploit,
mind, wit
essentiel, -le, essential.
essor, m., flight;
prendre
soar away.
essuie main,
towel.
1*
—
,
to
fabrication,
and.
etalage,
face,
et,
display,
show-win-
dow.
ete,
rn.,
in. pi.,
United States.
summer.
etourdiment, heedlessly.
—
etc.,
to
have gone, come,
narrow.
fait, -e, past part, of faire.
famille,
eu, -e, past part, of avoir.
Eugenie, empress of the French,
wife of Napoleon III.
Europe, f., Europe.
eut, imperf. suhj. of avoir.
eux, they, them.
awaken;
awake, wake up.
eveiller,
to
f.,
—
faites, prcs. indie, of faire.
falloir, irr., to be necessary,
fameu-x,
etc.
etroit, -e,
n),
like
to be hungry.
fais, fait, pres. indie, of faire.
etranger, m., stranger, foreigner.
alle(e), veetre, irr., to be;
nu(e),
m
,
—
star.
f.,
—
irr.,
to do, make, take
venir, to
(weather) to be;
preparer, to have
send for;
(something) prepared.
etes, pres. ind. of etre.
etoile,
porter, postman.
;«.,
faim {pronounce
hunger avoir
faire,
to extinguish.
irr.,
—
;
;
ete, past part, of etre.
eteindre,
making, casting.
f.,
de, opposite.
face en
fagon, /., fashion, kind.
f.,
facteur,
£tats Unis,
f.,
;;/.,
est, prcs. indie, of etre.
m.,
for
experience,
deed.
expression, /., expression,
exquis, -e, exquisite.
experience,
essayer, to try.
in.,
,
exil, m., exile,
esperer, to hope.
esprit, m.,
—
instance.
—
s*
,
to
-se,
/.,
must
famous.
family.
fasse, pres. suhj. of faire.
fat {sound the t), m., fop, cox-
comb.
fatalite,
f.,
fatality.
fatigue, -e, tired.
fatuite, f., foppishness,
faubourg, m.. suburb.
conceit.
faut, pres. indie, of falloir.
armchair.
evenement, m., event.
fauteuil,
eviter, to avoid.
favori, -te, favorite.
>«..
,
BEGINNER
femme,
f.,
by
wife.
—
rail,
faire.
frisson, m., shiver.
fromage, m., cheese.
ferocious.
f rotter, to rub, strike.
ferveur,
f.,
fete,
feast, festival.
f.,
frere, m., brother.
froid, m., cold.
fermer, to shut,
feroce,
269
froid, -e, cold.
fut of
f erai,
FRENCH
frapper, to strike, rap.
/'.,
m^
fer,
woman,
window.
iron; en chemin de
fenetre,
S
fervor,
fruit, m., fruit.
fumee,
smoke.
f.,
feu, -e, late, deceased,
furieu-x, -se, furious.
feuillage, m., foliage,
fussent, fussiez, imperf. subj. of
fut, pret. of etre.
[etre.
fut, imperf. subj. of etre.
feuille,
leaf,
f.,
fevrier, m., February,
fidele, faithful.
fidele, m.,
figue,
fil,
faithful.
•
fig.
f.,
m., thread.
filant, -e, shooting.
(of stars) to shoot,
daughter.
filer,
fille, f., girl,
fils
{pronounce the
fils, pi.
fin,
of
fil,
end;
f.,
s), m., son.
which
see.
stiite
et
—
,
con-
[eluded,
fin, -e, fine.
fini, -e, over,
finir, to finish, end.
firent, pret. of faire.
fissent, imperf. subj. of faire.
flatteur, m., flatterer.
fleur,
/._,
flower
;
en
—
,
bloom-
ing, rosy.
f., folly; joke.
fonds, m., capital,
force, f., strength.
folie,
foret,
f.,
forest.
former, to form, make,
foumeau, w.,
very much,
stove.
frais, fraiche, fresh.
fraise,
f.,
strawberry.
franc, m., frank.
frangais, -e, French,
t
Frangais, m., Frenchman.
France, /,, France.
franchir, to cross.
—
;
—
;
garder, to keep.
gateau, m., cake.
gauche, left.
gauche, /., left side
de
;
—
,
on the
gaz, m., gas.
[left.
geler, to freeze.
general, m., general.
generalement, generally.
gens, m. and f. pi., people;
jeunes
,
m., young people.
gloire, f., glory.
—
gouffre, m., abyss.
-e, gluttonous, vora-
gourmand,
fort, -e, strong,
fort, adv., very,
gagner, to gain, earn.
gai, -e, cheerful, merry.
gaiete, f., mirth.
gargon, m., boy; waiter.
garde, m. and f., guard
malade, m. and f., nurse prendre
de, to take care not to, be
careful not to.
cious.
gout, m., taste.
gouter, to taste.
grain, m., grain.
Grammont, one of the
wittiest
courtiers in the court of Louis
XIV. (1621-1707).
grand,
tall.
-e,
grand,
great,
large,
,
BEGINNER
270
grandir, to grow,
gratitude, f., gratitude,
S
FRENCH
'huitieme, eighth,
humble, humble.
humblement, humbly,
humeur, f., humor, disposition,
temper.
graver, to engrave, carve,
gris, -e, gray,
gronder, to scold,
guerir, to cure,
guerre,
war.
f.,
guichet,
m.,
ticket-office.
ici,
here
— bas, here below,
;
ideal, -e, ideal.
know,
ignorer, to ignore, not to
'
means h formerly
aspirate
;
see p. 16.
he,
il,
ils,
it.
they.
image,
habile, skilful.
habiller, to dress;
s*
—
,
to dress,
dress up.
habitant, m., inhabitant.
image, picture,
/.f
immediatement, immediately,
immense, immense.
immortel,
-le,
immortal.
habiter, to inhabit.
impatiemment, impatiently,
'hair, to hate.
[sical.
imperatrice, f., empress,
impertinert, -e, absurd, nonsenimporter, to be of importance,
importuner, to annoy,
impossible, impossible,
impur, -e, unclean,
incapable, unable,
haleine,
breath.
f.,
'harangue, f., harangue.
'hate, /,, haste a la
, hastily.
'hater: se
, to hasten.
—
—
;
'haut, -e, high,
tall.
*haut, m., top.
helas,
{pronounce the s),
incertain, -e, uncertain,
inconstant, -e, fickle,
alas.
'heros, m., hero.
hesiter, to hesitate.
—
hour; de bonne
[early.
heureu-x, -se, happy.
heure,
f.,
hier, yesterday.
hirondelle,
histoire,
f.,
swallow.
history, story.
f.,
hiver {sound the r), m., winter.
homme, m., man.
honneur, m., honor.
Hortense, wife of Louis Bonaparte, king of Holland (1783hote, m., host.
[1837).
hotel, m., hotel.
hotesse,
Hugo
est
huile,
/.,
hostess.
(Victor), one of the greatFrench poets (1802-1885).
f.,
oil.
'huit, eight.
infliger, to inflict, give,
f., misfortune,
injustement, unjustly.
innocent, -e, innocent,
innocente, f., innocent little
infortune,
inscription,
instant,
f.,
m.,
girl.
inscription, [once,
instant;
a Y
—
,
at
instituteur, m., schoolmaster,
institutrice,
instruire,
schoolmistress,
f.,
irr.,
to instruct, teach,
educate.
instrument, m.. instrument,
intention,
f.,
intention,
interessant, -e, interesting,
intervalle, m., interval,
introduire,
to introduce, put.
irr.,
inutile, useless.
invite, m., -e,
f.,
guest.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
271
inviter, to invite.
lancer, to throw, cast.
Isabelle, ^prop. n., Isabella,
ivraie, /., tares.
langue, f., tongue.
laquais, m., footman.
laquelle; see lequel.
large, wide, broad.
•
laurier, m., laurel.
lavabo, m., washstand.
jamais, ever; {with neg.) never.
Janvier, m., January.
jardin, m., garden.
jaune, yellow.
javelot, m., javelin.
je,
I.
jeu, m., play;
game.
jeudi, m., Thursday.
jeune, young.
f.,
joli,
-e, pretty.
joue,
lequel,
—
de, to play.
jouir de, to enjoy.
joujou, m., toy.
;
de — en —
day;
,
from
laquelle,
which one,
juillet, m., July.
les,
,
till,
that.
pron., them.
lettre,
letter.
f.,
adj., their.
to.
,
la
—
—
,
[theirs.
les
,
—
s,
to get up.
Her, to bind, tie..
lieutenant, m., lieutenant.
f.,
lemonade,
lion, m., lion.
lire, irr.,
justement, justly.
—
lever, to raise; se
levre, /., lip.
limonade,
juin, m.j June.
les-
which,
les, art., the.
leur, pron., le
joyeu-x, -se, joyful, joyous.
juger, to judge.
lesquels,
whom,
who,
leur, poss.
day to day.
journal, m., newspaper.
joumee, f., day.
jusqu'a, until,
Leconte de Lisle, prop. n.,a rnodern French poet.
quelles,
cheek.
jouer, to play
f.,
jour, m.,
art, the.
pron., him, it.
legon, /., lesson.
legume, m., vegetable.
lendemain, m., next day.
lentement, slowly.
'
joy.
joie,
le,
le,
lecteur, m., reader.
leg-er, -ere, light.
throw, utter.
Jeter, to
laver, to wash.
lis
to read,
(sound the
s), m.,
lily.
m., bed.
livre, m., book.
lit,
r
= le
la,
livre,
or
la.
art, the.
long,
la, pron., her,
la,
there
and
;
it.
— bas,
yonder
celui.
lac, m., lake.
f.,
;
see ce
^
pound.
loin, far;
-ue,
—
de, far
from.
long,
lors, at the time of.
lorsque, when.
louer, to rent.
-
laisser, to leave, let.
Louis,
prop,
n.;
Louis XIII.,
king of France (1601-1643)
Louis XIV., king of France
;
lait, m., milk.
lampe,
f.,
lamp.
(1638-1715^.
,
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
2^2
m.,
loiiis,
twenty-franc
louis,
gold piece,
lundi,
(the holy
[March
(pronounce the s),
martyre, m., martyrdom.
Monday.
tn.,
Mary
mars
light.
/.,
n.,
marquis, m., marquis.
lire,
he, to him, to her.
lumiere,
Marie, prop,
virgin).
past part, of
lu, -e,
liii,
;
m.,
matelas, m., mattress.
matin, m., morning; adv., early.
mauvais, -e, bad.
me, me.
medecin, m., physician.
medicament, m., medicine.
M. =. Monsieur.
m*
me.
ma, f. poss. adj., my.
meilleur, -e, better, best
che, cheaper.
=
madame,
f.,
melodrame, m., melodrama.
membre, m., member.
meme, same self.
madam, Mrs.
mademoiselle, f., miss.
madrigal,
madrigal,
m.,
;
love
ditty.
magasin, m., store.
magnifique, magnificent.
mai, w.. May.
main, f., hand.
maire, m., mayor,
mais, but.
maison, f., house,
mistress.
;
f.,
—
,
m. and
nurse.
maladroit, m., unskilful man.
manant, tn., boor,
manger, to
maniere,
f.
eat.
,
manner
;
par
—
de
plaisanterie, in a joking way.
manquer,
manteau,
marche,
cheap
;
to fail
;
—
de, to lack,
m., cloak,
bon
m., market;
meilleur
, cheaper.
—
marcher, to walk,
mardi, m., Tuesday,
marechal, m., marshal
shoer
mari, tn., husband.
menagerie, f., menagerie.
mendiante, f., beggar.
mener, to lead, take.
meprise, f., mistake, blunder.
mer, f., sea.
mercredi, m.,
maitre, m., master, teacher,
maitresse, f., mistress, school
majeste, f., majesty.
mal, adv., badly.
malade, ill. sick garde
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
;
—
— vaut,
it
is better.
ministre, m., minister.
minute.
mirror.
misere, f., misery, poverty.
missent, imperf. suhj. of mettre.
mit, pret. of mettre.
miroir,
horse-
Wednesday.
mere, f., mother.
mes, pi poss. adj., my.
messager, m., messenger.
messe, f., mass,
metal, m., metal.
mettre, irr., to put; se
a (mau piaf in.), to begin to; se
no, to sit down at the piano;
se
au travail, to start to
work.
meuble, m., piece of furniture.
midi, ;«., noon.
miel, m., honey.
mien, poss. pron.; le
ne,
, la
les
nes, mine.
s, les
mieux, adv., better, best de leur
or could
, the best they can
minute,
;
— mar-
;
f.,
tn.,
,
BEGINNERS FRENCH
moderne, modern.
modifier, to modify, alter.
moi, I, me, to me.
moindre, less, least.
moins, less, least, fewer; a
que, unless.
mois, m., month.
moitie, f., half; a
Napoleon, prop, n.; Napoleon
—
,
;
;
—
half.
—
,
to
—
be
alive, living.
monseigneur, m., my lord.
monsieur, m., sir, Mr., gentle-
man.
montagne,
/., mountain.
monter, to mount, go up.
montrer, to show.
morceau, tn., piece.
morsure, f., bite, sting.
death,
mort, f., death; lit de
—
bed.
—
, witticism.
mot, m., word bon
motif, m., motive, cause.
mourant, m., dying man.
;
mourir, irr., to die.
mourras, fut of mourir.
mousse,
1873).
f.,
napkin.
national, -e, national.
nature, f., nature,
naturel, -le, natural.
le
moss.
f., muslin.
moutarde, f., mustard.
moyen, m., means, way.
muet, -te, mute, dumb.
/.,
mousseline,
mur, -e, ripe.
mur, m., wall.
murmurer, to murmur, mutter.
Musset (Alfred de), a French
poet (1810-1857).
music.
f.,
not
ne,
;
—
... pas,
only;
que,
not
— ...
;
neuvieme, ninth.
neveu, m., nephew.
ni, neither, nor.
nid, m., nest.
niece,
f., niece,
noble, noble.
Noel, m., Christmas.
noir, -e, black, dark.
nom, m., name.
nombreu-x, -se, numerous.
non, no.
nos,
pi.
poss. adj., our.
notre, sing.
poss.
adj.,
our.
nous, we, us, to us.
nouvelle, f., news a cette
;
nuit,
f.,
nul,
-le
de
—
,
,
on
night.
any;
(with neg.)
none.
inter}.,
o!
obliger, to oblige, compel,
obscur, -e, dark,
/., occasion,
occasion,
occuper, to occupy.
birth; anniversaire
birthday.
—
hearing this news.
novembre, m., November.
nuisible, harmful, injurious.
6,
f.,
no
neuf, nine.
obeir a, to obey.
= ne.
...
[longer,
f.,
Myndus, a proper name.
naissance,
—
plus,
snow.
neiger, to snow.
neige,
musique,
n*
I.,
emperor of the French (1769Napoleon III., em1821)
peror of the French (1808nappe,
mon, poss. adj., my.
monarque, m., monarch.
monde, m., world
tout
everybody; etre au
273
octobre, m., October,
oeil,
m., eye»
no;
;
BEGINNER
274
OBUvre,
work; chef
/.,
d'
—
,
m.
masterpiece.
off icier, vu, officer.
offrir, irr., to offer.
oh, interj., o
!
ho
!
oiseau, m., bird,
olive,
olive,
f.,
ombre,
shade.
f.,
on, I'on, one, they, people.
oncle, m., uncle.
onde,
f.,
water.
S
FRENCH
parait, pres. indie, of paraitre.
paraitre, irr., to appear.
parapluie,
umbrella.
iii.,
pare, m., park.
parce que, because.
pardessus, di., overcoat.
pardonner, to forgive.
pareil, -le, such du
au
—
;
ont, pres. indie, of avoir.
on2ieme, eleventh.
parfum, m., perfume.
opera, m., opera.
parler, to speak.
or, conj.,
or, m.,
now.
gold.
orage, m., storm.
orange, f., orange
ordinaire, ordinary, usual.
ordonner, to prescribe.
ordre, m., order.
oreille,
f.,
ear.
oreiller, m., pillow.
organiste, m., organist.
orgue, m., organ,
original, m., eccentric man.
omer, to adorn.
oser, dare.
on, or.
parrain, m., godfather.
parterre, m., flower-bed.
partie,
part.
f.,
to depart, go away.
partout, everywhere.
parvenir, irr., to reach.
partir,
irr.,
pas, m., step
;
ne
.
.
.
—
not.
,
passer, to pass.
pasteur, m., minister.
pauvre, poor.
pays, m., country, fatherland.
paysan, in peasant.
pecheur, m., sinner.
peigner, to comb se
to comb
one's hair, comb each other's
—
,
hair.
ou, where.
oublier, to
Paris, m., Paris.
;
oter, to take off.
meme,
for tat.
parent, )n., parent, relative.
parfois, sometimes.
tit
peine,
forget,
oui, yes.
outrager, to outrage.
ouvert, -e, past. part, of ouvrir.
ouvreuse, f., (female) usher.
ouvrir, irr., to open.
pain, m., bread.
pale, pale.
palier, m., landing.
panier, m., basket.
papier, m., paper.
par, by, through, out of, about.
a la
f.,
—
,
pain,
sorrow, trouble
in the attempt.
pelouse, f., lawn.
pendant, during.
pendre, to hang.
penetrer, to enter.
pensee, f., thought.
penser, to think.
pension, /., boarding-house.
pensionnaire, m. and f., boarder.
perdre, to lose.
pere, m., father.
perfectionnement, m., improvement.
permettre, irr., to allow.
permission, f., permission..
, ,
,
BEGINNER^S FRENCH
personne,
person
/.,
—
ma
sur
;
about me.
personne,
anybody;
m.,
(with
nobody.
neg. )
peu, adv., little, few.
peur, f., fear; de
que, lest.
pent, pres. indie, of pouvoir.
—
pharmacien, m., druggist.
philosophe, m., philosopher.
piano, m., piano.
piece, f., piece; play.
pied, m., foot; du
,
with his
—
foot.
piege, m., trap, snare.
pierre, f., stone.
Pierre, prop, n., Peter,
pitie,
f.,
place,
plaindre,
plaine,
place.
to pity; se
irr.,
—
,
to
plain.
/.,
complaint,
doleful
-ve, plaintive,
mourn-
f.,
story.
plainti-f,
ful,
sad.
niere de
plaisir,
—
/.,
joke; par majoking way.
in a
,
m., pleasure.
plate bande,
-e,
—
,
porteur, m., carrier.
portiere,
/.,
car window.
portrait, m., portrait, picture.
poser, to ask.
pourquoi, why, the reason why.
pourvoir, irr., to provide.
pousser, to utter.
pouvoir, irr., to be able, can,
may; il se pent, it may be.
pratique, /., practice.
preau, m., playground.
preceder, to precede.
precis,
plat, -e, flat.
plein,
population, /., population.
porte, /., door, gate.
porter, to carry; se
to be (in
reference to health).
precieii-x,
plaire, irr., to please.
plaisanterie,
not
,
[at all.
—
complain.
plainte,
ne...—
point;
pear.
/.,
that.
place.
to
poire,
pocket.
pour, prep., for, to, on account of,
in order to;
que, in order
pity.
f.,
placer,
m.,
possible, possible.
pouls, m., pulse.
pill.
/.,
/.,
poisson, m., fish.
poivre, m., pepper.
poll, -e, polished, polite.
petit, -e, small, little.
pilule,
poche,
point,
275
-se,
-e,
precious.
precise,
make a more definite
statement, to state the names.
.preferable, preferable.
preciser, to
preferer, to prefer.
f.,
border.
premi-er, -ere, first
full.
mon
—
,
my
—
pleur, m., tear.
pleurer, to weep.
prendre, irr., to take; catch;
garde, take care, be careful not.
prenne, pres. subj. of prendre,
preparer, to prepare; faire
pleut, pres. indie, of pleuvoir.
irr., to rain.
—
pleuvoir,
plume, f., pen.
plus, more, most
ne
more, no longer; de
;
more and more;
ber) more than.
plusieurs, several.
plutot, rather.
;
first syllable.
—
.
.
.
—
de,
—
to
,
en
no
—
(num-
have (something) prepared,
pres de, prep., near,
prescription,
/"., prescription,
presenter, to present, introduce,
presque, almost.
presser, to press, urge,
pretre, m., priest.
,
!
BEGINNER
276
prier, to pray,
beg.
prayer,
princesse, f., princess,
printemps {pron. tan), w., spring,
pris, -e, past part, of prendre,
priere,
prise,
prison,
f.,
capture, taking,
f.,
f.,
prison,
prix, m., price,
probablement, probably,
prochain, m., neighbor,
professeur, «z., professor, teacher,
profond, -e, deep, great,
profondement, soundly,
progres, m., progress.
promenade, /.. walk.
promener, to take out for a walk,
drive se
take a walk,
, to
;
—
S
FRENCH
whom, what;
que, pron., which,
see ce.
quel,
what,
-le,
what a
.
.
—
which;
...!
.
quelconque, some ... or other.
quelque, some;
chose, m.,
something.
quelquefois, sometimes,
quelqu'un, somebody.
question, /., question
il est
the question is.
qui, who, whom? which, that;
—
—
;
see
ce.
quiconque, whoever.
quoi, what
de
needs.
quoique, although.
—
;
,
what
one
promeneur, m., promenader.
promptement (pron.
mp
like
n),
R
quickly.
prononcer, to pronounce,
proposer, to propose,
propre, clean.
proprietaire, m., landlord, owner,
protester,
to
protest,
public, m., public,
radis,
radish.
jn.,
raisin, m., grape.
raison,
f.,
reason;
avoir
rapide, rapid, quick.
rapidement, rapidly,
—
puis, then.
puisque, since,
puissant, powerful,
puisse, pres. subj. of pouvoir.
punir, to punish,
punition, f., punishment.
pupitre, m., desk.
—
,
to
[be right.
quickly.
rappeler: se
,
to remember.
rapporter, to bring back.
rare, rare.
rarement, seldom.
rat, in., rat.
ravi, -e, delighted.
recevoir,
to receive.
irr.,
recherche,
f.,
search.
recommander, to recommend.
reconnaissance, f.. gratitude.
regu, -e, past part, of recevoir.
=
que.
qu*
qualite, f., quality,
refuser, to refuse, decline.
quand, when,
regaler, to regale; se
quart,
;«..
quarter.
quatorze, fourteen,
quatre, four,
quatrieme, fourth,
que, conj., that, than, as; ne..
only.
,
—
reflechir, to reflect.
—
,
to re-
gale one's self, have a feast of.
regard, m., look.
par la
regarder, to look at;
portiere, to look out of the
—
car-window.
regne, m.. reign.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
277
—
to withdraw.
regner, to reign.
retirer; se
regret, m., regret.
retour, m., return; de
reine,
f.,
rejeter,
send
repel,
refuse.
rejouir, to rejoice; se
—
,
to re-
revenir, irr. (like venir), to
re-
come
back,
remercier, to thank,
remettre, irr. (like mettre), to
hand, give.
remplir, to
revenu, -e, past part, of revenir.
revienne, pres. subj. of revenir.
revivre, irr. (like vivre), to revive.
fill,
riche, rich, wealthy.
fulfil,
rencontrer, to meet.
rideau, m., curtain.
rendre, to render, make, return,
ridicule,
—
ridiculous.
give back; se
, to betake one's
[self.
renommee, /., fame.
rentier, to reenter, go or come
rien,
renverser, to upset.
[home.
repartie, f., repartee, retort.
repartir, irr.
(like partir), to
rire, irr., to
reply,
pass again,
m., anything;
riposter, to retort, reply.
riviere,
robe,
f.,
/.,
dress.
roman, m., novel.
rond, -e, round.
rose,
rose, rosy.
repondre, to reply, answ^er.
reponse, f., answer.
rouge, red.
repos, m., rest.
route,
,
rose.
to blush.
f.,
road;
en
—
,
on the
way.
royal, -e, regal, kingly.
:
go back
to
de,
/.,
rougir,
to rest.
repousser, to repel, push back.
reprendre, irr.
(like prendre)
chemin
'
m., king.
repliquer, to reply.
—
laugh.
river.
repeter, to repeat,
se
(with neg.)
nothing.
roi,
repas, m., meal.
repasser, to repass,
le
on
retourner, to return.
reussir, to succeed.
remarquer, to notice,
—
,
away,
joice,
reposer:
—
turning.
queen.
to
,
royaume, m., kingdom.
rue,
/.,
street.
to.
representation, f., performance,
representer, to play,
reproche, m., reproach,
reputation, f., reputation.
resoudre, irr.: se
to decide.
—
,
respecti-f, -ve, respective,
respectiieusement, respectfully.
respirer, to breathe, inhale,
ressource, /., resource.
restaurant, ;«,, restaurant,
tester, to remain.
retard, tn., delay; en
late.
—
,
s'=rse; also
sa,
f.
si
before
il
pass, adj., his, her,
and
ils.
its.
n., a former
a part of Paris.
season.
Saint Marceau, prop,
suburb,
saison,
sait,
salir,
salle,
f.,
pres.
now
indie,
of savoir.
to soiK
/.,
class
room
— a manger,
auditorium
dining-room.
salon, m., parlor.
:
;
.
BEGINNER
278
saluer, to
bow
greet,
salute,
samedi, m., Saturday.
sans, without, but for;
without.
satisfaction,
satisfait,
—
to.
que,
scene,
conj.,
if.
adv.,
;
—
sien, poss. pron.: le
les
know,
to
irr.,
stage,
f.,
si,
so
yes.
siecle, ni., century,
sauvage, wild.
savoir,
seul, -e, alone.
si,
pleased.
-e,
FRENCH
severe, severe, stern,
satisfaction,
/,,
S
—
—nes,
les
s,
signal, m., signal,
sign,
signaler, to signal,
mark,
sculpteur (do not pronounce the
silence,
p), rn., sculptor,
se, one's self, himself, herself,
themselves, one another, to
simple, simple, mere.
one's
self,
m., sire,
sire,
six, six.
etc.
sixidme,
societe,
—
mon
syllable.
sel, m.,
my
,
second
sixth.
prop,
Socrate,
company.
society,
f.,
Socrates,
n.,
famous Greek philosopher (b.
•
seconde (pronounce
seigneur,
[one's,
monkey.
singe, m.,
second, -e (pronounce c like g),
;
—ne,
silence.
;».,
sec, seche, dry.
second
la
,
his, hers, its.
c like
g) f.,
[second
m., lord.
,
salt.
a
c.
468-399)soeur,
soi,
sister.
f.,
one's self
;
—
chez
avoir
at
,
—
home,
be
semaine, f., week.
sembler, to seem.
soif,
sens, pres. indie,
soigner, to take care of, attend.
sentiment,
m.,
ing.
that one
is
.
;
se
—
,
to 'feel
seven.
septembre, m., September.
septieme (do not pronounce the
condit.
servir,
to
/..
irr.,
to
soldat, m., soldier,
soleil, m.,
sun.
serve;
/.,
solution,
pres.
indie,
se
—
,
to
of etre.
son, m.. sound.
napkinr.
make use
evening party,
imper. of etre.
soit, pres. siibj. of etre.
soixante, sixty.
son, sa, ses, p-oss. pron., his, her,
maid-servant.
service, m., service.
serviette,
evening.
/.,
sommes,
lock.
f.,
soiree,
;
shake.
f.,
servante,
m., care.
7n.,
sombre, gloomy, dark,
somme, /., sum.
sommeil, m., sleep avoir
be sleepy,
serpent, m., snake.
serrure,
soin,
soir,
solution,
of etre.
serment, m., oath, pledge,
sermon, m., sermon.
serrer, to
to
soUiciteur, m., solicitor,
seventh.
serais, serait,
,
sois,
.
sept (do not pronounce the p),
p),
thirst;
thirsty.
of sentir.
sentiment, feel-
sentir, irr., to feel
f.,
—
de,
of.
ses, plur. poss. adj., his, her, its.
[its
songer, to dream, think,
sonner. to ring,
sonnette.
f.,
(small)
bell.
sont, pres. indie, of etre.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
279
sorite, m., series of syllogisms.
surprise,
sors, pres. indie, of sortir.
sussent, imperf. subj. of savoir.
Syrie, prop, n., Syria.
sorte,
f.,
sort, kind.
sortir, irr., to
go
f.,
surprise.
out.
sot, m., silly fellow, fool.
sot, -te, foolish.
=
souci, m., care, anxiety.
t'
souffle, m., breath.
ta,
souffrir, irr., to suffer.
table,
souhait, m., wish.
souhaiter, to wish.
tableau, m., blackboard.
taire, irr., not to say; se
te.
poss. adj., your.
f.
souper, to sup, eat supper.
souriant, -e, smiling.
tant, so
sourire, m., smile.
tante,
souris,
f.,
keep
mouse.
aunt.
presently
now
.
.
now
.,
—
;
.
.
spectacle, m., spectacle, show.
tard, late.
spiiituel, -le, witty.
tasse,
statue,
statue.
tater, to feel,
shade, blind.
subitement, suddenly.
tatons; a
gropingly.
te, you, to you.
tel, -le, such.
temoigner, to show.
subsister, to subsist.
temps, m., time
m.,
studieu-x,
-se,
indie,
of etre and of
suivre.
Suisse, m., porter,
door keeper,
suit, pres. indie, of suivre.
suite,
fin,
continuation
/.,
concluded; tout de
;
_
—
—
,
terre,
tete,
once,
weather
;
/.,
/.,
earth,
ground
;
to
follow; a
—
tiede, tepid,
,
to
m.,
subject.
superbe, superb.
supposer, to suppose.
suppression, f., suppression.
toit,
upon, about,
surlendemain,
m.,
two
sur, on,
days
lukewarm.
stem, stalk.
tigre, m., tiger.
tirer, to drav/, take out.
toi, you, to you.
tige,
f.,
toilette,
sur, -e, sure, certain,
dans
estate.
head.
the, m., tea.
irr.,
la'ter.
;
theatre, m., theater.
be continued,
sujet,
,
—
at
m.,
.,
cup.
que, while.
tendre, to extend, hold out.
tenir, irr., to hold,
terminer, to end.
le
et
suivant, -e, following.
suivant, prep., according to.
suivre,
f.,
. .
carpet.
—
studious.
subir, to undergo, get.
suis, pres.
m.,
tapis,
—
.,
...
tapisser, to cover, hang.
store,
to
,
much, so many,
f.,
soutien, m., support.
souvent, often.
/.,
—
silent.
tantot,
sous, prep., under.
table.
/.,
f.,
toilet,
roof,
tombe, f., grave,
tombeau, m., grave,
tomber, to fall.
ton, ta, tes, poss. adj., your.
s
BEGINNER
j8o
wrong; avoir
tort, m.,
—
FRENCH
to be
,
[wrong.
soon.
tot,
S
always.
tower.
tour, m., turn; a votre
your turn; se£ enfermer.
and imper. of
toujours^
ya.,pres. indie,
tour,
vaillant, valiant, brave.
f.,
—
tourelle,
f.,
,
in
-e,
turret,
—
whole, any;
everybody.
all,
valeur,
tout,
the whole word,
adv.,
wholly,
trace,
/.,
,
entirely,
trace, track.
f.,
trahison,
[quite.
draw.
tracer, to trace,
tragedie,
mon
tragedy.
treason,
f.,
treachery.
traverser, to cross,
traversin,
tn.,
trente, thirty;
tres,
[one.
Trinity Sunday,
f.,
days after Easter,
triste, sad, gloomy, sorry,
56
bet-
vas, pres. indie, of aller.
vaste, vast.
vaudeville, m., vaudeville.
vaut, pres. indie, of valoir.
vendre, to sell.
vendredi, m., Friday.
windy.
it
verrez, fut. of voir.
verrou, m., bolt.
vers, prep., about, toward.
vert,
green.
-e,
vetement,
troisieme, third.
garment;
m.,
clothes, dress.
much,
vetir,
trottoir, m., sidewalk,
irr.,
to
dress
:
—
se
veulent, veut, veux, pres.
trouver, to find,
tu, you.
of vouloir.
viande, f., meat.
tyran, m., tyrant
victoire,
vide,
,
to
/.,
,
;
—
vieillir, to
;
indie,
victory.
empty.
vieil, vieille; see
un, -e, art, a, an.
un, -e, adj., one 1'
pron., one
r
I'autre, each other les
les autres, one another.
union, f., union.
—
/>/.,
dress.
troubler, to disturb.
;
,
verser, to pour.
trois, three.
—
—
du
-
vers, m., verse, line.
sadness.
trop, too, too
vaut
verre, m., glass.
et un, thirty-
Trinite,
f.,
il
it is
to be worth;
verrais, eondit. of voir.
very.
tristesse,
irr.,
ter.
is
bolster.
—
valoir,
venir,
tn.,
treize, thirteen.
value.
f.,
irr., to come.
vent, m., wind; il fait
work,
travailler, to work,
travail,
valoir.
vallon, m., little valley, dale.
mieux or mieuz vaut,
tout, pron., everything, all;
—
adj.,
monde,
le
vainly.
man-servant.
m.,
valet,
toutes,
tous,
pi.
,
vais, pres. indie, of aller.
valait, imperf. indie, of
tourment, m., torment.
toumer, to turn,
tout,
—
vain; en
aller.
grow
vieux.
old.
vieux, vieil, vieille, old.
vilain, ugly.
village
lage.
(pronotmee
11),
tn.,
vil-
;
,
BEGINNER
(pronounce
ville
vin, m., wine.
11),
f.,
FRENCH
281
vous, you, to you, each other, to
meme, yourself,
each other
city.
—
;
—
deux, twentyhuit, twenty-eight;
two;
neuf, twenty-nine.
violon, m./ violin.
vingt, twenty;
S
viser, to aim.
voyage, m., trip, travel,
vbyager, to travel,
voyageur, m., traveller,
voyant, pres. part, of voir,
voyelle, /., vowel,
voyez, pres. indie, of voir,
visite,
vrai,
—
—
visage, m., visage.
visit.
f.,
vite,
quickly.
fast,
vitrine,
true.
-e,
vraiment, truly.
vu, -e, past part, of voir.
visiter, to visit.
shop- window.
f.,
vive, pres. subj. of vivre.
vivement, quickly.
vivre,
vow, wish.
here
voici,
voie,
to live.
irr.,
voeu, m.,
f.,
is,
m., sleeping-car.
lit,
Washington, prop.
n.
way, road.
voila, there
is,
there are.
voyez vous pas
voyez vous pas.
voir, irr., to see
= ne
wagon
here are.
;
voisin, m., neighbor.
voisine,
f.,
Xantippe, prop,
neighbor.
n.,
wife of So-
crates.
voisinage, m., neighborhood.
voiture, f., carriage.
volee,
volley; a toute
f.,
—
voler, to fly; steal.
,
full
[peal.
voluptueusement, with delight.
vos, pi. poss. adj., your.
votre, sing. poss. adj., your.
votre, poss. pron.;' le
les
—
s,
voudras,
vouloir,
en
,
la
—
—
yeux,
a,
it,
there
pi.
of
to
is,
oeil,
it,
to
irr.,
eyes.
of vouloir.
to will, wish,
want
bear a grudge
against, be displeased with.
a,
to
zele,
m.,
them;
there are.
yours.
fut.
—
—
y, there, in
zeal.
zephir, m., west wind.
il
.
II.
ENGLISH-FRENCH
Verbs marked with an * require the auxiliary Hre
;
acquainted; to be
—
with, con-
acquaintance, connaissance,
acquire, acquerir,
f.
irr.
m.
actress, act rice,
;
add, a j outer.
f.
administrator, administrateur, m.
admiral, amiral, m.
admire, admirer.
adorn with, orner de.
advice, avis, m.
(person) de
(in fin.).
after, prep., apres.
after, conj., apres
la,
de
V,
;
;
—
;
;
que (indie).
afternoon, apres midi, m. or
afterwards, ensuite.
f.
agree, etre (irr.) d'accord.
aim, viser.
m.
adj., tout, toute;
apricot, m., abricot.
»
plur. tous,
toutes.
all,
f.
des de.
any, adj., tout, quelque; (with
neg.) aucun, nul, pas de.
any, pron., quelqu'un, quelques
uns en; (with neg.) nul, aucun
one, quelqu'un
(with
neg.) personne.
anybody, quelqu'un (with neg.)
personne.
anything, quelque chose; (with
neg.) rien.
appear, paraitre, irr.
applaud, applaudir.
;
advise, conseiller a
air, air,
-e.
answer, repondre a.
anteroom, antichambre,
any, part, art., du, de
f.
address, adresse,
an, un,
and, et; see forth.
animal, animal, m.
anniversary, anniversaire, m.
another, un autre see one.
naitre, irr.
all,
tenses.
ambassador, ambassadeur, m.
ambassadress, ambassadrice, f.
amiable, aimable.
—
pouvoir, irr.
able; to be
,
about, de vers see hundred.
actor, acteur,
compound
also, aussi.
[subjunctive).
although, quoique, bien que (with
always, tou jours.
A.; see o'clock.
a, un, -e.
;
in their
apricot tree, m., abricotier.
armchair, fauteuil, m.
pron., tout, m.
arrive, *arriver.
almost, presque.
along; see take,
already, deja.
artist, artiste,
as,
que;
283
m. or
f.
— — aussi
— soon — aussitot que
comme
;
...
,
,
.
.
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
284
(indie.)
;
—
soon
—
possible,
plus tot possible see much,
many, same, so and usual.
ask, demander a (person) de
le
;
—
(infin.)
— somebody a
;
demander;
for,
question, poser
or adresser une question a
quelqu'un.
at, a; see last, once, present,
school, the.
'
vant
before,
avant de
;
(i>e-
avant
conj.,
que
(sub-
junctive).
commencer a (infin.) ; se
mettre (irr.) a (infin.).
beginning, commencement, m.
begin,
behavior, conduite,
believes,
bell,
attend, soigner.
attention, attention, /.
attentively, avec attention.
(place)
fore infin.).
cloche,
nette,
f.
croire, irr.
(small),
/.;.
son-
f.
bench, banc, m.
best,
meilleur,
adv.; the
attract, appeler.
adj.;
-e,
mieux,
— they can or could,
auditorium, salle, f.
aunt, tante, f.
automobile, automobile, /.
avenue, avenue, /.
avoid, eviter de (infin.).
de leur mieux.
betake one's self, se rendre.
better, meilleur, -e. adj.; mieux,
(irr.)
valoir
,
be
adv.;
mieux.
awake,
bicycle, bicyclette,
away;
—
s'eveiller.
see carry, go and take.
B
back; see bring, come, give and
bad, mauvais, -e.
[go.
badly, mal.
ball, bal,
m.
basket, panier, w.
be,
etre,
irr.;
(weather)
faire,
there is or are, il y a
(when pointing to) voila.
beautiful, beau^ bel, belle.
beautify, embellir.
irr.;
because, parce que (indicat.).
become, *devenir, irr.
convalescent,
entrer en convales;
—
cence.
m. ; bedroom, chambre
a coucher; bedside rug,
descente (f.) de lit; see flower
bed,
lit,
(f.)
and
go.
beer, biere,
f.
before, prep., avant
(time)
;
de-
/.
bid one another good night, se
dire (irr.) bonsoir.
bird, oiseau, m.
birth, naissance, f.
birthday, anniversaire (w.) de
biscuit, biscuit m.
[naissance.
black, noir, -e.
blackboard, tableau, m.
blanket, couverture, f.
blind, store, m.
blue, bleu,
blush
-e.
rougir de.
boarder, pensionnaire, m. or
boarding house, pension, f.
boat, bateau, m.
for,
bolster, traversin,
book,
m.
m.
border, plate bande, f.
boulevard, boulevard, m.
livre,
box, boite, f.
branch, branche,
f.
bread, pain. m.
breakfast, dejeuner, m.
breakfast, dejeuner.
breathe, respirer.
f.
BEGINNER
bring,
— (persons),
— back, rapporter.
apporter;
amener
;
to
brother, frere, m.
brown, brun,
S
FRENCH
city, ville,
285
f.
class, classe, f.\
f.; salle,
— room,
clean, propre.
-e.
brush, brosser.
building, edifice, m.
bureau, commode, f.
burner; see gas.
climate, climat, m.
climb, monter.
but, mais.
clothes, vetements, m. pi.
m.
button, bouton, m.
coffee, cafe, m.
cloak, manteau, m.
cloth; see table.
butter, beurre,
buy, acheter.
by, par; see
coachman, cocher, m.
cold, froid, -e;
rail.
faire
color, couleur,
venir,
cake, gateau, m.
calm, calme.
can, pouvoir, irr.
candle; see wax.
candy, bonbon, m.
car window, portiere, /.; sleeping car, wagon lit, m.
—
soin, m.; take
of, soigner; take
not to, prendre
(irr.) garde de (infin.).
—
carpet, tapis, m.
carry away, emporter.
celebrate,
celebrer.
f.
f.
—
back, *re-
coming
—
;
—
back
-ne.
f.
congregation, auditoire, m.
convalescent; see become.
converse, s'entretenir, irr.
counterpane, couvre pieds, m.
country, campagne, f.
cousin, cousin, m.; cousine, /.
cover with, couvrir {irr.) de.
f.
criticise, critiquer.
cry, cri,
m.
cup, tasse, f.
cure, guerir.
curtain, rideau, m.
-e.
cheese, fromage, m.
child, enfant, m. or
chocolate, chocolat,
choice, choix, m.
choose, choisir.
church, eglise,
on
cross, traverser, franchir.
f.
charming, charmant, -e.
cheap, bon marche.
cheaper, meilleur marche.
cheerful, gai,
f.
irr.;
comic, comique.
confusion, confusion,
cream, creme,
ceremony, ceremonie,
cheek, joue,
{weather),
cracker, bisctiit, m.
century, siecle, m.
chair, chaise,
—
from, de retour de
down,
descendre
home, *rentrer.
comedy, comedie, f.
comfortable,
confortable,
bon,
;
appeler.
care,
irr.;
be
froid.
{irr.)
come, *venir,
call,
classe,
f.
f.
f.
m.
dance, danser.
dangerously, dangereusement.
dark, noir,
-e,
obsciir. -e.
;
BEGINNER
286
daughter, fille, f.
bonjour,
,
day, jour, m.; good
lendemain. ul;
,
in.; next
surlendelater,
le
two
s
—
—
—
main.
dead, mort, -e.
deal; a great
and
go, lay
dozen, douzaine,
sit.
sec half,
/.;
draw, dessiner.
dress or
— up,
s'habiller, se ve-
irr.
/.,
robe,
drink, boire,
irr.
druggist, pharmacien, m.; to the
decevoir,
se
self,
irr.
resoudre
decide,
down; sec come,
dress,
beaucoup.
,
dear, cher, chere.
one's
FRENCH
tir,
—
deceive
S
de
{irr.)
(tn-
—
,
chez
le
pharmacien.
dry, sec, seche.
during, pendant,
duty, devoir, m.
fin.).
deep, profond,
-e.
delicious, delicieu-x. -se.
delight;
ment;
{irr.)
—
—
with
take
voluptueuse-
,
plaire
se
in,
each, chaque
a {in fin.).
— other,
delightful, delicieu-x, -se.
depart,
*partir,
irr.;
s'en
aller,
desire, desir,
desire,
ease, aise,
eat,
irr.
m.
;
— one, chacun,
Tun
/.
manger.
educate, instruire,
effort, effort,
desirer.
-e
I'autre.
irr.
m.
desk, bureau, m.; pupitre, m.
eight, huit.
dessert, dessert, m.
quatre vingts;
one,
quatre vingt un.
elder son or brother, aine, w.
die,
*mourir,
/.
irr.
diligent, diligent, -e.
electric, electrique..
elephant, elephant, m.
dine, diner.
dining room, salle
(/.)
a
man-
one's
eleventh, onzieme.
end, fin, f.
English, anglais,
ger,
dinner, diner, m.
direct
steps,
diriger,
se
s'acheminer.
;
{infin.)
fin.)
disobey, desobeir
disturb,
troubler.
division, division,
f.
;
—
or se divertir a {inone's self, s'amuser,
se divertir.
a.
m.
very
be
much
with, en vouloir {irr.) a.
displeased;
—
enormous, enorme.
enough, assez.
enter, *entrer dans,
entrance, entree, f.
equipage, equipage,
nt.
do, faire. irr.; see 86. I.
essential, essentiel,
doctor, docteur. m.
evening, soir, m.; good
soir, m.;
reception,
event, evenement, m.
door, porte,
f.
doubt, doute, w.
—
,
disagreeable, desagreable.
etalage,
-e.
enjoy {something), jouir de
{doing something) s'amuser a
directly, directement.
display,
—
eighty,
destination, destination,
—
-le.
—
,
bon-
soiree, /.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
ever, jamais.
every, chaque, tout;
three
hours, toutes les trois heures.
everybody, tout le monde.
everything, tout, m.
—
examine, examiner.
excellent,
excellent,
-e.
—
-e.
f leur,
/.
;
— bed, parterre,
m.
irr.
following, suivant,
for,
-e.
pour;
prep.,
{during) pendant;
instance, par exemple;
rent, a louer
sale, a ven-
—
—
;
—
dre.
for, conj., car.
yeux, m.
s,
plat,
m.
m.
follow, suivre,
expensive, cher, chere.
experience, experience, f.
expression, expression, f.
exquisite, exquis, -e.
extend, tendre.
extinguish, eteindre, irr.
m.;
premi-er, -ere.
first,
flat,
,
oeil,
fine, beau, bel, belle.
flower,
written
de.
finish, finir.
flag, drapeau,
exemplary, exemplaire.
exercise, exercice, m.;
devoir, m.
eye,
filled with, plein(e)
find, trouver.
fish, poisson,
except, excepte.
—
287
pi.
forbid,
defendre a
{person)
de
{in fin.).
form, former.
F
fail,
faithful, fidele,
*tomber;
de
-
et
et
four, quatre.
m.
—
[mir, irr.
asleep, s'endor-
fourteen, quatorze.
freeze, geler.
family, famille, /.; see head.
c61ebre, fameu-x, -se.
fresh, frais, fraiche.
friend, ami, m.; amie,
far, loin;
from, de
des;
famous,
cetera,
suite.
forty, quarante.
iinfin.).
fair, blond, -e.
fall,
and so
forth;
ainsi
m.
manquer de
face, visage,
— from,
loin de.
[peur.
avoir
irr.;
feast, fdte, /.; to
regaler de.
feel, sentir, irr.;
have a
—
{irr.)
of, se
le
commencement.
front; in
—
fruit, fruit,
fulfil,
{pulse) tater.
full,
f.
de la, de 1',
the beginning, depuis
—
favorite, favori, -te.
fear, crainte, /.
fear, craindre,
— the, du,
;
of,
devant.
m.
remplir.
plein,
-e; see ring,
furniture; see piece.
ferocious, f6roce.
fervor, ferveur, /.
—
few, peu de; a
quelques, adj.;
,
quelques-uns, pron.
fewer, moins de.
.
fifth,
cinquieme.
fifty,
cinquante.
fig, figue, /.
figure; with small (large)
petites (grandes) fleurs.
—
game,
jeu,
m.
garden, jardin, m.
gas burner, bee (m.) de gaz.
gather, cueillir, irr.
s,
i
general, general, m.
generally, generalement.
BEGINNER
288
gentleman, monsieur,
m.; gen-
tlemen, messieurs, m. pi
get up, se lever.
girl, fille,
give,
/.
donner
m.
glass, verre,
gloomy,
go,
— back, rendre.
;
—
irr.;
hate, hair.
—
have, avoir, irr.; to
(something) prepared, faire preparer; to
(with past part, of
intrans. verbs of motion), etre,
—
he,
away,
s'en
— back
*rentrer a —
retourner
down, descendre; — home,
*rentrer, retourner a
maison (chez soi) — out, *sor— to bed, se coucher; —
aller, irr; *partir, irr.;
to,
FRENCH
irr.
triste.
*aller,
S
a,
;
la
;
tir;
il,
lui.
head of a family, pere
de
(;».)
famille.
—
health; to be in good
ter
se por-
,
bien.
hear, entendre.
by
heart, coeur, m.;
help, aider.
up, monter.
God, Dieu, m.
her, pron., elle,
good, bon, -ne.
grand, grand, -e.
grape, raisin, m.
here,
la,
—
,
par coeur.
lui.
her, poss. adj., son, sa, ses.
ici
—
;
is
or are, voici.
hers, le sien, la sienne, les siens.
les siennes.
gratitude, gratitude,
high, haut,
f.
-e.
gray, gris, -e.
great, grand, -e.
him,
green, vert,
his, poss. pron., le sien, la sienne,
le,
lui.
his, poss. adj., son, sa, ses.
-e.
greet, saluer.
les siens, les siennes.
grope one's way, s'avancer a talons.
gropingly, a tatons.
ground, terre, f.
grove, bosquet, m.
hold out, tendre.
home, chez moi (toi, soi, lui,
elle, nous, vous, eux, elles) ;
a la maison see go.
horse-shoer, marechal, m.
;
grow, grandir.
host, bote, m.
guess, deviner.
hostess, hotesse,
guest, invite, rn.; invitee,
f.
f.
hotel, hotel, w.
—
s,
f.; every three
toutes les trois heures one or
hour, heure,
two
cheveux, m.
half, demi, -e
hair,
;
pi.
—
a dozen, une
demi douzaine.
hand, main, f.
hand, remettre, irr. [tapisser de.
hang from, pendre a;
with,
happy, heureu-x, -se.
hasten, se hater de (infin.).
—
hastily, a la hate.
hat, chapeau, m.
;
—
s, une ou deux heures
or une heure ou deux.
house, maison, f.; at, to or in
my (your, etc.) , chez moi
(toi, soi, lui, elle, nous, vous,
eux, elles)
at, to, in the
of, chez le, la, 1', les.
—
;
—
—
—
comment
much,
many, combien de
is the
how,
;
;
weather? quel temps
however, cependant
—
fait il?
;
.
BEGINNERS FRENCH
hundred, adj., cent.
n.,
centaine;
hundred,
,
une centaine.
one
avoir
hungry; to be
f
—
knife, couteau, m.
about
je,
knob, bouton, m.
thoroughly, savoir, irr.; to
a little, connaitre, irr.
knowledge, connaissance, f.
know
—
{irr.)
faim.
I,
289
—
moi.
ideal, ideal, -e.
if,
lace, dentelle,
si.
lack,
immense, immense.
impatiently, impatiemment.
improvement, perfectionnement,
m.
in,
dans, en
— front
;
— winter, en hiver
industrious, diligent,
inflict
inhabitant, habitant, m.
inkstand, encrier, m.
instance; for
par exemple.
,
instrument, instrument, m.
into, dans,
introduce, introduire,
{to
irr.;
lake, lac, m.
lamp, lampe,
,
f.
allee,
f.
large, grand, -e; nombreu-x, -se.
last; at
en fin.
,
—
en retard {person.)-,
later, le surlende-
main.
laugh at, rire {irr.) de.
lawn, pelouse, /.
lay down, deposer.
lead, mener.
f.
gauche, /.; see side.
leisurely, a mon (ton, son, notre,
left,
la, ce, cela.
le,
son,
—
ladies
f.;
leaf, feuille,
presenter.
invite, inviter.
adj.,
de.
f.;
two days
interesting, interessant, -e.
interval, intervalle, m.
its,
moiselle,
late, tard;
—
it, il, elle,
dame,
young
deand gentlemen, mesdames et messieurs.
lady,
lane,
-e.
upon, infliger a {person).
another person)
manquer
curtain, ri-
dentelle.
landing, palier, m.
devant.
of,
—
/".;
deau (m.) de
malade.
immediately, immediatement.
ill,
sa,
ses
;
en
.
.
.
le,
votre, leur)
lesson, legon,
jewel, bijou, m.
joyful, joyeu-x,
aise,
f.
lemonade, limonade, f.
less, moins de {noun).
la, les.
f.
de peur que, de crainte que
{subjunctive)
lest,
-se.
—
let, louer; to
,
a louer.
library, bibliotheque, f.
light, lumiere,
light,
keep, garder.
key, cle, f.
kind, aimable, bon, -ne.
kind, sorte, f.
kindness, bonte, /.
allumer
/.
;
to
—
aimer, cherir.
lion, Hon, m.
listen to, ecouter.
like,
little,
adj.,
petit,
little,
adv.,
peu
-e.
de.
up, eclairer.
;
.
BEGINNER
290
live,
f.
lock; sec shut.
[plus.
long, long, -ue
no
er, ne
look, regarder; to
at, regarder to
out of, regarder par.
;
—
;
—
—
.
.
lose, perdre.
— use
faire, irr.; to
servir {irr.) de.
—
;
—
,
;
—
,
—
trop de {noun).
/.
marquis, marquis, m.
master, maitre, m.;
piece, chef
(m.) d'oeuvre.
match, allumette, /.
mattress, matelas, m.
—
may, pouvoir,
.
.
—
;
.
—
—
—
,
,
;
—
—
—,trop de(noMn).
,
of, se
man, homme, m.
manner, maniere, f.
many, beaucoiip de as
... as,
autant de {noun) que; how
combien de {noun) so
...as, tant de {noun) que;
carte,
singe, m.
month, mois, m.
more, plus de {noun) ; no
ne
plus
and
, de plus en
—
magnificent, magnifique.
maid, servante, f.
too
lundi, m.
plus.
M.; see o'clock.
map,
Monday,
monkey,
morning, matin, vi.; good
bonmost, plus.
[jour, m.
mother, mere. f.
much, beaucoup de {noun) as
... as, autant de ( noun ) que
...as, tant de {noun)
80
que; how
combien de
Madam, Madame.
make,
FRENCH
modem, moderne.
demeurer.
lock, serrure,
S
;
too
mud, boue, f.
music, musique, f.
muslin, mousseline,
tain, rideau (m.)
f.;
—
cur-
de mousse-
line.
must, devoir,
irr.;
falloir,
irr.,
impers.
mustard, moutarde,
mute, muet, -te.
my, mon, ma, mes.
/.
napkin, serviette, f.
narrow, etroit, -e.
irr.
me, me, moi.
meal, repas, m.
meat, viande, f.
medicine, medicament, m.
meet, rencontrer.
melodrama, melodrame, m.
member, membre, m.
menagerie, menagerie, f.
merry, gai, -e.
mild, clement, -e.
milk, lait, in.
mine, le mien, la mienne,
miens, les miennes.
minister, ministre. tn.
minute, minute, f.
mistress, maitresse, f.
{noun)
nature, nature,
near, pres de.
f.
—
necessary; to be
,
falloir,
impers.
need, besoin, m.; to be in
avoir {irr.) besoin de.
need, avoir {irr.) besoin de.
neighbor, voisin. m.; voisine,
neighborhood, voisinage, m.
nephew, neveu, m.
jamais.
never, ne
newspaper, journal, m.
next day, lendemain, m.
irr.,
—
les
.
.
niece, niece,
night, nuit,
of,
f.
.
f.
f.;
good
—
,
[m.
bonsoir,
.
BEGINNER
ninety, quatre vingt dix
quatre viiigt onzc.
ninth, neuvieme.
ne
no,
ne
.
.
.
.
.
pas
.
aucun
—
aucun
de,
nul
;
— one,
;
nul ;
no, non.
more, ne
nobody,
personne,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
m.
aucun
ne,
.
.
ne
ne,
.
order,
.
(with
[neg.).
.
.
ne^ ne
.
. aucun
n'en
pas,
nor, ni; (a//^r prendre garde) ou.
not, ne
pas
a,
any, ne
.
.
;
.
.
.
.
.
.
—
—
;
pas de ne
aucun.
notebook, cahier, m.
nothing, rien
ne, ne
rien,
notice,
remarquer,
apercevoir,
.
.
.
;
.
,
.
.
.
.
.
.
,
291
open, ouvrir, irr.
opera, opera, m.
opposite, en face de.
or, ou.
plus.
noiselessly, doucement.
none, nul
.
ne,
FRENCH
S
novel, roman. m.
[irr.
numerous, nombreu-x, -se.
nurse, garde malade, m. or f.
—
ordre, m.; in
that,
pour que, afin que {suhjunct.)
organ, orgue, m.
organist, organiste, m.
other, autre; some... or
,
un
—
quelconque.
ought, devoir, irr.
.
.
.
our, notre, nos.
ours, le notre, la notre, les no'
out of, par.
[tres.
—
over; to be
, etre
{irr.)
overcoat, pardessus, m.
fini, -e.
pale, pale.
paper, papiet, m.
parent, parent, m.
park, pare, m.
obey, obeir a.
obscure, obscur, -e.
occupy, occuper.
o'clock, heure, /.; two
parlor, salon,
part, partie,
party; evening
—
A.M.,
deux heures du matin six
du soir.
;
—
de;
des
;
office;
— the, du, de
— — them,
ticket — guichet,
de
la,
en.
it,
m.
,
oil, huile,
1',
f.
on, sur; omitted before dates.
—
once; at
,
aussitot, tout
one, adj., un, -e
de
suite.
— or two hours,
;
une heure ou deux or une ou
deux heures.
—
one, pron., on;
's
self,
se;
—
another, se, se...run I'autre; the
,
celui, celle
the
this
s, ceux, celles
,
ce-
—
—
lui
la,
;
:
celle ci
ci,
celle la.
only, ne
.
.
.
que.
;
that
—
— celui
,
,
soiree,
/.,
passenger,
voyageur, m.
—
,
contre-allee,
peal, volee, f.; see ring.
f.
pen, plume, f.
pencil, crayon, m.
people, on, m.; young
, jeunes
gens, m. pi.
pepper, poivre, m.
perceive, apercevoir, irr.
performance, representation, f.
perfume, parfum, m.
permission, permission, f.
s presperson, personne, f.;
—
f.
olive, olive,
—
pass, passer.
path; side
P. M., six heures
of,
m.
f.
—
ent, assistants, w.
pi.
physician, medecin, m.
piano, piano, m.
pick, cueillir,
irr.
morceau, m.;
niture, meuble, m.
piece,
—
of fur-
BEGINNERS FRENCH
292
pill, pilule,
pupil, eleve, m. or
f.
pillow, oreiller, w.
pity, pitie, /.; to
put, placer;
—
have
on,
f.
mettre, irr.; to
—
on, mettre, irr.
avoir (»Vr.) pitie de.
pity, avoir (»Vr.) pitie de.
place, placer,
plate, assiette,
plateful,
f.
assiettee,
/.
play, piece, f,
play, jouer; {instrument) joiiei
de; playground, preau, m.
pleasant, charmant, agreable.
please, plaire {irr.)
a.
pleased, content (e) de (infin.)
with, satisfait(e) de.
pleasure, plaisir, m.
pocket, poche, /.
—
poor, pauvre
;
mauvais,
possible, possible; it is
—
quiet, calme.
;
radish, radis, m.
-e.
—
,
il
se
peut.
pound,
quality, qualite, f.
quarter, quart, m.; a
of an
hour, un quart d'heure.
question, question, /.
quick, rapide.
quickly, rapi dement
rail;
by
railroad,
livre,
—
en chemin de fer.
chemin de fer, m.
rain, pleuvoir, irr.
f.
raise, lever.
pour, verser.
practice, pratique,
rap, coup, m.
rapid, rapide.
f.
pray, prier.
rapidement.
precise, precis, -e.
rapidly,
prefer, preferer.
rare, rare.
preferable, preferable.
prepare,
preparer;
to
(something)
prepared,
(irr.) preparer.
rather, plutot.
have
faire
—
a.
tion.
reception; evening
—
to
a
une puni-
irr.;
subir
—
,
soiree,
recommandcr
f.
de
(infin.).
-e.
red, rouge.
f.
probably, probablement.
progress, progres. m.
proper; be
, convenir,
irr.
provide with, pourvoir (irr.) de.
public, public, m.
—
puU down,
recevoir,
recommend,
press, presser.
princess, princesse,
lire, irr.
punishment,
f.
present; to be
at, assister
present, presenter,
a; attein-
(irr.)
dre, irr.
receive,
prescription, prescription,
joli,
reach, parvenir
read,
prescribe, ordonner.
pretty,
,
baisser.
pulse, pouls, m.
punish, punir.
punishment, punition,
f.
reflect upon, reflechir a.
refuse, refuser.
reign, regner.
rejoice,
(somebody)
rejouir;
(doing something) se rejouir
de (infin.).
relative, parent, m.
remain, *rester.
rent, louer for
, a louer.
;
—
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
seem, sembler; paraitre,
repass, repasser.
repeat, repeter.
reply, repondre, repliquer.
represent, representer.
reputation, reputation,
— to
f.
demeurer.
m.
seven, sept,
seventy, soixante dix.
several, plusieurs.
{go
back) retourner; on returning
from, de retour de.
revivre,
droite,
irr.
f.;
on the
shade, ombre,
,
de
a full peal,
sonner a toute volee.
mur, -e.
m.
show, montrer.
etalage, m.
shut one's self in by locking the
door,
s'enfermer
a
double
^
tour,
—
—
m.;
path, contre-alon the right
de droit
on the left
de gauche.
sidewalk, trottoir, m.
silence, silence, m.
silent; to be
se taire, irr.
lee,
f.
f. ;
—
sir,
,
a vendre.
same, meme.
Saturday, samedi, m.
scratch, frotter.
sculptor, sculpteur,
irr.
sixteen, seize,
—
[en classe.
,
a I'ecole,
f.
m.
f.
skilful, habile,
sleeping car, wagon lit, m.
avoir (irr.)
sleepy; to be
,
slowly, lentement.
[sommeil.
small, petit, -e.
smiling, souriant, -e.
snake, serpent, m.
—
snow, neige,
-e.
second, seconde, f.
see, apercevoir, irr.; voir,
sixty, soixante.
sleep, dormir, irr.
f.
seated, assis,
f.
s'asseoir,
six, six.
schoolmaster, instituteur, m.
schoolmistress, institutrice,
scold, gronder.
seat, place,
down,
sixth, sixieme.
pi.
school, ecole, /.; at
season, saison,
monsieur.
sister, soeur,
sit
say, dire, irr.
scenery, decors, m.
,
sing, chanter,
sad, triste.
m.
,
since, depuis.
S
salt, sel,
—
,
round, rond, -e.
rug; see bedside.
—
store,
[m.
sheet, drap,
side, cote
f.
rosy, rose,
sale; for
{blind)
show window,
—
ripe,
room, chambre,
/.;
she, elle.
short, court, -e.
—
droite; see side,
ring, sonner; to
road, route,
m.
coucher.
set, se
restaurant, restaurant, w.
return, {give back) rendre;
revive,
—
service, service,
rest, se reposer.
right,
to
seldom, rarement.
vendre.
[{irr.) venir.
send, envoyer, irr.;
for, faire
sermon, sermon, m.
respective, respecti-f, -ve.
rest, repos,
irr.;
be, paraitre, irr.
sell,
require, exiger.
reside,
293
so, si
irr.
;
—
f.
much
as,
— many
tant de {noun) que.
as,
BEGINNERS FRENCH
294
soil,
salir.
some, part, art, du, de la, de V,
... or
des quelque, certain
quelconque.
other, un
some, pron., quelques uns en.
somebody, quelqu'un.
something, quelque chose, m.
sometimes, quelquefois, parfois;
—
;
;
.
.
.
;
—
son,
...»
fils,
—
tantot
. . .,
.
.
m.
—
—
as
{indie).
sible;
tan-
[tot
song, chant, tn.
soon, bientot;
as possible,
—
.,
.
.
.
sorte,
suffer,
sun, soleil, m.
{last or next) dimanche,
Sunday,
m.; {every) le dimanche.
superb, superbe.
supper; to take
,
souper.
—
sure,
—
take, prendre,
cloth, nappe,
(o person)
irr.;
mener;
{drink)
{s-djalloiv) avaler
;
boire,
irr.;
— away,
emporter
{steal) enlever; to
— along, emmener; to — care
soigner; to — care not
prendre
garde de (mse
to — delight
plaire a {in
to — off
to
one's hat, se decouvrir.
— out, tirer; to — supper,
souper to — a walk, se proto
;
;
spoonful, cuilleree,
stage, scene, /.
{irr.)
fin.)
in,
;
fin.)
f.
:
irr.;
m.
stairs, escalier,
standing, debout
to,
of,
m.
staircase, escalier,
,
{adv.).
start to work, se mettre
{irr.)
travail.
;
mener, faire
menade.
{irr.)
une pro-
talk, parler.
statue, statue,
tall,
/.
grand,
tarry,
stay, *rester.
derober.
-e.
s'attarder a
teach, instruire.
encore.
irr.
teacher, maitre, m.
magasin. m.
tell, dire, irr.
stove, fourneau, m.
ten, dix.
stranger, etranger, m.
f raise,
street, rue, /.;
strike, f rotter.
{infin.).
m.
tea, the,
stop, s'arreter.
strawberry,
-ce.
table, table, f.;
oreilles.
store,
-e.
f.
space, espace, m.
speak, parler.
spectacle, theatre, m.
spend, passer.
still,
siir,
sweet, dou-x,
—
steal,
irr.
m.
ete,
plus tot; as
le plus tot posas, aussitot que
sound, son, m.
soundly, profondement to sleep
dormir {irr.) sur les deux
,
au
souffrir,
summer,
er,
sorry, triste.
sort,
succeed, reussir.
such, tel, -le.
than, que.
thank
f.
{causeway) ch2i\is[see,
/.
for,
remercier de.
that, dem. adj., ce, cet, cette; ce
... la,
cet
.
.
.
la.
cette ...
— one, dem.
strip, depouiller.
that or
studious, studieu-x, -se.
subject, sujet, m.
that, relat. pron., qui, que.
celle
;
celui
la.
la.
pron., celui,
celle la
;
cela
;
ce.
,
;
BEGINNERS FRENCH
that, conj., que.
the,
celle;
— ones,
towards, vers.
—
les;
1',
la,
le,
towel, serviette de toilette,
suie mains, m.
tower, tour, /.
toy, joujou, m.
tragedy, tragedie, /.
travel, voyager,
one, celui,
ceux, celles.
theater, theatre, m.
their, leur, leurs.
theirs, le leur, la leur, les leurs;
en
them,
.
.
.
les.
1',
la,
le,
eux,
les, leur,
traveller, voyageur,
elles.
then, alors; puis.
there,
y
la,
—
;
or are,
ces
;
.
.
these, de7n. pr., ceux, celles
celles
y a
il
trip,
;
to) voila.
these, dem. adj., ces
ci,
/.; es-
m.
m.
voyage, m.
tree, arbre,
is
{when pointing
295
.
ci.
ceux
;
trouble, peine, f.; see worth,
try, essayer de {infin.).
Tuesday, mardi, m.
turn, tourner.
ci.
they, ils, eux, elles.
^hink, penser.
thirsty; to be
avoir
,
thirteen, treize.
—
(irr.)
twelve, douze.
twenty, vingt.
two, deux.
[soif.
thirty, trente.
dem.
this,
.
;
.
ci,
this or
celle
adj., ce, cet, cette; ce
cet
— one,
ci,
celui
ci,
;
.
.
.
cette
.
.
.
ci.
dem. pron.,
celle
ci
celuT,
ceci
;
ce.
those, dem. adj., ces
dem.
those,
ceux
pr.,
celles
la,
;
ces
.
ceux,
.
.
la.
celles;
ugly, vilain, -e.
umbrella, parapluie,
unless,
{subjunc\tive).
us, nous.
use;
-e.
to
—
make
of,
se
useless, inutile,
through, par.
ticket, billet,
m.;
—
usher, ouvreuse,/.
—
accoutum^, -e; as
coutume.
usually, gdndralement, de cou-
office, gui-
usual,
comme de
m.
tiger, tigre,
m.
time, temps, m.; {o'clock) heure,
,
I'heure du repas;
f.; meal
what
is it? quelle heure
—
[tume.
utter, Jeter.
—
est il?
tired, fatigue, -e.
de;
—
the, au, a la, a 1',
the end, jusqu'a la
fin see house,
tongue, langue, f.
too, trop;
much,
many,
trop de {noun).
to,
a,
aux;
—
vast, vaste.
vaudeville, vaudeville,
vegetable, legume, m,
very, tres, bien.
;
—
top, haut,
servir
{irr.) de.
three, trois.
chet,
moins que
k
until, jusqu'k.
la.
thousand, mille.
threatening, incertain,
m.
uncle, oncle, m.
undress, se ddshabiller.
m.
—
•
m.
m.
village, village,
violin, violon,
visit, visite, f.
m»
?
BEGINNER
296
W
—
S
FRENCH
why, pourquoL
wide, large.
for, attendre.
wait, attendre
waiter, garden, m.
wild, sauvage.
wind, vent, m.
walk, promenade, f.
walk, marcher.
wall, mur, w.
want, vouloir, irr.
wash, laver.
washstand, lavabo, in.'
water, eau, f.
window,
;
wax
candle, bougie,
f.
way, chemin, m.; on the
,
en
—
is
bien.
what,
what,
interr. pron., qu'est ce
the
lequel? laquelle? etc.; of
work,
work,
worth
travail,
—
,
—
le jardin.
qui? qui est
pron., que.
«
;
—
to
tiie
d'etre regarde.
write, ecrire,
irr.
year, annee, f.
yellow, jaune.
yes, oui; (after negat question)
sL
yet, encore.
yield, ceder.
you, tu,
toi,
te,
young, jeune;
selle,
vous.
lady,
—
demoi-
/.
younger eon or brother, cadet, m.
your, ton, ta, tes; votre, vos.
yours, le tien, la tienne, les tiens,
les tiennes; le votre, la votre,
les votres.
yourselves, vous.
ce que?
relat.
m.
travailler.
—
duquel? etc.
which, relat. pron., qui, que; of
duquel, etc.; dont.
while, en (pres. partic.).
white, blanc, -he.
who, qui, qui est ce qui?
whoever, quiconque.
garden, tout
whole, tout; the
whom,
irr,
be
, valoir, irr.; to be
trouble or the while, en
valoir (irr.) la peine; that is
looking at, cela vaut la peine
qui?
qu'est ce que? que? quoi? lequel? laquelle? etc.
what, relat. pron., ce qui, ce que.
when, quand, lorsque.
whenever, quand, lorsque.
where, ou.
which, interr. adj., quel, -le.
which, interr. pron., qui? que?
interr. pron.,
car.
(impersonal),
wine, vin, m.
winter, hiver, m.
wish, desir, m.
wish, desirer, vouloir,
with. avec.
—
interr. adj., quel, -le?
whom,
—
within, en.
without, sans.
well,
—
(shop) vi-
du vent
faire (irr.)
—
f.;
show and
windy; to be
route.
we, nous.
weather, temps, m.; how
? quel temps fait il?
week, semaine, /.
weep, pleurer.
fenetre,
trine, f.; sec
—
whose, de qui, duquel, dont;
toy is this, a qui est ce jou-
zeal, zele,
m.
INDEX
Numbere
refer to
paragraphs unless preceded by
p.
= page.
aprSs, 392.
after
—
moins que, 444.
s,
accent, p. 13;
tonic accent, p. 18.
replacing
29; exceptions, 29. i and 2, 38
note, 148, 161, 171. 2, 172;
general
plural:
ceptions,
rule,
170.
147,
30;
ex-
interrogative,
264;
230. i; numeral:
cardinal,
75;
ordinal, 76; possessive, 40, 367;
replaced by the definite article,
432; replaced
definite
auxiliary verbs, see dtre, avoir, do,
and verbs.
avant que, 444.
avoir:
367.
2;
formation, 118.
243, 288.
B
bel for beau, 147.
bien que, 444. 5.
position, 118.
son, 118.
2,
433;
C
cardinal numbers, 75.
ce: demonstrative adjective, 41;
130;
demonstrative
compari-
251, 252, 253;
ceci, 251.
I.
afin que, 444. 5.
after, see apres.
agreement,
see
2.
boire, 393, p. 256.
by, 392.
superi,
past
participle conjugated with avoir,
lative, 39.
adverbs:
5.
conjugation, p. 251;
by en and the
article,
9;
aspirate h, p. 16.
comparison, 38; position, 149,
demonstrative, 41, 116;
160;
indefinite,
i,
asseoir, 366.
atteindre, 408.
171. i;
2,
2.
partitive, 63,
62;
137, 150, 162, 308. i; replacing
possessive adjective, 367, 432,
English
passive voice, 267, 346.
adjectives: agreement, 28, 163. i
and 2; feminine: general rule,
2,
indefinite,
452-
acquerir, 470.
active voice
i.
contraction with i, 97; with de,
generic, p. 80 footnote;
48;
before infinitives
97;
certain verbs, 384;
article,
definite,
article:
k: contraction with the definite
pronoun,
221,
C*est, 221.
cedilla, p. 14.
adjectives
and
cela, 251.
celui, celle, ceux, celles, 220.
participle.
-cer, verbs ending in, 139.
aller, 306, 324, p. 256.
cet, cette, 41.
anterior, see past.
any, see partitive under
and en.
apostrophe, p. 13.
article,
ci,
116, 220.
I
note.
comparison, 38.
compound: nouns, 375;
297
tenses,
beginner's FRENCH
298
footnote, 235,
138
305;
vowels, p. 15.
conditional, 201, p. 137 footnote, p.
p.
dont, 232, 252.
dormir, 416, p. 257.
E
255-
conjugation: regular verbs, p. 255;
irregular verbs, pp. 251-254, pp.
256-259.
conjunctions: quand, 262, 347;
lorsque, 347; si, 261; requiring
the subjunctive, 444. 5.
connaitre, 470, p. 257.
consonants, p. 16, 75 note i; final,
p. 17.
construction:
interrogative,
20, 21, 31, 52, 119.
18,
i;
19,
negative,
21,64,119,265,452.
the subjunctive, 452.
que, 444.
croire, 470, p. 257.
—
5,
mute or silent, p. 14; final e
replaced by e, 86. 2; change of
e before last syllable of infinitive'
193, 204.
e,
I.
change of e before
last syllable
of infinitive, 192, 203.
each other, 424.
ecrire, 445, p. 257.
-eler, verbs ending in, 194, 204. 2,
205. 2.
elision, 9,
contraction, 48, 97.
convenir, 461.
couvrir, 307, p. 257.
craindre, 385, p. 257; followed
CTainte: de
e:
18, 48. 3, 64,
65,
221,
347-'
en: pronominal adverb, 182, 288,
by
452.
cueillir, 287, p. 257.
367; position, 286; preposition,
392.
endings of regular verbs, p. 255.
envoyer, 297, p. 257.
est ce que, 52.
gteindre, 416, p. 257 footnote i.
-eter, verbs ending in, 194, 204. 3,
205. I.
de:
partitive,
contraction, 48;
63, T-n, 150. 162, 308. i; translating with, 308. 2 translating in
;
after a
supyerlative,
222;
after
etre, p. 253; used for avoir, 306;
with reflexive verbs, 364.
-evoir, verbs ending in, see recevoir, p. 258.
adverbs of quantity, 181; after
nouns of quantity and measure,
191; after rien, quelque chose,
faire, 307, p. 257.
266.
decouvrir, 461.
definite, see article
falloir, 316, p. 257.
and
preterit.
demi, 207.
demonstrative, see adjectives and
pronouns.
derived tenses, p. 137 footnote,
p. 138 footnote.
diaeresis, p. 14.
diphthongs, p. 15.
dire, 377, p. 257.
division into syllables, p. 18.
do, 86. 1.
verbs of fear requiring the
subjunctive, 444. 3, 452.
feeling: verbs of feeling requiring
fear:
the subjimctive, 444. 3.
feminine, see gender and
adjec-
tives.
final consonants, p. 17.
formation of tenses, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 footnote.
future, 201, p. 137 footnote, p. 138
footnote, p. 255.
beginner's FRENCH
G
Ton, 267.
gender, i.
generic article, p. 80 footnote,
-ger, verbs ending in, 138.
graphic signs, p. 13.
h: aspirate, p. 16; mute, p. 16.
hair, 316.
he
is,
lorsque, 347.
M
madame,
95 footnote,
mademoiselle, p. 95 footnote,
masculine, i.
mettre, 324, p. 258.
moins: a
que, 444. 5, 452.
p.
—
monsieur, p. 95 footnote.
mourir, 453, p. 258.
221.
hope, see feeling,
hyphen,
299
mute
p. 13, 66.
or silent e, p. 14;
mute
h,
p. 16.
I
N
imperative: p. 138 footnote, p. 255;
position of personal pronouns
nasal sounds, p. 15.
ne, 18, 21, 64, 119, 265, 452.
negation or negative construction,
261.
if,
with, 296.
imperfect: indicative, p. 137 footnote, p. 255; subjunctive, p. 138
footnote, p. 255.
impersonal verbs, 444. i.
in, 392;
after superlatives, 222,
indefinite,
see
adjectives,
article,
and pronouns.
p. 137 footnote, p. 255;
without preposition, 384; with
infinitive,
de,
384;
junctive, 444.
2.
no, not, not a, not any, 18, 64, 264.
nouns:
gender,
i;
eral rule, 2. 2;
88, 96,
51,
number: genexceptions, 49-
170.
I,
183;
com-
pound, 375.
indicative, p. 137 footnote, p. 138
footnote, p. 255.
kj
18, 21, 64, 119, 265, 452.
negative verbs requiring the sub-
replacing
present
number:
of adjectives:
general
rule, 30; exceptions, 147, 170. 2,
171. i; of nouns: general rule,
exceptions, 49-51, 88,
2.
2;
170.
96,
I,
183;
of
compound
nouns, 375.
participle, 376, 392.
instruire, 461.
numeral adjectives,
75, 76.
interrogative, see adjectives, construction, pronouns,
introduire, 408.
irregular verbs, pp.
and verbs.
as subject, 10; it is, 221, 323;
as object, 277, 286, 296.
its, 367.
it:
L
U,
116, 220. I note,
liaison, p. 17.
linking of words, p. 17.
400, p. 257.
lire,
see personal under pronouns.
-oir, verbs ending in, 152, p. 251,
pp. 256-259.
object,
251-254, pp.
256-259.
on, 267.
on, 206, 392.
one another, 424.
only, 65.
ordinal' numbers, 76.
orthographic peculiarities of verbs
of
the
first
conjugation,
138,
beginner's FRENCH
300
139, 192,
205, 263.
oui, 119. 2.
193,
194,
203,
204,
pronouns:
demonstrative,
220,
251; indefinite, 264, 265;
interrogative, 223, 230. 2, 3,
221,
and 4, 233; personal, 277, 315;
position, 277, 286, 296, 315;
possessive, 242; relative, 220. 2,
ouvrir, 40x5, p. 258.
231, 232, 252.
paraitre, 461, p. 258.
participle: present, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 footnote; replaced
by the infinitive in French, 376,
392; past, 234; agreement, 243,
288, 306, 364, 415.
pronunciation, pp. 13-18.
quand, 262, 347.
que:
conjunction
that,
444. 5;
as or than, 38;
relative or
interrogative pronoun, see pro-
partir, 316, p. 258.
partitive, see article.
nouns.
passive, see voice.
past: anterior, footnote p. 179, p.
251, p. 253; definite, see preterit;
and
questions, see construction.
quoique, 444.
5.
see participle.
R
jersonal, see pronouns.
peur: de
— que,
444. 5, 452.
plaire, 348, p. 258.
pleuvoir, 307, p. 258.
pluperfect, see compound under
tenses.
plural, see
position,
number.
see
adjectives, adverbs,
pronouns.
possessive, see adjectives
and pro-
recevoir, 152, 153, p. 258.
reciprocal verbs, 424.
reflexive verbs, 355, 356, 364, 365,
432.
regular verbs, 84, p. 255.
relative, see pronouns.
resoudre, 377, p. 259.
rirCf 453, P- 259.
nouns.
pour que, 444.
S
5.
pourvoir, 416, p. 258.
pouvoir, 393, p. 258.
prendre, 339, p. 258.
prepositions, see H, apr^s, de, en,
by, in, with.
present: indicative, p. 255, p. 137
footnote, p. 138 footnote; par-
137 footnote, p. 138
footnote, 376, 392; subjunctive,
p. 255, p. 137 footnote, p. 138
ticiple, p.
footnote.
preterit or past definite, p.
255,
que, 444. 5.
savoir, 470, p. 259.
sentir, 366, p. 259.
sequence of tenses, 469.
servir, 434, p. 259.
she
is,
221.
si:
if,
261;
yes, 53.
simple tenses, p. 255.
simple vowels, p. 14.
some, see partitive under article,
indefinite under adjectives, and
en.
p.
137 footnote, p. 138 footnote.
primitive tenses or principal parts,
sortir, 357, p. 259.
souffrir, 445, p. 259.
p. 137 footnote, p. 138 footnote.
sounds, nasal, p. 15.
BEGINNER
S
FRENCH
301
or
negative
subjunctive: tenses, p. 137 footnote, p. 138 footnote, 442, 443,
468, p. 25s; uses, 444, 452.
superlative: adjectives, 39; adverbs, 118. i; followed by sub-
interrogative
junctive, 444. 4.
syllabication, p. 18.
infinitive, 192, 203; change of e
before last syllable of infinitive,
-t-,
when
2;
reflexive,
355, 356, 364, 365,
432; reciprocal, 424; -cer, 139;
change of 6 before last syllable of
193, 204. i; -eler, 194, 204. 2,
205. 2; -eter, 194, 204. 3, 205. i;
-evoir, see recevoir, p. 258;
inserted, 66.
-ger,
138; -oir, 152, p.
pp. 256-259; -yer, 263.
taire, 461, p. 259.
tenir, 393, p. 259.
tenses: simple, p. 255;
fol-
lowed by subjunctive, 444.
compound,
formation, p. 137 footnote, p. 138
footnote; conjugation, pp. 251p. 138 footnote, 235, 305;
255; sequence, 469.
they are, 221.
time of day, 323.
tonic accent, p. 18.
tu, p. 23 footnote.
251,
vfitir,
434, p. 259.
vivre, 453, p. 259.
voice:
active replacing
passive,
passive, 305, 306.
voir, 331, P- 259vouloir, 445, p. 259.
vowels: simple, p. 14; compound,
267, 346;
p. 15.
W
while, 392.
wiU: verbs of will
subjunctive, 444.
with, 308. 2.
valoir, 377, p. 259.
venir, 366, p. 259.
verbs: regular, p. 255;
86. i;
pp.
Y
irregular,
256-259;
do,
251-254;
impersonal,
444. i;
251-254,
pp.
auxiliary,
pp.
followed
3.
y, 278, 286, 298.
-yer, verbs ending in, 263.
yes, 53, 119. 2.
by
THIS BOOK
IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW
AN INITIAL FINE OF
25
CENTS
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.
]9Jun'57BJ
DEC Ik
FE B
23
iS^a
1
REC'D LD
944
JU.Ni7Wb/
FEB
10
1948
T.fvy
3Nov*50C:^
TiE^^ ^L
)up\2'5V>b
JUN
1 1
iflfin
^^^?5IE,^
)J»pr'5 4 HH
^Cf 2 9
ioor
1954 il
IBflSS
rv:R
i;
'r})^
6 l95Si.
§
LD21-100m-7,'39<40'
YB 01366
^•'^
/^
\
-V
/.
t^L
«* '-'^'^?90£5
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY
\